logo
  • Issue 34 – Spring 2017
  • Issue 33 – Winter 2017
  • Issue 32 – Fall 2016
  • Issue 31 – Summer 2016
  • Previous Issues
  • About Silver Pen
    • Silver Pen Bylaws
    • Writers Forum
    • Fabula Argentea
    • Liquid Imagination
    • Youth Imagination
    • Write Well Blog
  • Silver Blade Staff
  • Grand List of Cliches

  • Home
  • Science Fiction

Posts Tagged ‘Science Fiction’

Published by Associate Editor on August 24, 2015. This item is listed in Issue 27, Issue 27 Stories, Novellas, Short Stories

Mesmis

by Robert Meyer

Caged MouseVideo of the mouse had been plastered onto every available screen in the office, and a throng of people, their immaculate clothing at odds with the fluorescent lights and dingy ceiling tiles, crowded around the televisions on the walls. Christopher, a stocky scientist whose work was implicated in the day’s proceedings, was not among them. Instead, he had been given a seat of honor by the mouse’s plastic habitat in the middle of the room. His seat gave him ready access to the refreshments, and currently he was shuttling a bamboo boat of curried shrimp puffs over to his red-headed colleague. His colleague’s name was Susan. She wore the same customary lab coat, and occupied herself with a podium wreathed in wires and byzantine controls.

“Hey!” He said. “Look what I got!”

Susan looked up from the podium with hawk-like attention, but her hands stayed down at the controls. She opened her mouth, “Ahhhhhh,” and Christopher stuffed it with a shrimp puff. Crumbs of breading rained down over the priceless array of experimental technology at her fingertips.

“Thanks,” she said.

“Sure,” said Christopher. “You can’ control on an empty stomach.” Christopher fed her the rest of the shrimp puffs as she finished preparing the machine, and looked out over the crowd. “I’m surprised so many people showed up. I think I see actual generals out there. I knew we’d be big, but it’s nice to see everyone in person.”

“Eh,” said Susan. “These people give me the creeps. Look at that guy over there. He showed up in uniform and he’s wearing more metal than his wife. He’s even got a holster.”

Christopher looked at the couple in question and shrugged. AriaCorp—the company that he worked for—sold equipment for ‘nonlethal pacification’, which meant that it tended to attract an officious, super-powered kind of customer. Everybody here was somebody, and they dressed to look the part. Besides, if it wasn’t for the lab coat that the occasion demanded, Christopher probably would have joined them.

“It’s just appearances,” he said. “They have to act like people expect them to, you know?”

“I know that,” said Susan, “but I think that’s what bothers me. Maybe it’d be nice if someone would show up and be like, ‘I’ve got ten thousand people that I need to bludgeon out of rioting and I can’t kill any more today. What’s the biggest thing you’ve got?’”

Christopher laughed. “That’d be nice, but the way I see it it’s already so much easier for these people to just buy guns or tear-gas or something. The fact that they’re coming to us means that fewer and fewer people are going to die, and that’s nothing but good.

Susan looked out over the crowd of starched collars and dark dresses, and Christopher watched her lip as she bit it. Something about the way her teeth showed over the curve always made his stomach flutter. “It’s better,” Susan agreed, “but somehow, I don’t think that it’s ever really their idea.”

Susan gave a signal over a radio and microphone static filled the air as a PA system went live. All of a sudden the amicable chatter of the room was overthrown by the bright, syrupy voice of a man. “Good evening, everyone!” said the man. “I hope you’re all having a wonderful time. Before we begin, I’d just like to thank everyone for being a part of tonight’s special demonstration. Confrontation, as all of you know, can be a terrible thing. It can be ghastly and violent, but in our imperfect world it has also become increasingly and tragically necessary. That’s why we at AriaCorp salute you, our loyal customers, for your continued support of our mission to soften the inevitable blows. Tonight, however, we would like to share with you the demonstration of a device that promises to cushion them entirely. It is called the Mesmis, and finally offers us what we’ve all been wishing for: a means of resolution without confrontation. If you would all direct your attention to the screens, you will be able to watch our brave volunteer, Hansen, as the demonstration begins. I’d like to thank you again for of your time, and hope you see the same potential here that we do.”

There was a brief applause from the crowd followed by an attentive silence. “Here we go,” Susan murmured, and she flipped a lime-green activation switch. A thin, mechanical noise perforated the quiet and a small antenna rose from the podium until, swiveling like the tail of a scorpion, it was leveled at the mouse’s habitat. A soft track of incongruously peaceful new-age music started playing over the intercom and then, almost imperceptibly, the mouse stiffened.

The Mesmis, as the name implied, was a mind-control device, and Susan proved it with a throw of a few more switches. There was a low murmur of delight from the audience as Hansen, in response to some unseen stimulus, began a slow trot around the inside of his habitat.  He moved like a tiny horse, utterly un-mouselike, as a recorded woman on the intercom narrated his orders in a serene monotone.

“Let’s go forward, Hansen. Now, how about backwards? Let’s give those hurdles a try.”
The horse motif was Christopher’s idea. He figured it made the show more impressive if it looked unnatural, and he was pleased to see the wonderment and curiosity stamped on the faces of the audience. A glance at Susan, however, dulled his enthusiasm. She was focused on the machine, but as she took the show through the expected paces she punctuated her work with sour glances at the crowd.

Hansen trotted placidly on. With Susan’s guidance he ran on exercise wheels, flipped levers, and navigated an intricate three-dimensional maze. He did all of this with an unhurried serenity, and each feat was met with mounting excitement. Finally he came to a large platform whose only feature was a smooth red box at the opposite end and it was here, as Hansen came to a stop, that Christopher began to feel uneasy. It wasn’t that he was squeamish about mind control. He and Susan had, after all, spent the last year of their lives developing exactly that, but for some reason the way this demonstration ended always made something inside of him go cold.

“Unfortunately,” said the woman on the intercom, “real-world people aren’t as cooperative as Hansen here, so what we’d like to do is show you how the Mesmis deals with conflicting stimuli. First, let’s turn it off.”

The walls of the small box in the habitat fell outwards to reveal an apple, and whatever compulsive force had been applied to Hansen seemed to evaporate. He scurried towards the apple, sniffed it, and after a few moments of perfunctory investigation, began to gnaw.

“After not eating today, Hansen has quite the appetite. He’s going right after the apple and I think we can all see that, left to his own devices, he’s not stopping any time soon. Now, watch what happens when we flip the machine back on.”

Hansen convulsed and froze. It was a brief movement, but the violence of it made Christopher sweat. Running circles and navigating mazes were meaningless compulsions to mice and they accepted them easily, but when their appetites got involved there was always, before the Mesmis cudgeled them back into serenity, a flash of wild rejection. A crumb of glistening fruit dropped from Hansen’s paralyzed mouth, and the narrator continued.

“Observe how, despite the proximity and strength of the external stimulus, the Mesmis is able to keep Hansen in a state of peaceful stasis. Unless we tell him otherwise, he is incapable of moving.”

A round of soft applause came up from the customers and the space filled with ambitious murmurs. As he continued watching, however, Christopher saw that something was amiss. Hansen wasn’t eating, but neither had he fallen into the expected stupor, and in the magnified resolution of the televisions his muscles flexed against an invisible restraint. His paws trembled, curled and uncurled, and a hint of red crept into his dark, unfocused eyes.

The narrator chimed up again. “The Mesmis can even get him to leave the fruit behind. Come on, Hansen. Let’s walk to the other side of the cage; there’ll be plenty of food for you after you’re done.”

Hansen stooped onto all fours and then recoiled back onto his hind legs as if he’d been burned. His muscles knotted, swelled and shuddered against his skin as they tried to move, simultaneously, towards the fruit and away. Christopher saw a strange look on Susan’s face. “What’s going on?” he whispered.

“He’s fighting it,” she said. “Some of the mice can do that, but it never ends well. If he doesn’t come around it’s about to get nasty.”

“Shouldn’t we turn it off?” asked Christopher.

Susan shook her head. “In front of all these people? Not a chance. Besides,” she sighed. “They’re probably going to enjoy this anyway.”

mouse1Susan fiddled with the controls as the intercom narrator droned on about the Geneva Convention and “humane pacification,” but Hansen’s contortions only intensified. His legs slipped out from under him, his head snapped one way and then another, and sinuous undulations ran down his spine. Confusion, pain and fear pulled his lips into a snarl and then, suddenly, his teeth began to chatter. It began as a sort of tremor, but soon the tempo increased until his teeth flashed like the blades of a woodchipper. Faster and faster they came together until flecks of red lined his habitat and the sound, through plastic and space, reached Christopher’s ears like the growl of a locust. There was a flash of pink as Hansen’s tongue slipped between his incisors, and then there was a bloom of deep, wet scarlet.

A quick-thinking attendant threw his lab coat over the habitat and the televisions went abruptly dark, but it was too late for Christopher. The image had already burned itself into his mind, and as the soft thumping of the mouse quieted under the cover, visions of its death played behind his scrunched-up eyes. He saw a white and twisted body, wild eyes and streams of vivid blood. A ringing silence invaded his ears, and a mounting pressure in his stomach pushed bile up into his throat. He was nearly sick in his seat, but the sound of Susan’s sigh beside him cleared his mind and filled it with the memory of her deep, red hair.

◊ ◊ ◊

The atmosphere outside of the demonstration room was almost oppressively cheerful. A company representative apologized for offending the clients’ sensibilities, but when Susan and Christopher met in the hallway they were met with a departing woman’s tasteless imitation of the mouse’s seizures. Her pearls rattled musically.

“You’re right,” sighed Christopher. “These people are terrible.”

Susan took off her lab coat and slung it over her arm. She was wearing a superhero tee-shirt that made Christopher feel, in addition to clammy and nauseous, painfully overdressed. “At least the project nets us serious money,” she said. “It’s hard to argue with a penthouse.”

“You don’t sound convinced.”

Susan sighed. “I worry sometimes. I like it here, but then I think about what we’re making and what people will do with it once it’s out there. I’m going to be responsible for that someday.” She bit her lip, but Christopher shook his head.

“If it wasn’t for us,” he said, “it’d be somebody else. The Mesmis is going to exist regardless of whether or not we make it happen. At least the science is good, you know?” He smiled. “The things we get to work with, well, on the outside they’re not even theories. In here we get to be pioneers.” It was true, too, and Christopher always imagined this was the bond they shared. They were born experimenters. It flowed in their veins. If you cut them, it would only be a matter of time before they grew a pair of clones.

“Scary, scary pioneers,” laughed Susan. She ran her hand through her hair and took a deep breath. “You’re right, though. And it’s not even forever. In a few months this project’ll be over, and then I’m going to ride into the sunset with a mountain of cash.”

“Where do you want to go?” Christopher asked.

“I have no idea. But then again I’m going to be rich, so I don’t think it matters, right? Maybe I’ll go cure Alzheimer’s to make up for everything.” Susan looked wistfully up at the fluorescent lights. “Cure it somewhere with palm trees.” She never took herself out of the picture. It was, among dozens of other things, something that Christopher liked about her. Suddenly she looked back at him; her expression was strangely intent.

“Listen,” she said. “There’s something I want to show you. Can you meet me after work tomorrow?”

Christopher tried to smile, but there was something in her voice that stopped him. He shrugged instead. “What’ve you got in mind?”

“There’s a place I like to eat. I’ll text it to you tonight. There’s something—” She looked away, then she shook her head. “Can you come?”

“Sure,” he said.

“Cool,” said Susan, and then she nodded, apparently to herself. “I’m going to try to get home early today, but I’ll see you there tomorrow.”

She turned to leave, but something swept through Christopher’s mind. He spoke before he had time to think about it.

“Susan?” he asked. “How often does the demonstration kill the mouse?”

Susan turned back and shrugged. “Every once in a while. The truth is that while we can tell a set of muscles what to do, and even calm the stress response, we can’t make the mice stop fighting us if they really want to.”

“I think I would have had to turn it off,” said Christopher. “I mean, the customers seemed to like it, but…I don’t know, part of me wants to sympathize. They just want to eat, you know?”

“It’s rough,” she admitted, “but the truth is that it gives us a ton of good data when they go like that. When we can finally keep them still even when they’re starving, that’s when we’ll know we’re done.” She smiled a little sadly. “Don’t worry about it too much. After all, we’re scientists and they’re mice. The odds were against them from the start.”

◊ ◊ ◊

dinerSusan’s restaurant, in the end, was a shabby-looking retro diner in a desolate plaza filled with evening glare and shadows. Christopher pushed open a protesting door, shouldered through a forest of white-haired patrons, and found Susan sitting in a sticky booth. She grinned as he sat down across from her; his sharp clothing stood out in the gloom.

“Nice blazer,” she laughed.

“Nice restaurant,” he replied. “I didn’t know you were the nostalgic type.”

“It’s a weakness. Eating here feels like I’m doing something nice, like visiting my grandpa. Besides, they make me a mean burger.”

They chatted for a while as the sun slipped towards the horizon, and when a waiter brought them coffee the steam curled around shafts of melancholy light. Then there came the burgers, huge and utterly unsentimental.

“So,” said Christopher. “What’ve you got for me? You looked like you had something on your mind last night. Other than the obvious, I mean.”

“Obvious?” said Susan. “Oh, you mean the mouse.” She furrowed her brow, wiped her hands clean of burger-grease, and produced a sheaf of paper from a bag beside her. She handed it to Christopher. “I wanted to show you this. I found it in my email. I figured whoever sent it had made a mistake, so I printed out a copy before it vanished. And it did.”

Christopher flipped through the papers of what looked like a medical report. Mostly it was full of obtuse codes, but he recognized graphs of certain variables, of blood-pressure, heart-rate, and brain-activity. Most of the values were unremarkable for a person, but they were punctuated by spikes of spectacular activity and ended in an erratic plateau that never quite returned to the baseline. “Whose is this?” he asked. “I don’t see a name anywhere.”

“That’s the thing. It came right from the mail server with no sender, and there’s nothing indicating who this data’s about. But look at this.” She handed him another report. It was almost identical in appearance, and the graphs traced the same contours. The only real difference, to Christopher’s eye, was the header that ran across the tops of the pages, “Hansen 37.”

“Hansen 37 was our longest-running mouse,” Susan explained. “We only used the Mesmis in short bursts with him, and he held out a whole three weeks. To see his charts recreated with human numbers is…suspicious.”

“But isn’t human use the whole point?” Christopher said.

“That’s true, but it’s not cleared for trials at all. We can’t even keep a mouse alive with it. Who knows what it does to a person.”

Christopher scratched his chin. AriaCorp was a secretive company by design, so the idea of preliminary human testing didn’t surprise him. But while he—whose job was concerned only with technical design—expected to be in the dark, it was strange to see Susan there with him. She was head of the biology team, and he heard she was the only person that could run the Mesmis and keep the mouse alive afterwards. “If they’re actually testing it on people,” he said, “wouldn’t they tell you? I thought you were the only decent operator.”

Susan made a noncommittal gesture. “That’s what I thought too, but here we are. And it really shouldn’t be used on people yet. Even volunteers. We all know it’s dangerous, and we don’t know what it does in the long term. If you even get a long term.” Susan punctuated her words with a bite of her burger, and Christopher watched her lips glisten with fat and late sunshine. Something occurred to him.

“It could be,” he said carefully, “that whoever’s using it isn’t supposed to be. All of the measurements tell us that we’re looking at a scientist, but what if they’re doing the tests for someone else? Like a competitor. I’m sure that’s something corporate would like to know.”

Susan smirked. “How loyal,” she said. “But I think you’re right. It makes more sense than the company keeping it from me. There has to be two of them, too. One of them has to be volunteering.”

A conspiratorial spirit welled up inside of Christopher. Mostly he didn’t concern himself with his co-worker’s doings. But here, in a seedy booth striped with lengthening shadows and Susan sitting sun-lit and across from him, the promise of a mystery seemed enticing. “I suppose we’d better check it out,” he said. “And I think I know how to do it. The Mesmis puts out a pretty unique sort of radiation, so I say I just build an antenna and wait. If it picks up signs of the Mesmis when nobody’s supposed to be using it, we go ahead and tell the company.”

Susan shook her head. “It’s better if we see it with our own eyes first. I like your plan, but we need to rule out a fluke. Besides,” she said. “I think I want to know exactly what’s going on before I talk to someone about it.”

“You still don’t trust the company,” said Christopher.

“I guess I don’t. You’ve always been easier on them, I suppose. I like their money, but on the off chance these tests aren’t a mistake…” She shook her head again, and began to pick over the last of her fries. “Honestly,” she said. “I’m just glad you’ll help me. I was worried you’d blow it off.”

Christopher watched as the sun slipped into her eyes. They were a bright, beautiful, green, and he noticed she was smiling at him. “Well,” he said, “we’ve worked together for a long time, you know? Of course I’d do it for you.” And then, in the last glimmers of daylight, he was surprised to see her wince.

◊ ◊ ◊

A week later Christopher was in his office, proudly brandishing something that looked like a metal wishbone strapped to a screen. The screen read ‘400 feet’ in a cheerful green font, and a pixelated compass pointed swiveled towards the door. Susan was grinning over his shoulder.

“Not bad,” she said. “And it’s always at the same time?”

“Yeah,” said Christopher. “I’ve been getting Mesmis radiation around seven-thirty for the last three nights, and the rangefinder’s always around four hundred feet. Wherever they’re at, they don’t move.”

The readings on the screen suddenly vanished. “That keeps happening too. It goes down for a minute, then comes back.”

“That makes sense,” said Susan. “Whoever’s doing this must know the procedure we used on Hansen 37. At least they’re being responsible.”

“Even spies have to have standards, right?” Christopher grinned as the measurements on his device came back. “Speaking of spying, I guess we should probably figure out where ‘four hundred feet’ actually is. I’m not sure how you want to do that.”

Susan looked pensive for a few moments. “I suppose we could…start walking?”

officeThere was a long silence as the two looked at one another, and then they burst out laughing. Neither of them had the faintest idea about what espionage looked like nor how to conduct it, and the prospect of skulking around a building after hours—even a building where they were gainfully employed and welcome—seemed strangely childish. It was, nevertheless, exciting, and the potential seriousness of their investigation seemed far, far away. They gathered their usual possessions with more-than-usual care, and stepped out into the hallway.

The offices of AriaCorp were, at first glance, completely innocuous, but there were details that gave up the game. The fire alarms, if you looked closely, came printed with instructions on how to deploy bulletproof barricades from the ceiling. The hallways, in the dim after-hour lights, glowed with rows of retinal scanners. The staff lounge, when they passed it, was dominated by an enormous espresso machine that one of their co-workers imported from Italy. It was four feet high and emblazoned with angels of solid gold. Most days Susan and Christopher ignored these details but now, as they followed Christopher’s device like a dowsing rod through the abandoned halls, they formed a looming reminder of the wealth and power that surrounded them.

Christopher angled the device down a hallway as the number on the rangefinder fell. He couldn’t stop himself from grinning. “It feels like we’re secret agents,” he whispered, and Susan stifled a chuckle. By unspoken agreement they moved with as much stealth as they could muster. The halls were electrifyingly quiet, and even as they pantomimed the movements of burglars and super-spies, some instinct within them dared not break the silence.

Finally, as they came to the corner of a new hallway, the rangefinder dropped to forty feet while the tiny compass sprite pointed encouragingly around the corner. Susan and Christopher grinned at one another, and then Christopher flattened himself dramatically against the wall. He made a show of putting on a straight face, pretended to brace himself, and ducked his head around the corner. He snapped back so fast that he almost hit the wall.

At the end of the hall was a thin man in a jumpsuit. He could have been a custodian, but his cart of cleaning supplies was drawn across the door behind him like a barricade, and there was something tense in the way he was standing. Christopher had been lucky; the man had been adjusting his starched—starched?—uniform, and he hadn’t seen Christopher looking around the corner. Christopher led Susan back the way they’d come, and only spoke when he was sure they were out of earshot.

“There’s a guard,” he hissed. “Just standing there, blocking the door with a cart.”

Susan scowled. “We should have guessed. We’ll have to wait him out. If we wait in the staff lounge I bet we’ll hear him leave.

“What’re we going to do? Chat about movies until we see him leave? He’ll see us for sure.”

“People work late all the time. Don’t chicken out on me. We’re just going to wait until he leaves and see what’s left, right?”

It was Christopher’s turn to scowl, but finally he consented, and the two of them settled into an awkward silence just two short halls from the guard. They sat on stools and drew huge cups of frothy cappuccino from the ostentatious machine on the counter. More than a few times they tried to strike up a conversation, but each effort floundered in the silence. Their ears, as they strained to make out the movements of the distant guard, had little left for talk.

Ten minutes passed, then thirty, and that dragged out into nearly an hour before Christopher’s device finally stopped giving him readings. “I guess they’re done,” he said. “Do you hear anything?”

Susan shook her head and closed her eyes as she continued to listen.

“Do you think he has a gun?” asked Christopher.

“Shh!” said Susan. “I mean, yes, probably, but— Shh!”

Christopher gulped down his third cappuccino and stared intently at the door. In the end, neither he nor Susan actually heard the guard coming. He was simply there in the doorway, wheeling a pristine janitorial cart that had been oiled into total silence. He smiled at them, and it was everything they could do not to gape. He was muscular, handsome, and his bright brown eyes watched them more intently than either of them were comfortable with. “Having a nice evening?” he asked them. His voice was warm and rich, and his smile was oddly luminous in the dim lights.

“Um…” said Christopher. “Yes. We’re having a great night. Thank you.” He tried not to glance back at Susan.

“That’s great,” said the man. “I’m having a good evening too. But I’m afraid I can’t chat.” He gestured at his cart. It was covered with orderly rows of cleaning supplies and accented with a bright-orange biohazard bag. “I have lots of work to do. I’m sure that you do too.”

Christopher swallowed. “Yes, that’s right. Always…working late, you know? But we’ll have a good night. If you do, I mean.” The custodian gave him a look that was almost apologetic, and Christopher decided to stop talking. He told Christopher that he would, in fact, have a wonderful evening, and passed through the staff lounge with an attitude that was both militant and strangely funereal.

“Holy shit,” hissed Susan. “What a weirdo. Was he the guard?”

Christopher nodded.

“Well then, this looks like our chance.”

The two of them abandoned their drinks at the counter and sped back down the halls in a half-run. Meeting the guard in person solidified the prospect of discovery, but it also filled them with new anxiety. When they arrived at the door they were looking for, its retinal scanner glittered with the suggestion of the taboo, and a sign on the door read, “BIOLOGY STORAGE, C-2.”

Christopher eyed the retinal scanner. “How are we going to get in?” he asked.

“It looks like we’re in my department,” said Susan. “So really, this should do the trick…” She stooped in front of a retinal scanner and propped open her eyelid with her fingers. There was a metal ‘click,’ and the door popped open. “Being team leader has perks. Are you ready?”

Christopher squared his shoulders and said that he was, and when Susan pushed open the door he was blinded by fluorescence. It was a long time until his eyes adjusted, but once they did he was surprised to see that the room beyond was almost completely bare. To the side there was a table with a few things on it, and in the middle of the room there was a chair. It was the chair that caught Christopher’s attention. It was made of metal and bolted to the floor, and its polished surface seemed to burn in the hot radiance of the room. There were stirrups at the legs and clamps at the arms.

Christopher let out a low whistle, then remembered where he was. “We’re definitely looking at people here. This chair must be to control seizures, right?”

Susan approached the chair slowly. She ran her hand along the back but recoiled from the warmth. “Probably,” she said. “Except I don’t know why they made it out of metal. I actually didn’t even know we had this room, a room with nothing but a chair stuck to the floor. And these…” Susan pointed out the other two doors in the room. They were locked not only with the typical retinal scanners, but with padlocks. “What’re those about? Why don’t I know about this?”

Christopher could see her suspicion mounting and looked to assuage it. “Relax,” he said. “Human tests have always been part of the plan, so of course we’ve got a room for it. The real question is finding out who’s been using it without permission.”

“It just looks so sinister, you know? I mean, we’re inventing mind control, and then you see these super-bright lights, and metal chairs and guards dressed like janitors. You start to wonder, right?”

Christopher put his hand on Susan’s shoulder. “Whoever’s using this space isn’t supposed to be here. We know that. You’d be the first to know when the human trials start. That’s why we’re here. We just need to figure out what’s going on and tell the company, and it’ll be alright.” He made a motion over to the table. It was bare except for a slender black notebook and what looked like a clunky kind of pistol. “Let’s figure out what we can.”

The ‘pistol’ confounded them for a moment. It had a trigger but no barrel to speak of, and its heavy frame was amateurishly constructed. Squares of cheap aluminum had been soldered together to make its casing and it wasn’t until Christopher, with an experimental press of a button, released an antenna from the front of the device that he realized what it was: a miniature Mesmis. He had to swallow his offense. He’d built the model they’d used in the demonstration and worked long nights to get it as small as he had. To see it reduced even further, compacted by means beyond his understanding, felt vaguely like betrayal.

“This must be the model they’re using,” Christopher said carefully. “Our spy must have enough information to build their own. Or maybe this is just a prototype that I…haven’t heard of yet.” He picked up the device and looked over at Susan, but it was obvious that she wasn’t listening. She was hunched over the notebook on the table, her long hair obscuring her face. Finally she picked up the book and glanced over at him with a strangely flat expression.

“Listen to this,” she said. “Session One: Subject uncooperative, as expected. Denies connection to White Cobra Gang despite evidence to the contrary. Experimental linguistic module was added to Mesmis, but failed to produce confessions. Session ended due to health concerns. Sedatives administered and data on the linguistic module’s performance was submitted.”

damher53_1_“Session Four: A breakthrough. While the linguistic module is still in development, we were able to use the Mesmis to acquire the subject’s signature on a statement professing involvement in the gang. The statement was drafted based on our speculation, but is legally binding and, more importantly, the subject no longer denies his own involvement. He remains uncooperative regarding other members and gang properties.”

“Session Seven: Subject refuses to identify other members or assets of the gang. Through use of the prolongation data retrieved from the Hansen-37 experiments, we were able to use the Mesmis to recreate traditional interrogation methods. Despite this, the subject did not disclose any information, and the relaxed parameters led to a brief altercation between the subject and Lieutenant Wagner. Session ended due to noise and injuries.”

“Session Eleven: Used new linguistic module to extract confessions regarding the involvement of other suspected gang members. Complete notes attached next page. Despite success of the module, encourage Aria to continue the motor-control route pursued by Dr. Susan Smith. The linguistic module seems much more stressful, and nearly fatal levels of sedative were necessary to end this session safely. The company assures us that the data we have provided will make it safer to use in the future.”

“Session Fourteen: Subject is no longer uncooperative. Shared locations of several gang members and properties along the southern Arizona border. Full notes attached next page. The company is willing to house the subject for a few more days while his arrest and delivery to court are organized.”

Susan flipped the page and then slowly closed the notebook. She stared at it in her hands for a long time. “Christopher,” she whispered. “We can’t be part of this. This isn’t safe. This isn’t legal.”

Christopher pinched the bridge of his nose and wiped away the sheen of sweat that he found there. He was cold and nauseous, and when he closed his eyes he was assaulted with visions of dead mice. He tried to focus on the light and silence of the room. “You’re right,” he said at last. “I don’t want you to be, but you’re right. We can’t be here. But who can we tell? The company already knows.”

“The police,” said Susan firmly. “They’ll be able to stop this.”

But Christopher only shook his head in irritation. “You read the report. The police already know. Companies don’t go after gang-members, and you can’t just ‘organize’ an arrest without having an idea of what’s happening here.”

“Who’s above the police, then?” Susan asked. She threw up her hands. “The FBI. We’ll go to them. Somebody has to know!”

Christopher started to pace. “The FBI could work. But we’ll have to be careful.  We can… We can leave an anonymous tip when we get back. Tell them how to find the room. Then they can check it out.”

“An anonymous tip? You think they’re going to believe you like that? Mind control doesn’t even exist yet! We need evidence. We need… We need the notebook, and that!”  Susan pointed at the miniature Mesmis in Christopher’s hand.

“What? We can’t take these with us! Then they’ll know what we’ve done!”

“So?”

Christopher made a gesture to their terrible surroundings. “They did all of this for a gang member. A regular criminal. What do you think they’d do if they found us running away with experimental gear? We need to be careful, Susan. Besides, we can’t be public about this. What about our careers?” Arguing had warmed Christopher’s blood, but the silence that followed his words chilled him. Susan stared at him in disbelief.

“Did you really just say that?” she said.

“I only mean…” Christopher began.

Susan shook her head. “No, listen. You’re great, Christopher. I’m glad you helped me get here, but you’re wrong about this. There might be an actual person behind one of those locked doors. Do you get that? An actual person that our company is ‘housing’. We need to get the FBI to help us out, and that’s not going to happen without evidence. I hope you’re with me, but…I’ve got to do this regardless.” Susan pulled the notebook to her chest and started walking towards the door.

“Wait!” called Christopher. “This is just going to make problems. We can find another way to get the authorities involved, just—Wait!” Susan stopped in the doorway and looked at him. She waited a moment, but when he didn’t follow she made a small gesture like a wave goodbye and Christopher saw her start to leave. It was then that he remembered the device in his hand. It was strange and heavy and it frightened him, but as Susan stood on the brink of the unknown it seemed to radiate certainty. Almost without thinking he lifted the device, pointed it at her, and pulled the trigger. “Susan,” he found himself whispering. “Come back here.”

Christopher’s heart fell into his stomach as he spoke, and as he watched Susan stand immobile in the door the silence of the room seemed to swallow him. Cold sweat soaked his shirt, but his knuckles whitened around the trigger. “Susan,” he said again, louder this time. “I’m asking you, please come back here.” And then Susan moved, turning around and marching towards him. She knew better than to fight the device; her movements were smooth and efficient, but in her face Christopher saw the truth. Her brilliant eyes were slitted in contempt, and her lips twisted with anger and disgust. She advanced until she was nearly on top of him, and when he recoiled from her snarling face she followed him with implacable intent.

“Stop!” cried Christopher, and with a shudder Susan obeyed. She loomed over the table in the middle of the room, her eyes burning as she stared at him. She still clutched the notebook against her chest, and now her fingers flexed along its spine. Christopher took a long, unsteady breath, and spoke as if into a vacuum. “I’m sorry, Susan. I don’t want to do this, I just can’t let you leave with that thing. We’d risk our whole careers if you did. Do you understand? Please, I don’t want…” Susan watched him in baleful silence as he took another breath. There was a terrible pressure on his chest. “Put the notebook on the table,” he said weakly, and he winced at the sound of her slamming it down. Already he could see her fingers reddening with the force of the blow.

“I know this isn’t right,” continued Christopher. “But I hope that one day you’ll forgive me. Until then, I just want you to know that I’m with you on this. I’ll help you report it and everything. We just have to be more careful.”  He looked away from Susan and a sudden feeling like bravery swept over him. The blood crept back into his finger as he relaxed, ever so slightly, his grip on the trigger. “It’s going to be okay,” he said. “But right now we’ve got to go. I’m going to take you down the hall, and then—” Christopher was interrupted by the sound of a man clearing his throat, and the budding confidence withered in his chest. The custodian was standing in the doorway. His cart was absent, but in his hand and pointing almost politely at the ground was a matte pistol capped with a silencer. He smiled, and his teeth seemed to glitter in the light.

“Excuse me,” said the custodian gently. “But I’m afraid this room is only for people attached to the project. I’d appreciate it if you’d put the equipment back on the table.” He spoke to Christopher as though he were a child, and as panic tightened around his lungs it was mingled with a sense of creeping shame. He looked at Susan as if suddenly remembering who she was, but there was nothing familiar in the paralyzed contortions of her face. She was like a stranger to him, alien and distant, and the heavy reality of Christopher’s situation seemed to press in around him. Eventually he lowered the Mesmis onto the table, and was guiltily relieved when Susan returned to motion not all at once, but with a long and trembling sigh.

“There,” said the custodian. “Much better. Really, this is all my fault. Neither of you should have been able to come in here. Please, accept my apologies for the oversight and any…” he paused, “trouble that it’s caused.”

Christopher watched Susan stretch the life back into her limbs. Her face had relaxed, but as she massaged her muscles it became no more familiar than it had been moments ago. The custodian looked on with strange concern as Susan straightened, and in the uncompromising light of the room Christopher felt suddenly alone, like a small and embarrassed stranger.

“What now?” asked Susan. Her voice was cool and measured.

“Now,” said the custodian, “it’s time for me to close up the building.”

“And all of this?”

He made a dismissive gesture. “In the morning this will all be gone and it won’t be a bother to anyone. Beyond that? I’m sure we’ll get back to business as usual.” He slipped the pistol into his uniform. “If you’re ready, I’d be happy to escort you to the door.”

Susan finally glanced at Christopher, and the look in her eyes made him want to squirm. There was anger in that look, but more unsettling was the careful judgment that was being carried out behind it. She looked at him like he was an insect or a particularly frustrating specimen. She was evaluating him.

“Thanks,” said Susan at length. “I think I’d like that.” She stepped towards the door and allowed the custodian to lead her into the dim hall beyond. For a moment Christopher feared that they would leave him alone, leave him to broil in the uncompromising whiteness of the room, but the custodian cast an expectant look over his shoulder and with a strange flood of relief Christopher trotted after him. The custodian terrified him, but his eyes were knowing and the pistol tucked into his uniform stifled the threat of any further confrontation.

◊ ◊ ◊

doorThat night Christopher and Susan parted without words, and when Christopher arrived at work the next morning he found a piece of paper taped to his office door. A message printed in tiny type hung over a field of blank white space. Christopher, read the memo, please report to room 983 on the ninth floor. Christopher had never been up to the ninth floor of his building, and he wondered leadenly if he was going to be fired. He was, at any rate, ready for it. The evening left him sleepless, and now the world around him seemed dreamlike and unfamiliar. He passed his coworkers in a quiet haze and allowed the elevator to shuttle him upwards.

He emerged onto a floor that seemed identical to all of the others. It had been ‘decorated’ with the same utilitarian spirit, but when he finally arrived at room 983 and lowered his eye in front of the retinal scanner he was surprised to find the door open onto his office. At least, it looked like his office. And it had all of his possessions in it, arranged precisely the way he’d left them. His diplomas were plastered over the south wall, his desk was properly facing the window, and all of his disheveled papers were sitting in their respective heaps. It was an uncanny reconstruction. The only things out of place were on his desk: an officious-looking letter and the detector that Christopher had built. Christopher brought the memo slowly up to his eyes.

Dear Christopher,
In light of recent events and as a result of your stunning personal initiative and loyalty to the company mission, management has reassigned you from the research team of Dr. Susan Smith. While Dr. Smith’s team will continue researching the direct manipulation of motor neurons, your abundant talents will be assisting us with a new and exciting direction for the Mesmis project: the development of a linguistic module that allows for the communication of abstract commands. You have thus been assigned to the research team of Dr. Philip Wagner as an Assistant Developer. A full description of your duties has been emailed to you, but one of your first duties will be to help stage the first public demonstration of this module. We have scheduled the demonstration for two weeks from today, and advise that you speak with Dr. Wagner to hammer out the details.

We hope you enjoy your new position, and thank you again for your invaluable service and dedication to our cause. If you ever need anything as you settle into this new department, please remember that we are always here.
Sincerely,
AriaCorp.

Christopher set the memo back onto his desk and stepped over to the window. The only thing different about his office was that it was five stories higher, and the whole of the company parking lot sprawled beneath him. Susan told him once that she wanted her car to match her eyes, and so she’d had it painted a lurid green. It was a frankly hideous color but it was impossible to miss, and now, as Christopher looked down over the glittering rows, it was conspicuously absent.

He hoped she was safe. He sincerely did, but as he stood there in the window he also found himself hoping that her mission failed. He pictured what would happen if the FBI got involved, and images flashed through his mind of stern-faced investigators tearing apart his office, of sweating alone and trembling beneath an over-bright lamp. The prospect of more confrontation, of dredging up yesterday’s events, sounded all at once terrible, futile, and exhausting. It was better if she failed, he realized. He just hoped that she was safe.

mouseIn time, Christopher returned to his desk, and as he sat he relished the familiar creak of his leather chair. It was strangely refreshing to be back in his office, even if it was technically a reconstruction, even if someone must have studied precisely everything about it. There was a soothing realness to it, and the uncertain fog that had swallowed his morning began to evaporate. He set his hand down over the mouse of his computer and for a while he just sat there, flexing and flexing his fingers, soaking in the promise of the day ahead. There was work to do: brilliant, tantalizing, and rewarding work. What happened after that work was finished was out of his hands. As his confused memory of yesterday faded, what else could he do? Christopher reached down to power on his computer, and prayed that nothing else would change.

End

  • Continue Reading

Published by Associate Editor on June 1, 2015. This item is listed in Issue 26, Issue 26 Stories

The Hounds of Zegna

By Arthur Davis

Of course, I knew they were coming, though I refused to believe I was the only one who possessed such knowledge. Had I made an adequate effort instead of my typical halfhearted attempt, the earth might have been spared. Maybe it was simply too late by the time I accepted what was happening.

dogAnyway, here we are under the thumb of Dremlins, ungainly creatures who look like giant golden retrievers standing erect on their hind legs. Except for the absence of a tail and a considerably shortened snout, the resemblance was uncanny. Their long, glistening reddish coat and small toy-like animal heads gave them an air of innocence, of childlike vulnerability.

And that’s how they first presented themselves. As space travelers who had gotten lost, had “taken the wrong turn at Mars,” as a west coast reporter smugly described their arrival eight months ago. First, came the small patrol ship, supposedly off course, filled with a dozen scrawny, fragile adolescent creatures, then, as we were seduced by our collective need to believe the best instead of being cautious about the worst, larger transports filled with yapping, affectionate Dremlins arrived in mass. But a lot can happen in eight months, like the end of civilization, as we know it.

I’ll tell you more later, but right now, I’m late for my appointed rounds. My name is Michael Joseph Denner. If you want, you can call me Mickey. I like that nickname, although I was never successful at getting even my best friends to use it. I used to be a high school history teacher. Not a good one mind you, but adequate enough to get the facts straight, though not much for inspiring young minds. I was never challenged as a child and left that legacy to each adolescent who passed through my eleven tenured years of teaching. Now, laser lamp in hand, I walk the barren streets of my city making sure that they are cleared by sunset like other Walkers, as we are called, do in every other hamlet and great city on earth, by order of the Council of Supreme Dremlins.

For that meager effort, I am rewarded with certain gifts, such as continued sight and breath. Trivial as it may sound, most other humans fared much worse by comparison. By the end of the fifth month, with dozens of battle cruisers hovering like dark clouds over every major metropolis, we should have known. But there really wasn’t any warning. So when the death knell tolled, it was a terrible surprise. Whole villages were consumed by violent plumed bursts of laser light. People and produce were incinerated in the millions like so much fried chicken. We thought they were trying to make an example of us for some yet untold reason until a pattern arose. But there was no rational reason, unless you wanted to accept the destruction of our race as the unadorned focus of their ambition.

The first wave of Dremlin dogs, as they were once referred to, quickly aged into mature adults whose only need was procreation. To perform that function successfully, we learned later, required all their bodily efforts and toward that end they reached out to signal others with the most hideous high-pitched howl imaginable. That searing, biting, ear-wrenching cry did not abate for days and only reached its peak during the darkest hours of their sexual compulsion. That should have been our first warning. Those who approached them to question this process were attacked on the spot. There were no regrets or apprehension on their part. When a Dremlin was in the process of mating, as more and more were, even coming close to them was reason enough for them to fire on you. Those closest to a Dremlin pair at the height of copulation were driven mad from the sound. First thousands, then tens of thousands, took their own lives in order to avert the wracking auditory pain their howl caused.

In defense of our kind, it should be mentioned that the governments and scientists of all nations did their best, but it all happened too fast. Within a period of a few months, the first wave of adolescent Dremlins had matured into ten-foot tall creatures with rapier-like talons and highly evolved ability to sense when they were in danger, if even by strangers hundreds of yards away. By then others had arrived with weapons powerful enough to begin the subjugation. They shot down fighters and missiles, as you would swat a fly from your shirtsleeve. They were impervious to our nuclear weapons, our strength, or interest in unity. We behaved as if we had a choice. They behaved as if we were born to be captives.

Hundreds of millions died in the sixth month alone. It was estimated that four billion vanished in the seventh month under the bright yellow rays their ships flooded the earth with from high in the darkened heavens. We were unable to negotiate or protect ourselves. Still, from what I heard, ten or fifteen million of us remain. For what purpose and to what end I do not know.

“How are you?”

It was my counterpart, Sam Levin. Sam was about seventy years old. He walked his ten square block patrol every night as I did. I walked my route, which bordered his for three blocks of greater Charleston, North Carolina. We spoke twice a night, cautious not to spend too much time together, lest we be detected and relieved of more than our responsibilities. There was no possibility of insurrection. We possessed no weapons except our own imagination, no interest except in our own pitiful survival. The Dremlins routinely purged towns and let us know of the decimation as if we needed any more convincing of the limitations of our capacity or future.

I flicked on the beam from what looked like an ordinary flashlight, except the bright red beam that shot out of the front could be projected a thousand yards or more. I traced the light up against some apartment buildings and down an alleyway just to make it look like I was securing the neighborhood. “I’m tired every day. I can hardly get out of bed anymore.”

“That’s the way I feel too,” Sam acknowledged.

“But you’re pushing seventy.”

“And look at what it’s gotten me,” he said standing up and scanning his laser beam along a row of second floor windows to make sure they were closed. “I think they’re watching us.”

Defiantly I said, “So what?”

As he walked into the night I heard his response, “So maybe I want to live another day, even if there is nothing left to live for.”

“You think this is living?”

“It is until I find something better.”

“I’ll see you at the meeting,” I said, though I doubted that he heard me.

We were fed our food, left to our own meanderings; those few hundred or so desperate souls within earshot of each other. Every week a representative gathered us up, measured our resistance, proffered directives, and reminded us of our precarious position. I sat through these meetings numb with disbelief and sadness. Why us? What made earth the perfect breeding ground for these beasts?

When the mating howls inflamed an already indignant world, there was an outcry that fell upon dogs all over the world, especially golden retrievers. They were hunted down, killed on sight by citizens with guns who needed to take out their frustration on somebody or something. When the slaughter escalated, people went around and broke into homes and apartments where they knew dogs lived and killed them, and then their owner if there was any interference. Of course, this displaced aggression meant nothing to the Dremlins. They went on copulating in halls, on streets, in public spaces, and especially near restaurants where food was plentiful.

The sight of a Dremlin pair having sex sickened most, if the howl didn’t quickly immobilize them with pain. One frightened legislator in China claimed the Dremlin howl was their most potent weapon. It was the highest sign of their evolutionary power and, at the same time, subjugated all those who would interfere with their design for domination. As they populated the world and long before the dimension of their aggression became evident, those sounds became a normal, if not arresting, part of our everyday lives. After a while, if you were fortunate enough not to come too close, you shut out the sounds as you would grating street noise late into the night.

I had married early and divorced later than was sensible. My wife had been a woman devoid of sentiment and possessed of seriousness so profound that to this day I wonder why I asked for her hand, and why she accepted my initial overtures. Our sex life was uninspired as was our fervor for each other. We never made much noise when having sex. At first, there were muffled groans and some spasms of excitement. In some strange way, I envied the Dremlins their exultation. To be so exuberant, so unabashed in their lovemaking was a true work of wonder. I had never known such sexual glee. I believe few had. I now realize few of us would ever again.

One friend, and I heard this only after my divorce, said my wife and I were “suitable” for each other. Suitable. I thought about that word for years. Now, nothing matters but working myself through the next day. The capacity for survival in humans is quite remarkable. I never thought of this until I saw dozens of newspaper pages filled with pictures of the most notable cities on earth flash up in a cauldron of red and yellow dust. First Geneva, London, Moscow, and Washington vanished. Before the shrieks of international outrage were broadcast, New York, Chicago, Paris, Rome, and San Paulo Brazil were incinerated.

Their laser weapons surgically dissected each city so as not to disturb utilities, transportation networks, and all forms of communication. These weapons systems were far beyond our military’s grasp as were their defensive screening network. They never resorted to nuclear weapons, which surprised most of the military experts. Outside major metropolitan areas, there were no sensitive targets that could benefit them in their conquest. The human devastation was complete. Of course, the slaughter of millions was no longer a topic of conversation for the survivors. We accepted the wanton destruction, always believing that sometime in the future we would coalesce into a lethal fighting force and overthrow our captors. What most found impossible to accept was being cut off from one another. The weekly meetings helped, if only to see the faces of those who had survived.

“Don’t turn around,” the voice directed during the last town meeting. “I’ve been watching you. My name is Sara McKinney,” she continued from behind me.

My imagination flared, but only momentarily. In the last few months since the destruction rained down upon the earth, I was purged of not only my past, but also my need for a future. However, as Sara’s voice filled my ears with words, her spirit filled my chest with possibilities. I nodded slowly to indicate that I had heard her words, though there was no way to communicate to her how desperate I already was for making human contact.

“Ask old Sam Jennings about me. I am not one of them. Please. We need to stick together.”

That was all I heard. That was all I needed to hear. “You know a woman named Sara?” I asked Sam when we next made our rounds, not fully appreciating how dangerous even that question was.

Sam dropped his flashlight, wiped his brow, and then bent down to tie his shoes. He went through the motions, but I knew he was simply tired and needed an excuse to stop walking. I had no idea if he would respond, or even if he could be trusted. If he hadn’t first engaged me a month ago, I would never have allowed myself this one temptation.

“McKinney?” he asked.

“Her first name is Sara.”

“She lives over on Townsend?”

“Sam, I don’t know anything more than her name.”

“How do you know her?”
“I don’t really. I just thought you did,” I said and walked away quickly. I was stricken with fear. How many Sara’s could he know? How could he put me through that? We were standing in an open space. Patrol ships glided overhead. The night was bathed in moonlight.

Was I mad? Why couldn’t I have waited until the moon was less radiant? When the sky was completely overcast. No, I had to know immediately. I was never going to make it to Sam’s age. However, I didn’t consider that an onerous limitation.

I slept poorly that night. In the morning, I ate breakfast and called into central control. The ritual was the same every day. I was asked to repeat everything I saw and did the day before. The voice interrogating me was different every day, though it always sounded feminine. When I said I was done, the connection was broken. The phone was in limited service and was only to be used by the Dremlins or to contact them.

Was Sara a Dremlin plant? I suspected those were around, though it never made much sense. If they considered us a threat, why keep any of us alive? Of course, I had no answer to this. I didn’t believe anyone had. Moreover, if so, it was too late to save ourselves or our dying planet.

But Sara was a voice. A Spring voice imparting possibilities that I had long ago given up. I waited eagerly for the next town meeting. I sat down and waited until the regional director read through his report. But all I heard that night was his rasping, biting voice, and a film of what had been done to those in other villages who did not heed their code. I allowed myself the opportunity to glance around, but only with my eyes. They knew when you turned your head. Guards positioned on either side of the church aisles in which we were housed for our weekly meetings came over and struck down anyone who turned or nodded off. Some were pulled from the crowd and never returned.

“You will do what you are told or you will be purged. We have made that clear to you and every other member of your mongrel race,” the regional director said in his strange English. The hideous animal was an old Dremlin. His coat was shaggy and unkempt. His talons were horribly long and less aligned with the others than we had seen on younger ones. He stood on the dais, as had an ordained priest only a month before. Only this messenger spoke of destruction and damnation as though he was the representative of the underworld. All vestiges of the church had been stripped from the walls, all signs of God or holiness or religion had been purged from sight. I imagined others believed as I did that those closest to religion and God were on a select list to be extinguished first lest they foment unrest and defiance.

The audience of two hundred or so looked on in muted bewilderment. It was only a year ago that we lived in peace and innocence, unaware of the plot being hatched against our towns and villages, against cities swarming with humanity, against the survival of the planet. Then, in only months since first landing and being welcomed by most of humanity, these small endearing visitors from space, from a planet our scientist called Zegna, for want of a better word, and from a galaxy that we thought devoid of life, as though we possessed the powers of such infinite knowledge or insight, descended from the sky in untold hordes.

The first animals looked like fairy tale-like gremlins one scientist observed. Except when he wrote a real-time internet article about the most important event ever to have impacted humanity, he pressed the wrong letter on his keyboard. Instead of hitting a “g” he struck a “d, “and in one stroke these once cute animals were transformed, and shortly thereafter became the hideous raptors they are today.

“We will be conducting experiments in this town and in nearby towns. No one will be hurt, but there will be some changes in members of your friends and family.”

No one will be hurt. What choice was there? We are all doomed, I thought, no longer searching the crowd for Sara. There probably was no such woman. Sam must have been thinking of someone else. If he knew of her, if she told him she was going to speak to me, to take such a risk in the first place, he would have known.

What does it matter? Tomorrow we will be melted down as the Nazis did the gold teeth of six million Jews a hundred years ago or wind up in a test tube on planet Zegna. I couldn’t recall where the astrophysicists told us the galaxy was that harbored such a malevolent race. We still didn’t know what they wanted from us. Those who were curious enough to ask were now dead. There was no rhyme or reason to their viciousness. There just was, or was not, depending on your point of view. As for myself, I saw no future in my future. Sooner or later, I will do or say something and disappear with the pull of a trigger. I will not be missed. I will simply not be.

I settled into my bed that night no longer thinking about Sara, just the bleakness of our world, of my puny existence. I suspected there was some sort of resistance forming out there. Younger men with more motivation and skills were cloistered in barns and caves around the world. First, they would have to secure themselves then find a way to communicate with others in nearby towns and villages. They would be bold and brave and, I believe, doomed. The Dremlins would have already anticipated this reaction. If they had the ability to sense danger or clandestine activity from across the town center, they might be able to extend it miles and miles from their headquarters. No, we were lichen compared to their intellect and creative superiority. We were no match for their ambition no matter what it was and in what form it was manifested. I glanced outside my window. There was a full moon again. The last time it had appeared, I had asked Sam about Sara.

“Hey Michael, you want another?” a voice barked against a background of music and scrambled words.

I spun around on a tall stool slamming my right elbow into the edge of the bar as my wrist struck the glass of beer I was nursing. A bolt of pain shot up into my shoulder, a splash of beer landed against my right sleeve. I gasped. I must have struck a nerve. The pain was so sharp I felt a tingling in my fingertips. I immediately recognized the bar and most of the patrons staring up in shock at the pictures on the television behind the bartender’s stooped shoulders. It was the afternoon news. The date indicated on the giant television monitor was September 16, 2037. Cameras panned in stony silence as scientists from the Army surrounded what looked like a flying saucer the size of a city block that seemingly had crash-landed in the desert outside of Tempe, Arizona.

“I knew it would happen sooner or later,” the bartender noted.

“I wonder what they’re going to look like?” someone behind me questioned.

“Like small dogs standing on their hind legs,” I offered without thinking.

A smattering of laughter was heard all around followed by some even more bizarre conjecture about what the aliens from outer space would look like. I cleaned off my sleeve and massaged my elbow. I studied my shoes as though I needed more evidence of who I was and where I was. I knew the bar and bartender. I recognized faces in the crowd though none seemed to acknowledge me. I paid my tab and removed myself from the crowded bar, walked into the street, and looked up at the bright blue heavens. It had finally happened. We were not alone. In all our collective arrogance, we were not alone. I had not dreamt it for nothing. I must have known. A police squad car was parked at the curbside near a fire hydrant. I walked over to the blue and white car. Their radio was tuned into the local news. Both officers were listening intently, though not so engrossed so as to ignore my approach. I noticed their bodies stiffened defensively.

“Maybe you can help me officer,” I said. They nodded politely. “I’ve been watching the news about the spaceship and I know what’s going to happen. I saw it all before. I want to tell somebody about it.”

“You just come out of there?” one of them asked.

I turned to the bar. “Yes, but I’m not drunk.”

“I didn’t say you were.”

“I’m not a crackpot and I’m not drunk. And I can tell you what they’re going to look like. I can tell you what they’re going to do. That might have some value, even if I came out of a bar.”

“With all due respect sir, I’m sure a million other people can also speculate on what they look like.”

“I’m not like a million other people. I saw into the future and I know what they’re going to do.”

“And what’s that?” the same one asked, only this time he was less threatened by me and obviously not taking a word I had to say seriously.

“You know,” I said standing up against the car. “I think I’ll try the newspapers. Maybe they’ll be more receptive.”

They watched me cross the street in front of their car before focusing their attention back to the news. Within an hour all the Dremlins will have emerged from the saucer. Their small demeanor and unstable gait will be instantly endearing to billions worldwide. They would be perceived as unthreatening, an accident from outer space that would change our world forever. Scientists would be ecstatic to have these live samples of other life forms who could communicate with us if even in a rudimentary manner. The fact that they will need our care will throw us off guard. How dangerous could these little creatures be? And their voices, their little squeaky utterances, would sound so much like a human infant, mothers all over the world would feel a maternal instinct towards the furry dog-like misfits. How deviously cunning and manipulative.

I walked six blocks to the offices to the Charleston Times. The usually silent building on the corner of Decatur and Mitchell Streets was a hotbed of nervous fervor. Every window in the building was lit. Camera crews and reporters milled about outside. I had seen this before, or at least been aware of all the commotion when the saucer first landed in what now appeared to be my dream. One of our satellites picked it up coming in from beyond our galaxy. Hundreds of telescopes and sophisticated space probes picked up the incoming ship. Some scientists speculated that it might be something far more ominous, such as an asteroid hurtling towards earth. I thought about that while two reporters rushed from the building and sped away in their car. What could be so important? Didn’t they know what was coming? Didn’t anybody else know what I knew?            All this was for nothing. We were doomed from the beginning. There were no defenses and what made it worse, we wanted so desperately to believe these aliens were friendly and not the kind we’d been exposed to in the movies and television for a hundred years. It just couldn’t be those kind one Hollywood reporter mentioned when he first caught sight of the immature Dremlins. However, if they were so callow how could they pilot their ship halfway across our galaxy?

I made my way past the throng to the city desk on the third floor. Phones were ringing on every desk. Everybody was screaming directions and vital information at each other. Every desk and tabletop was occupied. Every ounce of energy was being expended to cover the most important story since the creation of the earth itself. I looked about as though I was a spectator to my own death. Who would listen to me?

“Have you ever heard of the planet Zegna?” I asked one of the reporters who rushed by so quickly he couldn’t possibly have heard my inquiry. Three police officers were huddled around one of the dozen television sets mounted around the room which looked more like one of the late twentieth century commodities trading pits. There was an unmatched excitement in the air. The world as we knew it, the entire universe, and most importantly the religious leaders of the world were going to have to rethink their history. Apparently, God was hard at work in other planets too.

A young man with a fist full of papers bumped up behind me. He apologized and was courteous enough to ask if he could help me even though it was apparent that he had no real interest in being that patient.

“I want to talk to the editor about the space ship.”

“Right now I don’t think the president himself could get through to the editor,” he said with some pride.

“I have some information about who they are that might be valuable.”

“Who they are?”

I caught myself here, lest I sound as energetic and vested as I believed I was to the two police officers. “Yes.”

“But we haven’t even seen them yet. In fact, we don’t even know if anybody is alive on that ship.”

He was right. “I see your point.”

“You know, why don’t you come back tomorrow? Maybe things will settle down around here so you can find someone you can talk to.”

I took a sudden liking to this young man. He was showing more patience and respect than I had seen or would have expected under these conditions. I also finally realized no one was going to listen to me today, or if I came back tomorrow.

“Thank you.”

“Don’t mention it.” he said and quickly loped away.

I walked out of the newsroom. I was also too uneasy with what I knew to expose myself to potential ridicule. This incident was going to bring out every crackpot and lunatic on the planet. From evangelists, who would chastise us with the “I told you so’s” to those who believed this marked the end of the world. How was I going to tell them they were right? How could one man warn the world? Moreover, did I really care to? I struggled with this question as the elevator let me off on the ground floor and I wandered into the pandemonium on Decatur, which was taking place in every village and hamlet on earth.

A crowd ten deep surrounded a giant television monitor in one of the windows of the news building. An Army general was approaching the downed saucer. Slowly, a hatch opened at the other side of the gleaming gray spacecraft. Minutes passed until there was discernible movement. Everyone had an idea who or what was going to fill the screen and change our lives. When a small dog-like creature wobbled out into the daylight and fell to its knees a cheer rang out, with women oohing and aahing as the general’s aids rushed to help right the creature.

I knew the rest of the tale. I wandered into a small park and found myself a bench. Across the park, I could see the tall, ornate steeple of the Confederate Army clock tower—a landmark in Charleston. I was born not far from here thirty-eight years ago in a hospital that has long ago been converted into a major office building. Charleston was South Carolina’s oldest city, a major Atlantic coast port and the first city to adopt a historic preservation-zoning ordinance in the country. We had a major military college, internationally renowned arts fair in the Spoleto Festival and one of the East’s most visited tourist attractions. Seven months from now, like a thousand other cities, it would lay in ruins.

We were so desperate to believe, especially the politicians and scientists. After an extensive medical examination, the original group of young Dremlins toured most major capitals of the world. Every politician and important head of state wanted to be photographed with these lovable, if noisy creatures. Even as the animals grew, only the most astute behaviorist noticed that they became less friendly, less forgiving of being petted like tame pets. The scientists, especially the physicists and the Pentagon’s highest-ranking weapon’s wonks, wanted to know everything. The heads of the major religious groups waited patiently. Some suspected they wanted to prolong any interaction with the Dremlins for as long as possible. Official statements were handed out to the press that these denominations were glad no one was actually injured in the landing. Other than that, there was a notable silence from the religious leaders.

A panel of international astronomers and doctors was organized by the United Nations to pose questions to the Dremlins. What was so unusual was that the panel was organized, convened, and ready for their first presentation within six weeks of the landing. What was equally unexpected was that the Dremlins were open and responsive to every question from the location of their planet to the propulsion system of their ship. They invited inspection of their craft to any number of engineers and aeronautical experts. The scientific bounty from these early interactions was heralded as a quantum leap for humanity. A body of knowledge was being amassed at a startling rate, though not as quickly as the Dremlins were growing.

Then of course, there were the cynics who, in this case, were right from the beginning. They urged prudence, but in the face of how the first ship of Dremlins was embraced, their cause was drowned out by the international carnival atmosphere that swept the planet.

“If it hadn’t been for a slight navigational error we would have remained alone in our world, possibly forever,” the chairman of the Latin American Treaty Organization lamented. The most enthusiastic supporters hoped other Dremlins would follow to rescue the survivors of the Tempe Landing, as it was often referred to. They got their wish.

A strange peace settled over me. I stretched out my legs as far as they would go and shook myself like a dog working the muscle spasms out of his awakened body. There was really nothing to do. Nothing for me or anybody that would change the course upon which we were headed. Unless I had some kind of first-hand evidence and could convince someone in authority, we were all going to die. But of course there was none. There was no way to prove what I knew sitting here this bright Fall day. Even I came to question myself. Was it all a dream? No, of course not. Clearly, I had already experienced something that had not yet happened. The memories were too vivid and omnipresent, the facts and circumstances of the past months I had just lived through were all too pure and unwelcoming to be the byproduct of a twisted and corrupt mind.

In my reverie I could easily conjure up images of the earliest Greek wars with Epaminondas, Philip, and Alexander; the great Roman wars with Hannibal, Scipio, and Caesar; the Byzantine and Medieval wars and the French revolution with Napoleon Bonaparte; the European conflicts of the 19th century along with the American Civil War followed by the “War-to-End-All-Wars” and the most horrible Second World War. I can easily recall the wars that infected the Mideast a quarter century ago.

And in every one of these conflicts there was the same strategic territorial or xenophobic rationale. Why was this invasion and subjugation so different? The answer was as obvious as it was opaque.

What would have happened if Hitler had the weapons these monsters possessed? What if Stalin—whose dictates were reportedly responsible for the death of 20,000,000 people—had these weapons at his disposal? The difference here is that there was no one Dremlin leader, no general or politician to which we could forward an appeal for leniency. What they had done, what they intended to do, was so far and away more calamitous, it made two of the most vicious murderers of the twentieth century seem tame by comparison.

“You don’t seem very excited,” the woman said as her dog dragged her to the side of my bench.

I was startled at the sight of the German Shepherd. She had a sweetness about her. I wanted to reach out and pet her head but decided against it. The woman looked familiar, though I was in no condition to press my memory for details. “About what?”

“The space people. The aliens,” she clarified. Her Shepherd sniffed about the tips of my shoes then looked up at me. Her soft bright brown eyes and active expression was so compelling, and yet all I could think was that she was somehow related to those who were going to destroy us. “A spaceship landed outside of Tempe, Arizona.”

“Yes, I’ve heard.”

“My goodness, you seem so detached.”

There was a freedom about my attitude that even I was aware of. I was also aware of the number of dogs in the park. It gave me a terribly unsettled feeling. “I guess I am.”

“How can you not be excited?” she said tightening the leash around her hand and falling onto the bench. “The president was on television trying to reassure the nation.”

Thank goodness he wasn’t trying to get through to the editors at the Charleston Times. “I guess I missed it.” I began to massage my right elbow. It was quite sore and a little stiff. Tomorrow it was going to be a lot more tender. By next Spring, I will look back on this bruise as a very temporary and inconsequential inconvenience. By next Summer, who knows?

“He was so confident. It’ll be on again. You’ll catch it.”

“Was he reassuring?”

“Yes. Very.”

“That’s important.”

She straightened her hair. She was wearing baggy jeans overalls over a baggy white sweater. She was an inch or two taller than I was. Her face had an open sharpness about it as though she would listen but would not be easily convinced. “I’ll catch him later.”

“Well, Jillian here is really interested in the spaceship, aren’t you honey?” she said bending down to nuzzle her cheek against her dog.

“That’s a beautiful animal you have there.”

“That’s my best friend. She’s been with me for three years. She’s my lucky charm.”

“Have you ever heard of the planet Zegna?”

“No. Can’t say as I have. But you should know, I’m not one for science.”

“What do you do?”

“I’m a fitness instructor. I have my own gym in North Charleston. I’m just visiting my sister over on McMurtree.”

The young woman was thin, athletic, the very personification of health, and if I may say so, a beauty. She was pretty in a soft, mellow way. Her looks weren’t as flagrant as so many young women’s were these days. From her style and grace, I imagined her to be somewhat of a throwback to a kinder, gentler era. “My name is Michael Denner.”

“I’m Jennifer Winslow. Friends call me Jenny. And of course, you already know Jillian here.”

If I told her what I knew she would nod politely and run for the bushes with her dog yelping at her heels. I would expect that of anybody. “Pretty name.”

“Why thank you. No one ever said that to me, not in just that way.”

“I can assure you, it was meant as a compliment.”

“Oh, I know.”

“Isn’t McMurtree behind the Confederate clock tower?”

“Yes. It’s one of my sister’s favorite places.”

“I love that memorial too.” The Confederate tower held out more than just the momentary flicker of time to me. It was a destination. The symbol of what I perceived could be my resting place if I decided to change my history.

“How come you’re not glued to a television set?”

“How come you aren’t?”

“If you’ve ever had a pet, you know their needs come first.” Jillian looked around the park with a curious eagerness.

I tried to assemble the details of my day before being shocked out of my reverie in the bar. How did I get there in the middle of the afternoon? The last time I was in a bar, I was watching the opening game of pre-season professional football in August with friends. I couldn’t recall anything before slamming my elbow. Hard as I tried, I seemed to have no past and if that was correct, no future either.

“Jennifer, did you ever share a secret with a stranger?”

She glanced around the park. Nearly everybody was listening to a pocket radio or collecting in small clumps discussing the news that had rocked the world. “What do you have in mind Michael Denner?”

“Well Jennifer, I’ll tell you. Firstly, the game works best when played by total strangers.”

“Even those who have shared a park bench together?”

“Those are the best kind.”

“Oh, this sounds really exciting, and please, it’s Jenny.”

“It’s simple Jenny. You tell me something that you’ve been dying to confess to someone, knowing that it will mean nothing in particular to me, but it will relieve you of the burden of holding onto it by yourself.”

“Strangers meeting on a train share a little part of themselves and then move on. No strings. No consequences.” She patted Jillian who quickly became less obstreperous. She continued to stroke her forehead until the dog’s energy was calmed. “Sounds mysterious.”

“You’re free to walk away anytime you feel so inclined. And I can do the same.”

“But you wouldn’t, because I think you want to tell me something really important to you. Am I right?”

“You’re much more than a gym teacher, Jenny.”

“And you look like you’re about to burst unless you don’t get something off your chest.”

“That obvious, is it?”

“Sorry, but it is to me.”

“It’s important to me that you trust what I say and there is no way for me to say what I have to say without possibly frightening you.”

“Me in particular or to anybody you want to tell your secret?”

“Oh, anybody.”

“Good. I just don’t want to be the object of a stranger’s secret.”

The use of the word “stranger” bothered me, then again so did the word “suitable.” “That’s not what this is about.”

“Well, if you ever wanted to get my curiosity going, you’ve succeeded.”

“I will ask you for one thing.”

“Which is?”

I pulled back from her. “That you give me enough time for me to finish my story even if you want to leave before it’s over.”

“I don’t know if I can do that.” She sounded guarded now. Her light, frothy manner had dissolved into a heightened hesitation.

“I know. It’s something that I shouldn’t have asked of you,” I said crossing my arms across my chest. “Well, if you’re game, so am I.”

“I’ll let you know when I’ve had enough.”

“Fair enough,” I said and began. The tale of the hounds of Zegna was told as I had witnessed it. I left out no detail, no unpleasantry bound to frighten or sicken. I spoke over the course of an hour with clarity of detail that had eluded me all my life. I spoke from the heart and when I was finished there was a period of time when all that moved were Jillian’s attentive ears. If Jennifer had been one of my pupils she would have never walked out of class when the bell rang.

“How would you feel Michael, if a stranger told you that story?”

“As disbelieving as you probably are,” I answered.

“I don’t know what to say to you.”

“I think you would have been better served if I had said nothing.”

“I don’t know,” she said and, with a gush of air that surely emptied her lungs, added, “My God, if you’re right!”

“There is no doubt in my mind.”

“I can see that,” she said staring down at Jillian.

“But you know, what does it all matter?”

“If someone told you that you had less than half a year before your life would change for the worse and forever; well, that would certainly matter.”

“I never thought of it like that.”

“It’s like being told by a doctor that you only have four or five months to live and after that everything you’ve known and come to rely upon will start to collapse all around you. Now what do I do?”

She was right. “I told you something that might help you.”

“But what if I believe you and don’t want to be helped?”

“Then I have done you a terrible disservice.” I had told her more than my secret. I had given her the power to adjust her life before it ended, but she would have preferred to be kept in the dark. I had given her a chance to prepare. And in saying what I had said, gave myself the same gift. Except that it seemed to mean more to her than to me. “You know if you tell anybody else they’re going to think you’re crazy and you might suspect I am.”

“I’ve been thinking about my mother in Pittsburgh. I have other relatives there and so many friends. My God. Every city is going to perish?”

“Every large city on the face of this planet is going to be incinerated in the first week. There is no defense. Thousands of smaller villages and the remnants of smaller communities like this are going to be kept alive but I don’t know why.”

“Just like that?”

“Nearly six billion people gone in less than two months. Most of modern civilization lost in a vapor. I lived through it Jennifer. I know what it’s like.”

A shadow descended upon this pretty young girl. I was overtaken by pangs of guilt. I didn’t have to say what I said, and yet I desperately needed to talk to somebody. I had friends, but in this case, unusual as it was, I really was more comfortable with a complete stranger. I thought a moment about the possibility of her and I meeting again, but it was apparent that what I had told her needed to be digested, and not in the company of the messenger. We both had to prepare for what was about to descend upon us.

“Jennifer?” I asked bringing her back from wherever it was that she had spent the last few moments.

“Yes. I’m sorry. I was just thinking about my baby brother. He just finished up his residency in medical school in California. We’re all so proud of him. He worked so hard to get what he has, and now it’s all for nothing.”

At that moment, I didn’t want this girl to believe me. Maybe not one word of what I had said. “He should know too.”

“I don’t feel well, Michael,” she said getting to her feet. “I think I should go now. I don’t mean to dispute what you’ve said but, you know it’s very hard to believe.”

“Impossible actually. I really didn’t expect you to believe me, and I’m not going to share my story with anybody else. I don’t need to wind up in some sanitarium and miss out on the death of civilization.”

“That sounds sick.”

“What else is there left but to be a credible witness to the destruction? What would you do?”
“Kill myself. Maybe.”

“I thought of that. And it may come to that. But for now I have time. Not a lot. You have time too. If you have loved ones go to them.”

“Then I would have to leave Charleston. Maybe go to the countryside where it is safer?”

“Just don’t forget to take Jillian with you.”

She came to my side and softly kissed my cheek. “Thank you. I mean it. If I didn’t believe you before, I do now.”

“Why?”

“If you had any intentions other than honorable you wouldn’t have wanted me to leave. You’re a good man, Michael Denner.”

I thought about asking her to call me Mickey, just once, but it was really too late for that. “Sometimes I am.”

“Did you ever think of contacting Sam Levin?” she asked and got up.

“No. No, in fact I hadn’t.”

“You might try.”

“You know, that’s a great idea. I have the time and he probably lives somewhere around here.”

“Good luck.”

“You too,” I said. Jennifer loosened the dog leash. Jillian turned and gave me one last playful glance before they disappeared around a thicket of bushes.

I spent the rest of the day in the park, more relaxed and renewed than I could recall. The pulse of people around me picked up with each new interaction with the aliens. By the time I got home, every channel was carrying the same story.

ALIEN CRAFT CRASH-LANDS IN THE UNITED STATES. AMERICA AND REST OF WORLD REACHES OUT TO EMBRACE INHABITANTS OF ANOTHER PLANET LOST IN SPACE.

How naive. How completely typical of our race, I thought. They would soon learn. They would witness the spectacle on television as reports came in from a smattering of cities. Ships landing, supposedly to locate the first one that had fallen off course. By the time their search was completed two dozen ships would have canvassed most of the earth’s surface. Satellites picked up their movement in our atmosphere but since we could not communicate with them, we could only wait. And we did. And as we did, we became more comfortable with those first dozen Dremlins. It all seemed so innocent, so much of what we all wanted to happen.

They would learn. First about the howling in the night, then all day long. They would learn not to look or hear and most importantly not to listen to the rumors of what these creatures were living off of. Smaller animals, some said. Rats and mice, others said with a note of appreciation. Dogs and cats was the most common speculation. And through it all, no one recognized a flesh eater for what it was.

I watched attentively on my television until I could no longer keep my eyes open. I recalled every event that took place from the first encounter to the first military interaction when the first warning was given and the first human life was taken.

I turned to the calendar on my kitchen wall. I had five months, maybe a little more before the purge began. I would live my life to the fullest in that time. I would take deep breaths, walk up to strangers, and tell them how important it was to live life to the fullest.

I would play in the park. I would divest myself of all my savings and travel and when my meager wealth was gone, go into debt until the very end. I would sing and dance and try to find someone who believed me and in our closeness share the need to wring every ounce of life out of the time remaining.

I would live as if there were no tomorrow, if only because I knew that there wasn’t.

 

– end –

  • Continue Reading

Published by Associate Editor on June 1, 2015. This item is listed in Issue 26, Issue 26 Stories

Death is Only a Memory

by Kate Runnels

deathisonlyamemory1A bright flash of white, vivid in its intensity, shocked her and then sudden and complete blackness engulfed her.

Lia shuddered.

They were ghosts, whispers of what they once were. Fragments; fragments from her implants, her external memory. Nothing was clear. Everything jumbled together out of order, without any semblance of synchronicity.

Lia’s links, all of her connections that reached into cyberspace connecting her to any net, had gone blank. Lia was cut off. She was in a darkness so deep the fear faded in the vastness. Panic came and went, washing over her like sheets of rain, pounding down and then fading only to come back.

She knew only one thing. She had been wiped.

There were things she should know, but didn’t. She had relied too heavily on her cybernetic memory enhancements. But organic memory degraded and blurred with time. Lia tried to access file after file. Each one came up empty, blank.. Everything had been wiped from her memory.

She had been wiped!

The anger and outrage swept over her and for long moments she couldn’t think of anything else.

Lia couldn’t help but wonder how? She had always been careful, set barriers-attack and passive- firewalls, even virus mazes, to defeat or deflect hackers from accessing her mind and gaining the classified information within. She knew what became of those wiped of memory, not able to even dress themselves; they were reduced to an infant state. Then there were those who’d been hacked, or imprinted with false memories, not knowing who they really were and always questioning their actions.

Lia was an Agent, she protected others from this or brought to justice those who perpetrated such things.

The empty spaces in her mind informed her that she had been wiped. Maybe it hadn’t been a hack? With her brain and the cybernetic parts shielded, it would have had to be a short range, pinpoint blast with an EMP. If that was the case whoever perpetrated this act needed the knowledge of where her cybernetic implants were located. How had this happened?

That memory, too, couldn’t be accessed, wiped clean.

Lia initiated her search program, entering keywords.

2B y47-m04-d11: a memory file she knew from days ago. It blinked at her: File not found. Empty; Empty; Empty. But there had been something there.

She had been wiped!

Pounding at the void, uselessly, frustratingly, she struggled within her mind for the remembrances. It took a very long time to calm herself. She would have to try and piece everything together from her organic side. That would take time. Time she felt she didn’t have.

She tried to piece the fragments together. But they were true ghosts, with little left to them; a shape without substance.

She searched her other memory, searched for fragments to tie together. Her long-term memory remained, untouched. She thanked whomever for that, but everything up to two weeks ago – gone. She thought back, she had arrived at work, heading for a meeting with her boss. Was her boss now trying to hide something from her? Was the H.K.S.A? If her own employers were out to get her, she had done something terribly wrong. She had to know!

 

“Hong Kong Security Agency; what is the nature of your call?”

Another phone rang farther on down the row of desks answered in a similar fashion by a similar receptionist.

Agent Liana Sasaki wound her way through the maze of desks with the ease of long familiarity. Lia carried no discernable weapons; it helped in many cases to put victims as ease. She didn’t need weapons. Her left arm had been cyberized, and when it opened up she needed nothing else.

The room was small and packed to capacity and even overflowing into the agent’s offices in all dimensions, up, down and around. Greeting a few of the receptionists by name, she continued past, without stopping to chat, toward the back offices. They were busy and she had a meeting to attend in a few minutes.

The Agency hadn’t changed very much since she began working for them seven years ago. It had grown from what she remembered, having then only six receptionists who took calls and greeted people as they walked in from the street. Now the Agency had sixty in three shifts round the clock. And back then, she would have been one of the units sent out to handle one of the emergency calls. She still remembered her designation: 5-2-4. But she was no longer Unit 5-2-4, not since her partner Ming had died and if she didn’t hurry she would be late.

deathisonlyamemory3Lia stepped into her boss’s office. Matt Decoto. He wasn’t the president of the agency, he had never wanted much responsibility, but he had been around since the Agency’s conception. He sat now typing into his computer. He had a thick head of grey hair, a body that had at one time been fit, but a long time in the past. He used DNA specifics to keep his bulk reasonable, but mainly to increase memory and working speed. Typing was an old affectation.

He looked up as she came in.

“Sit down, Senior Agent Sasaki. I’ll be just a moment.”

Lia sat and waited until he turned to her. “Sasaki.”

“Yes, Chief of Investigations Decoto. Why the formality?”

“There is a case I want your personal attention on. Unit 10-23 handled the original call. A gang of cybernetic enhanced children, children who’ve rejected their tech attachments-”

“The autistic’s who’ve even rejected treatment?”

“Yes. They attacked and molested a young natural woman with no enhancements and carrying no discernable tech. The attack itself is unusual and where it occurred. But the victim has disappeared after the attack.”

“That is strange, but not unheard of. Do we have any identification on the Disappeared? And I assume we’re considering him/her to be kidnapped at this point in time?”

“Of course. The disappeared is Sunny Shirow’s, our silent partner’s, daughter.” He leaned forward, the chair groaning as he shifted his weight. “He and I want your expert skills on this case, and handled with the utmost discretion.”

“Of course, Matt, when have I ever been anything but discrete?” She smiled at him as he glared at her from under his bushy eyebrows.

“Just handle it, and handle it quickly, Lia, we don’t need or want the media coverage on this.”

“Yes, boss. No problem boss. Don’t worry about a thing, boss.” She still smiled as she stood and left his office to find Unit 10-23; Agent Sung and Agent Maxwell.

Heading to a different part of the building, she hoped to catch the Unit at their desks. She didn’t really like them and the feeling was mutual.

They looked up from their computer terminals, and the sheets of paper spread out around their desks. She asked without greeting them, “Have you filed a report yet on the disappearance?”

“Sending it now, Senior Agent Sasaki,” said Agent Sung, pressing a button on the touch screen. The report came in, and she took a moment with her cybernetic enhancements to bring it up in front of one eye to read it.

“Well, this is different,” Lia said. “What happened to shoot first and tell lies later?”

“Funny. Get out of our space, Sasaki, and let us do our work.” Sung went back to typing.

Agent Maxwell still looked at her. “Can’t see why Decoto wanted you on this case, you can’t even keep a partner.” There was no love or warmth one might feel for humanity between them.

 

Lia came out of her memory searching for more, but she couldn’t remember all of the details. She hated organic memory. She couldn’t access it anytime she wanted with full detail of sound and visual.

So what happened after?

Lia initiated another search using different parameters. File not found. Empty. Empty. Empty. After the third empty, words appeared: Delete. Delete. I. Eat. Meat.

She had been tampered with; those were her safe words for any type of tampering within her mind. At the same time, it informed her that those who had wiped her were still around even though she couldn’t access sound or sight, in some way the program could.

Lia knew now there was something beyond the void in which she existed. She would proceed, cautiously.

The next memory, and the one following, there would be clues as to what happened. She tried to remember what had happened after meeting with unit Ten-twenty three. She had headed to the specified address in their incident report.

 

The door opened and an old woman peered up at her through old-fashioned corrective lenses. Lia doubted she had ever seen something like that outside of history books or old movies. With cybernetic implants, and DNA specifics, many people opted to replace their defective eyes; the old woman had not.

The woman might not be a hard line naturalist and no Transhumanist, but it was no wonder she had called in the assault and kidnapping of a natural, by cyber autistics. Lia would ask a few question 10-23 hadn’t thought to cover during the original call.

A car honked behind her. She saw it flash past in the lenses of the glasses facing her. There was so much movement there, cars, people, bikers, dogs, but the eyes behind those lenses gazed at her steadily. The old woman blinked slowly through her think lenses. Bringing one age-lined knuckle-swollen hand, she rubbed at her eyes underneath the glasses. “I must be seeing things.” She looked again at Lia. “No. I’m not. But it can’t be real.”

deathisonlyamemory2“Ma’am, are you, Mrs. Chan?”

“Yes,” she answered. “Are you Liana Sasaki?”

“Yes,” she answered slowly. What was going on here? This old woman had taken her completely off her stride with one simple question. The sounds of the street intruded, people laughing, talking on their links to someone else, maybe a block away, maybe half a planet away. Lia missed what Mrs. Chan said next.

“What did you say?”

“I said,” the old woman repeated, “you haven’t aged a day in thirty years. It’s remarkable, even with the tech advances nowadays. I know it has been a long time, but surely you remember me?”

Lia shook her head, uncomprehending. She was supposed to question Mrs. Chan, not the other way around.

“I’m Alison Chan.”

“That can’t be possible. That must be your granddaughter or daughter.”

“I only have a son who is unmarried. I’m sorry, but that is me, I assure you. You really don’t remember? Anything? We served together with the UN peacekeepers in New Congo during the war. Charlie Company, 3rd Battalion.”

“No.” She stepped back, off the front entryway, slipping on the last step and stumbled into a pedestrian. Catching herself, she gave a hasty apology and crossed the street as fast as she could to get away from those motion reflecting glasses and the unwavering eyes behind.

Lia gave one last bewildered look at Mrs. Chan, a friend from a long time ago. One she hadn’t seen if Lia believed the old woman, in thirty years. That couldn’t be correct. Since leaving school only ten years has passed, ten years, not thirty.

A car honked and Lia moved out of the way. She needed a place to think, a place to get information. She pushed the case into a secondary position in her mind, not entirely forgotten, but not at the top of priority. She could hack into the City Traffic database to find the surveillance footage and ID the assailants then put a virus in to track their movements. Later. First, she would find somewhere where she wouldn’t be distracted. All thoughts of the Carime Shirow, of her abduction, were gone.

She needed answers of a different sort now. She headed for a Cyber café, she could plug in there, think and get information.

 

The memory dulled and she came back into herself, still thinking. She had found information on herself by delving throughout the web. Some info had taken little time, but others took much longer and then she found it: her original birth certificate. It had to be a fake, a forgery, some hacker tampering with information for a joke.

It had listed her date of birth as 2084. That wasn’t possible. She was born 2119. 2119 not 2084, however, with the two facts so close together, the old woman and the birth certificate; it wasn’t coincidence.

What was going on? Who had wiped her? Why had she been wiped?

What had she done next?

She still hadn’t believed. She had gone back to the Agency, gone deep down below the main offices to the labs and had her cybernetics checked and updated. There she had snuck into the security mainframe for the Agency. If she’d had the time she could have found all the answers to her questions, but Decoto had paged her over her links.

Then, the memories fogged, she could only catch glimpses, as if she were trying to remember a dream, days later.

She relaxed and let the images come of themselves, and then she had one; later, but clear and along the path to answers.

 

“Do you remember when the police forces around the world failed?” Decoto asked her.

An odd question, but she would go with it. He had paged her so quickly after her access of the information on the net; he must have had it flagged. He had the answers. She waited, stalling. Knowing the truth would change her in some inconceivable way she couldn’t anticipate. Lia wasn’t sure she was ready for that.

She shook her head. “I was no older than a couple of months, back then.”

“No, you weren’t.” He smiled, the stubble on his face parting to show his white teeth. “But tell me what you remember, from history books and what not.” He sat behind his desk and leaned back in his chair, observing her, watching her.

“Fine. It happened almost immediately after the African Nations War,” she began. “the natural resources in Africa drew the global powers which funded, directly and indirectly, to militia’s, warlords and even the countries. As the war dragged on- it pulled the world into a recession. So after the cease fire, and with the treaties signed, the governments sent their military’s home. but that only worsened the recession. This is when the police forces around the world failed.

“Poverty, hunger, and disillusionment, were widespread with governments in many countries doing little to improve the situation. Street gangs, the poor, the disgruntled, those who’d served their countries and gotten little in compensation and many more struck in force. It led to riots occurred in all major cities of the world. Many of the police officers perpetrated crimes at this time, expecting, in the confusion, to be overlooked, and get off without punishment. But the crimes only fueled the anger of the populace and the police forces were overwhelmed and ineffective. Before the respective countries governments declared martial law, ex-military, ex-cops, and many others banded together to create the first all-encompassing security agency.” She scrutinized Decoto while she spoke.

His only motion was to blink at random intervals. His breathing was loud, but he was a large man and always breathed loud. His beefy hands never twitched, never moved, he only stared at her.

“The security agencies put down the riots and brought peace to the streets when the police could not. Around the world, the other cities followed suit, as what happened here in Hong Kong. The Agencies don’t work for the governments and are funded more like insurance companies. After a year in business, no one called the police for help any longer. The governments disbanded all but a token force and put the funding elsewhere. It helped stimulate the economy, creating jobs, and a safer living and work environment. Government money was now being used in necessary areas, instead of a police force that was shown to be corrupt and ineffective. ”

She paused, remembering his words. “What do you mean; I wasn’t a baby back then?”

A million other thoughts and possibilities flashed through her mind in that brief moment. Decoto rubbed at his stubble of a beard before answering her.

“You already suspect it; it is why you are here. You accessed information you weren’t supposed to find, buried as it was under useless data. But it only confirms for me how close we are to reaching full potential. Lia, you missed one large fact: you were one of the co-founders of this agency.”

“That’s impossible.”

Decoto gazed steadily at her.

“It’s not possible,” she said. “I have cybernetics but I am not a full body cyborg. I should show some signs of aging. I look twenty-seven. I am twenty-seven! I had to work my ass off to become a senior agent, the youngest ever! I am not that old.”

“But you are.”

“Shouldn’t I remember this past you speak of? I remember going to military Academy; I remember graduating; school, my parents, friends, my childhood. I do not remember co-founding the Hong Kong Agency. Why don’t I remember?” Why didn’t she remember? She wanted to know the truth. She readied one of her cybernetic parts in her arm with a thought, readying for a strike. She wanted answers and, so far, he hadn’t been very helpful. She could change all that.

“It’s all in there.” He pointed to her head.

“What – suppressed, blocked?”
“Yes.”

“By your orders? The executive board? Chairman Zhang?”

“No; by yours.”

“You lie. I want to know the truth. Tell me.”

“I think I have said too much. There will be many repercussions from this.”

“You will tell me.” Left arm, as fast as an eye blink, split apart, changing into one of her interrogation tools: one that subdued or drugged. Before she could use it, Decoto laughed at her and faded from sight.

She snarled again but to herself. Talking to a hologram, how had she missed something like that?

 

The organic memory fuzzed at the edges, but she could catch more, slightly more.

She remembered wanting to track him down to kill him, no, to make him suffer as he made her suffer, and then end it.

The needed answers continued eluding her. Decoto had done something to her. She was older than she looked and remembered, but how? And where was she now? How did she get here, wherever here was? Had what happened to her happen to Carime Shirow? Were their cases similar?

Back at the Cyber Café, she found the recorded images of the attack reported by ten twenty-three. She thought hard to remember. Why had the Autistic kids turned after they had passed by her and then attack? Carime had nothing cybernetic in her records, but were they fake too? She’d done enough rewriting of data to know records were never true. There was something she was missing. The records might have been hacked and tampered with, but there was one thing. The image on the screen showed a young girl, but the records stated her age as 26 and deceased in a transportation crash. She was dead; she was alive? What was happening? She’d found all this before being paged by Decoto. Was any of it relevant?

Who had attacked her: Decoto, the autistic cyber children, or an anonymous third party? Lia wanted to remember what had happened to her, what happened after leaving Decoto’s office?

She wanted to remember.

That’s it! She had wanted to remember. Decoto had answered a question. She had suppressed and blocked memories. Those could answer what she needed. But to do that they had to be retrieved. She’d contacted someone in the sub-basement. She could trust him. She’d had no one else; she had to trust him.

 

“I need your help, Holt.”

“For what?”

“Memory retrieval and possible reconstruction.”

“Now you’ve got my attention. Blocked, I bet. Any barriers, attack viruses, mazes, burn-outs? I’ll have to go carefully. Who’s the subject?”
“I am.”

He blinked, slow to open them back up, his almost complete black eyes vanishing for a long moment. “Why are you coming to me? You hate me.”
“Hate is such a strong word.” He raised his eyebrows. She took in a deep breath and said, “Fine. Hate. I am calling because you are the best. And I need the best.”

“I’m flattered.”

“That doesn’t make me like you any better.”

“Sorry. But I’m still flattered.”

“Right.”

She shook her head at the image on the screen. “When can we do this?”

“A half hour? A lot of the stuff I need is at the office. Can we meet at my lab?”

“I’m at the office. What do you need; I can get it for you.”

“You’re at the office?”
“Yes.”

“So am I.”

“I’ll be right down.” Lia cut the connection. She paused and looked around the office, thinking – would it still be the same office for her? Her chair, she’d had for two years, with the squeak when she leaned back: the indented carpet where she paced when she thought. Would they be the same? Would she remember a different office? Would the photos be different than she remembered? With different, unknown, unknowing people staring at her. Would she still be Lia?

Would she still be Lia? That was the million dollar question.

Her memory jumped.

She was in the lab with Holt going through the procedure. She tried, but could not bring anything into focus from before that. Hopefully, it was nothing important.

Lia lay on a cool table; the cold started to bleed through her clothes and deep into her; maybe not all of it came from the table. She did not know what to expect, but she would not back out now.

Her eyes flicked from the equipment and tech above her to different things around the small lab in nervousness; wires, computers, racks, displays, lifts and much more. She did not understand any of the stuff or how it worked. She didn’t care. Only caring with what it did. It would give Lia her memories back.

But would she still be her? Would it change her? Would she find that everything she believed in, every truth she held might be wrong? She had already found some truths to be wrong. The table shook as Lia shivered on it, wondering if all of her would be tossed to the side. But that fear wouldn’t stop her, she longed to know.

Lia glanced from the bright lights to Arzi Holt. His thin body walked back to her, while fiddling with something in his long fingered hands.

“Will it hurt?” she asked.

“It all depends on what memories are unlocked, if there are any to unlock.”

“There are. But that’s not what I meant.”

He looked down at her then, meeting her eyes. “No, the actual process will not hurt. Close your eyes and try to relax and we’ll begin the process.” He disappeared from sight behind the machines beside her. They began whirring as they started up before settling down into a constant hum. Closing her eyes, she took in a deep breath and let it out slowly. He was right; she didn’t want to watch any of his actions, always wondering what he did now – what would happen now? It would be much easier to let the memories come to her in blackness.

Lia jerked upright with a gasp!

Where was she? What had happened? What was that?

Glancing around, she found herself in a small office, lying on a couch pressed tight against one wall. A desk crammed the rest of the office; scattered objects littered every available space – papers, books, tech, toys and the tools of a cyborg specialist. Ordinary in its clutter, plain almost, nothing to frighten her here. Except—

She blinked. She hadn’t dreamed. It hadn’t been a nightmare. All of it was as real as this moment. If she rested now in Holt’s office, then the procedure worked-had worked. Not a dream; a memory.

She had died.

Lia remembered dying. She cupped her face in her hands. The feeling of the knife sliding into her flesh, felt as real now as it had then; the searing, tearing, burning pain; turning to see the gleeful look of the hyped and overloaded Cyborg; of herself slipping down the wall, gasping for breath and going into darkness. Lia took in a deep ragged breath and let it out just a shaky.

Holt stepped into the office. She glanced away from her memories to see his face. It wasn’t the same face she remembered. Though his face hadn’t changed with the introduction of new/old memories. Everything she saw there screamed sadness to her. Why was he so sad?

“You’re awake? Did you feel any pain? No lasting effects of the hack/dive and suppression removal?” He paused. “Did it work?”

“It worked.” Lia managed, not trusting her voice for anything more complex.

“I know what happened.” He stepped closer, his voice matching his face, his whole posture. The arrogant hacker she’d arrested, was gone; where? Where was the youthful pride that she resented and hated? She wished for it now “While you slept, I went diving into the secure files section in the main frame. I found some very interesting things.” He handed her a handheld data comp with the info displayed on the five-inch screen.

“Hacking again? That’s what got you busted down here in the first place.”

“I know, but I think you’ll thank me for it. It seems, well, I’ll let you read.” He fell quiet and Lia glanced one last time at this changed Arzi Holt, before studying the info. And studied the screen- and then re-read it a third time. Finally, she let it droop into her lap. Slowly she met his eyes.

“I did die. I thought, hoped, it was only a dream when I woke up.” She cocked her head to one side. “I remember it. I know I died, and yet know it wasn’t me who died. Only it was. Can you begin to understand this? I can’t. It’s so confusing a jumble of thoughts and emotions of who am I? What am I? Everything is in here. All of it.” She licked her lips; swallowed, knowing she rambled but not able to stop. “All of it. I’m a copy? A copy. I can’t connect the two of me. Can I connect the two? Holt, some memories- my childhood- for example, are the same. But it’s like laser beams merging, converging for a time, before separating and going their own way but at a different trajectory then the ones they were on before meeting. I really don’t know how to explain it.”

But now she knew why she had blocked these memories in the first place. Her company needed to continue, but this whole process was experimental, as well as extremely dangerous. She’d signed the release only days before her death.

Who knows what might happen if someone hacked her mind and found she was not only a clone, but with original memories and illegal cybernetics; dangerous, and very scary. Decoto had gone too far. He had abused his knowledge and position; more than once. He went far beyond her original instructions to him. Plus, he had tried to kill her, had managed to kill her. She would deal with him.

Were these thoughts now, her own, or part of the original? Where did the original end and the Lia she was now actually begin? Was she only an extension of something that died twenty years ago? Who was she really? The person who’d created HKSA after the collapse of police forces, or the one who’d let a hacker off and even had him join the company in repayment to those he’d harmed? Did she have her own thoughts, reactions, could she think creatively, respond originally, or was that programmed in from the original?

Her mind refused to focus on these issues, but they had to be resolved. She wanted to pace, but there was only a path to the desk and from there to the door. How could Holt be so ordered and precise in his codes but live like this? The question let her relax for a second on something other than herself, herselves?

Holt spoke up then, “They keep some of the original cells in the central vault in sub-section twelve.”

“Yeah; I read that.” She studied his face for a moment, down turned, sad. But she knew him, having profiled him for years before tracking him down, he hid something from her. “There’s something else.” He didn’t answer. But there was something else, some discrepancy with her memory and the information she had been given. “Something’s not right. If I, well, the original, died twenty years ago, this body – I – should be older.”

“Right.”

“How many others have there been of me? Of the original?”

“I don’t know.”

“Somebody does; I’m sure somebody does. Somebody in this company, yes. This company for so long keeping peace and order, it’s gone above the law. It wasn’t like this before. But I know who to go to.” She stood up, she knew what she should do, but uncertain if the idea was hers, or the other. The life she had stolen or the life forced upon her. She needed time to think through all of this new info. She really didn’t know where to go, or what to do. Every action brought questions; was that her or the original? Every action brought doubts. She doubted habits, likes, dislikes, her very beliefs and ideals. Lia was now more confused than she had been; but she had answers. She had answers.

A depressing thought.

Lia wandered out of Holt’s office. She headed out of the building and walked aimlessly in the crowded, colorful Hong Kong streets. She usually loved to walk the streets; to hear the people: the haggling, the talk and the gossip. She loved to see the bright flashing advertisements, seeing new things or different things. Buildings loomed over her. Lights flashed in all different colors across her face and people passed all around her, sometimes bumping, sometimes swerving. Tonight she took no notice. The places didn’t matter; the people didn’t matter; only thoughts mattered.

But were they her thoughts? Did the original control everything she did, had done? Will do in the future? How did she even know, how could she tell the difference?

Lia liked to walk when she thought, but was that truly her? Or was it an action of the original? She searched through her new memories and found so many she couldn’t distinguish from her own and that of the original. Some merged, overlapped, but sometimes even that overlap differed. She may have sat instead of standing, or jumped over the rail instead of taking the stairs. But she couldn’t differentiate between them. Which were hers? Which the originals? Was anything hers?

Who was she?

Amdeathisonlyamemory5 I an individual with my own thoughts, actions, responses, or am I only a part of another, an extension of someone else?

Who am I really?

Lia kept walking.

 

So that was it.

She had confronted Decoto. She had gone back to the Agency building and headed down to sub-section twelve and the central vault. There she found many interesting things in the databases not connected to the main hub, and the culture tanks and re-growing new bodies. She found Carime Shirow, being grown anew. Had they found the other dead or given up hope? Somehow the Cyber Autistics had known she was a clone. The how was beyond Lia. And now, Carime was being re-grown for Daddy. She wondered if Decoto had something to do with this. She didn’t find out then for security personnel arrived.

She had underestimated Decoto. A security force charged into the culture room with the grey banks of monitoring machines; elements of the security force she had helped train! They had her trapped. But they had underestimated her too, she had not informed everyone about all of her special modifications. Unit ten–twenty three no longer existed. Lia had never liked them anyway. But in the end, she’d been overwhelmed. The capture happened quickly.

Something seemed to snap within her mind. Something invisible – that had held her immobile. Her eyes flicked open and she could hear voices as if they stood far away on a quiet day. She turned up her hearing receptors as she studied what she could see in front of her. She didn’t want to risk moving too much until she knew her situation.

She lay on a flat metal slab of a table, tilted nearly forty-five degrees to vertical. And the room was cold. She couldn’t feel it for some reason, but she could smell it; the way it affected machines, screens, metal and wires – leaving a distinctive scent. Wires trailed away from her body to connect out of sight with several monitoring machines and possibly more. Lia heard them humming contentedly to themselves. She didn’t know what they did or monitored. Some might even inform others she was awake and aware now. That couldn’t be helped.

Lia lay half turned on her left side, to help reach her cybernetic implants in back. She sensed something more than other machines behind her.

One of the voices sounded all too familiar.

Her eyes slid to look out of the corner of her right eye, to see beside her as best she could. The motion very slow so as not to draw attention. She saw the front of the lab, with a large glass paneling separating the room. The glass soundproofing making the voices beyond sound far away: to men still spoke.

One – in a doctors white lab coat –explained something to the other. The other – Decoto, her boss, stood looking imposing and important. Lia guessed he wasn’t her boss anymore, and thinking back, she had first hired him for his position. She was his boss. Ironic.

“The new clone isn’t taking the memories,” the doctor said. “By some process, the old clone has erected several blockers, firewalls, attack viruses and barriers around her memories. And, this is the amazing part, even around the organic tissue. And though we couldn’t access those memories because of the preventive measures, we managed to wipe them.”

“How can you be sure if you can’t access the area?”

“We know the exact location of the implants from the files, I helped install many of them and the EMP blast targeted those areas.”

“That might be taking it a bit too far, very unnecessary. The clone will be disposed of soon anyway.”

“Maybe, but the EMP pulse will wipe memory and if the clone is tampered with before dumping of the body, it is a good precautionary measure to clear all the short term memory.”

“Good.”

So they had wiped her! Not all of it. They had tried a dump and wipe, but couldn’t get at it. Lia would have to thank Holt for that. He had done more it seemed, than unblock her memories, improving upon her own security measures She didn’t like people messing around in her mind, but in this instant she could almost kiss Holt. Almost.

deathisonlyamemory6The doctor continued, “We need to discontinue with this process and start anew with the original cells. A step could possibly have been missed with the new clone.”

The glass showed a slight reflection of the room around her. She could make out her own body, with parts missing. She trailed cybernetic linkages as she might intestines or ripped flash. Her left arm, the cybernetics taken off below the elbow, looked hallow, almost forlorn. She could see behind her.

To her.

The new clone. They had yet to begin installing cybernetic parts. The body remained whole, clean, pure, pristine. It made Lia sad in a way. The two men continued talking, distracting her.

“And the bodies?”

“I doubt we can learn anything more out of them. Have them taken to the incinerator.”

How callous! She was Decoto’s superior. She had started this agency, not him! He would not dump her or harm her in any way or form. Lia, more than just a clone, more than just a cyborg, she had her own thoughts, her own feelings. She was not a thoughtless automaton, like the car AI or the coffee machine.

Pushing off with the stump of her left arm, she ripped wires out of it with the other. Lights began flashing in the other room. They stared at the read outs, then looked up to stare at her through the glass. Their expressions were more than she could have hoped. And she still had some special surprises they didn’t know about.

“You will do no such thing, Decoto!” She may only be a clone, only a cyborg; with the cells and memories of the original in her, but she was more than that. Changes were inescapable in life, but people remained who they were and so would she. With the memory wipe and the implanted memories of an original-lost-past not her own. She lived and Lia would be Lia and acquire new memories. She had the right to choose, as did the clone next to her.

She may not have chosen her birth, but who does? She might not be able to choose the time and place of her death, but who does?

But she will choose to fight to keep her life. No confusion clouded in her mind on that issue; the original and clone had no doubts. She faced Decoto, wires trailing out of her, one armed, naked and unarmed. But she had never needed nor relied on a weapon.

“How dare you Matt! Are you trying to create a super human, to go along with your transhumanist ideas?”

“We’re not trying to turn Homo sapiens into homo superior. We are only gaining our full potential as humans, striving to bring it close to us and into us as humans.

“You’re a genetic clone with gene sequencing to make you faster, stronger, smarter, all of it, Lia, no eye sight problems, no arthritis, no debilitating diseases, with, on top of all that, artificial enhancements. Top of the line, experimental, and the in best cybernetics.

“Can’t you see what you are bringing about by being alive? You vindicate what we’ve worked toward for years. The revised cloning act of 2118 can be repealed by you.”

Lia shook her head. “I am not a tool to be used, cast aside, made anew, and used up. I have my own desires, goals and thoughts that are not a part of your super human plan. You made me, but you made me human.” And what she wanted was vengeance.

She stalked forward.

 

– end –

  • Continue Reading

Published by Karl Rademacher on February 23, 2015. This item is listed in Issue 25, Issue 25 Stories, Stories

Silver Tongue

by Leigh Ann Cowan

Part 1

Lights in the Sky

“I was a boy when the strangers first came. Bright lights filled the air. The ground seemed to shake. A thing bigger than eight huts together descended toward the field outside my small village. My family and neighbors rushed outside, forgetting their tasks of weapons-making and weaving, and of cooking and dyeing, to stand awestruck. We gaped at the humongous monster as it landed with a deep, throbbing hum, crushing the seedlings we had planted only days before.

“Then all was silent,” whispered Mangled One, pausing for effect. The little ones watched him with open mouths and wide eyes. “I should stop. It is too frightening for you.”

“No!” chorused the children, shaking their heads at the elderly man. “We want to hear the story!”

“All right then,” said Mangled One. “But you’ll have to listen carefully, and don’t interrupt…”

#

The gray thing didn’t move, nor did it make a sound. It sat in the field as the dust slowly settled around its flat feet.

“Silver Tongue,” my mother said quickly in a low voice, giving me a stern but worried look. “Get inside. And don’t come out until I say, you hear?”

“Mother, what is that?” I pointed to the monolithic thing.

“Never you mind, my son,” she frowned, ushering me into our hut. She hurried me to the vegetable pottery and emptied one of the larger ones onto the floor. “Get in this, Silver Tongue, and do not come out until I say.”

I obediently clambered into the pot. She put a finger to her lips, and placed the lid over the pot, leaving just a crack so a sliver of light could enter. I was a rather small child at seven star cycles, but perhaps that was why I survived.

After what felt like an eternity of my being still and quiet, I began to hear commotion. Strange popping sounds echoed loudly and were followed by shrieks. A few twangs meant an arrow had been fired. Crashes and thuds resounded as things were thrown and broken. Familiar names were called out frantically. Strange, guttural cries rang out. Terrified, I clamped a sweaty hand over my mouth. Blood pounded in my veins. I willed my heart to slow so no one would hear it beating wildly in my chest. I knew I would be caught.

But I wasn’t. And my mother never came for me, even when there was no more screaming. Hunger gnawed at my stomach. The light that seeped through the crack mother had left was beginning to diminish; night was falling. So I curled up in an attempt to get comfortable, and tried to sleep.

When I woke, I knew it was light again. I blinked blearily at the peeking day-starlight that filtered into the pot. Everything was still and silent. I wondered if everyone had left me because they didn’t want me anymore. The longer I waited the more I began to believe it. Tears sprung into my eyes and hunger yet again troubled me. My mother had ordered me to stay within the pot, but I was sure she wouldn’t mind if I were to grab a handful of the vegetables she had poured out the day before.

So I crept out. Cold silence hovered in the air. I kneeled down on the floor of the hut and began to pick up the little yellow produce. As I leaned my head back to shove a few in my mouth, I caught sight of something outside the doorway. Chewing, I stared hard at the lump, wondering what it was.

I knew I would be in trouble if I was caught, but curiosity had gotten the better of me. Moving closer, I saw that it was Looks At Sky and laughed. The old man was always falling asleep in the strangest places. I crawled over to him and shook him–then leapt back with a startled yelp.

Looks At Sky was dead, his eyes opened wide in surprise. Blood stained his chest. I jumped to my feet and quickly glanced around for someone to call for help.

But like Looks At Sky, everyone was laying across the ground or over each other. Some were slumped against hut walls; some were half in and half out of their doorways. Crafts and foods had been destroyed and scattered across the ground. Blood was everywhere. No one moved.

“No Wars?” I whispered hoarsely. I kneeled beside my tribe leader and pushed his head scarf up to reveal his eyes. They were glassy, staring at a horror beyond this world.

I looked around me. “Snake Flower?” Dead.

“Peaceful Girl?” Dead.

“Day Star?” Dead.

“Prosperity?” Dead.

Everyone was dead. I began to panic. I counted the tribe members, looked for familiar faces. Everyone was here, even–

“Mother!” I fell to my knees at her side, put my hands to her cold face as my tears finally spilled. She was at the edge of the village, closest to the field. She had probably tried to communicate with the beast, and it had killed her, just like everyone else. The huge thing was nowhere to be seen now, though deep scars had set into the soft dirt of the ruined field. Strange, round footprints led to and from it.

I don’t know how long I stayed at my mother’s side, nor in what direction I had begun to wander. All I knew was that I somehow ended up at another tribe’s gate with blisters on my feet. Here, huts were made of wood, as opposed to our clay ones. The roofs were of straw and grass, and several fire pits were dug throughout the village, above which pots of stew broiled. This village was twice the size of mine, and housed many people who wore bright clothes and had facial piercings.

A woman saw me standing at the edge of the village, and she quickly brought me to the attention of several others of her tribe. The woman, accompanied by a man with a hunting knife, approached me. Her dialect was strange to me, but she spoke with words I understood.

“My tribe is dead,” I stated when she asked where I had come from. “The beast killed them.”

The man and woman shared a glance of confusion, but led me into the village. She sent him off to summon the tribe leader while she fed me hot stew from a bowl fashioned from the skull of an animal.

She asked me my name and tribe name.

I shook my head, indicating that I did not wish to speak to her. She became silent and refilled my bowl with the spicy food.

A withered old woman was escorted to me by the man who had first approached me and another more muscular one who appeared to be her bodyguard. I set the skull down to show her respect, as I would had No Wars approached me.

“What is your name?” she asked in the weird dialect.

“Silver Tongue.”

“Seelvor Tong,” she repeated it incorrectly, but I said nothing. “What happened to your tribe?”

I recounted the story, beginning with the beast that had descended from the sky. I told how my mother had saved me, the horrific screaming, and how when I woke everyone was dead. By the end of my story, a group of adults in colorful clothing surrounded me. A couple of women looked at me with tears running down their cheeks; several men looked shocked and angry. But the tribal leader sat dispassionately as she listened, never once interrupting.

Then she spoke: “My tribe name is Galloping Forest. I am Seventh Rain.”

I nodded, wiping my tears with a yellow cloth someone had passed to me.

“You stay here,” she continued. Then she turned to several of the men who seemed to have more piercings than the rest. “Rising Moon, Quiet Son, Runs Fast, to Sky Readers village, go. Find out what happened.”

“Yes,” they said in unison, standing and setting off immediately. I picked up my skull bowl and continued eating. I refused to look up.

The woman who had first approached me, whose name was First Daughter, took me into her own home and gave me a bed. I couldn’t sleep that night. The low murmurs of the Galloping Forest tribe members could be heard until the early hours of the morning. The three men who were sent to investigate my claims must have returned and spoken of what they had seen. Eventually, the conversations died down, and it was silent. I now realized just how silent the world could be.

I laid awake, listening to the nothingness and staring up at the thatched roof. My brain begged sleep, but my body was too restless. The day-star began to rise, and yet I was still wakeful. First Daughter began to stir, then got up from her creaky bed and passed me to the firepit in the center of the room. She poked the embers with a charred stick, sending up red sparks, and added dry grass to it. Then she set about preparing breakfast.

I watched her.

She was very quick and skillful about it, and breakfast was ready before the sky turned blue. The delicious smell had filled the hut. First Daughter sat back on her haunches and wiped her forehead with the back of her hand. She glanced over at me.

She must have seen the firelight dancing in my eyes. She beckoned me to come to her, so I rolled onto my hands and knees and crawled the short distance to her.

“Hungry?” she whispered, taking care not to wake her daughter, whose bed I had slept in.

I accepted the fresh bread and sliced meat, steam still rising from them. My mouth watered, and I ate it quickly. I was disappointed, as it tasted nothing like what my mother had made. The thought saddened me. I would never eat anything by my mother’s hands again, nor hear her voice, nor feel her warmth as she hugged me close. My heart ached as I tried to remember those things.

BreadFirst Daughter held out more food to me, but I turned from it. She moved closer to me and put a hand on my head comfortingly. It did nothing to console me, and at the time I did not appreciate her effort. She wasn’t my mother, I had thought with distaste.

I pushed her hand away and walked out of the door. The village looked drab compared to their exotic clothing. I saw plants hung up on lines strung from the roof of one house to another; I assumed that dyes were made from them. I wandered around, ignoring the looks I received from the tribe members. Children with nose rings followed me curiously. The older the child, the more piercings he or she seemed to have. There were many children here; in my tribe, I was one of the only five children. I ignored the mothers who reprimanded their children and hurried them away from me. As far as they were concerned, I was a stranger and a curse. I envied those children–their parents were still alive and well.

“Silver Tongue,” called out First Daughter. I stopped and looked to my right, where she stood in her doorway. I had walked in a circle. She beckoned to me, but I remained where I was. “Hungry?”

I glanced up. The day-star had risen high in the sky, but was not yet at its peak. It was time for mid-day meal, I supposed. I shook my head at her, earning yet another sad look. All I wanted was to eat something I knew. I thought Galloping Forest was so close a village to my own. How could we have such different tastes? Though now I know it was in fact a five-hour walk to that village.

I sat in the shade of First Daughter’s hut, and she went back inside with one last pitying look, and I finally fell into a much-needed sleep.

Jostled awake by rough hands. A startled cry escaped my throat as I was pulled to my feet. The man I recognized as Seventh Rain’s bodyguard gripped my arm tightly, as though he expected me to run away. His face was emotionless, but his eyes betrayed uncertainty. “Come,” he said in a deep, reverberating voice.

I didn’t have much choice in the matter. He began to walk, taking long strides that were difficult for me to keep up with. His vice-like grip on my arm was beginning to hurt. He was bringing me to the front of the village, where I had appeared the day before.

A throng of tribe members stood facing the entrance; their backs were to us. As we approached, several looked over their shoulders and stepped aside so that we could pass. The hunched figure of Seventh Rain stood at the fore of her people, studying the strangers.

My breath caught in my throat as I looked at them. They were so different from us. The three strangers wore clothing that was unlike any I’d ever seen; hardly any skin could be seen on them. Each of them had a slightly different skin color; one had skin as dark as wood, and another’s was as pale as starlight. The other one seemed to have a flesh tone in between. Their hair was different, too. One had fire for hair, it seemed, and another’s was so curly it seemed unreal. Their eyes, noses, and lips were all different. Then I noticed the strange sticks they held down at their sides.

“Silver Tongue,” said Seventh Rain slowly. “These creatures?”

I shook my head. “Do not know.”

The stranger with wooden skin stepped forward, and I heard shuffling behind me as the whole village stepped back warily. He spoke, and I recognized the guttural noise as what I had heard the day my mother had been killed.

“Killers!” I screamed, spinning on my heels to run. I was stopped short due to the man’s grip on me. “Killers! Killers!” The memory of my fallen tribe flashed past my eyes–the blood, the glassy eyes, the cold bodies. The villagers began to murmur in shock and fear, moving back even further. They looked ready to run.

Seventh Rain spoke calmly. “Silver Tongue.”

I quit fighting, breathing heavily. I looked at the strangers wildly, saw them watching with unreadable expressions. My eyes trained themselves on the tribe leader as she continued.

“With them, you will go. Galloping Forest remains safe if you will go. So go.”

I gaped at her. I hardly realized that her bodyguard was dragging me to the strangers until we were almost upon them. The wooden-skin raised his stick, and the others followed suit. They looked dangerous–they were killers.

“No!” I wailed. “First Daughter! No! Save me, please!” But if First Daughter was in the crowd, I could not see her. I should not have expected her to save me, anyway; she had her own child to look after.

Seventh Rain’s bodyguard offered me to the wooden-skin. One of the strangers behind him said something in their foreign language, and the wooden-skin studied me. He replied, then reached for me and took a surprisingly strong hold of my wrist.

I let out a scream louder and shriller than any before, as though the touch burned, and struggled to free myself. Seventh Rain’s bodyguard quickly backed away. Tears streamed down my cheeks. I threw all my weight to the ground in an attempt to be too heavy for him. I clawed and bit him, but he seemed unaffected. His clothing was made of unfamiliar armor that protected him.

One of the other strangers quickly approached and grabbed me, and the wooden-skin released me. He stepped towards the villagers again, but this time, they raised their bows. The wooden-skin backed away and said something. I, still screaming and struggling, was taken with them, out of the village.

“First Daughter!” I cried again. “First Daughter!” But she never came.

And I never saw the Galloping Forest tribe again.

#

Part 2

“What happened next?” prompted one of the children as the old man lapsed into silence. Mangled One jolted out of the fantasy and looked at the eager children.

“What happened, indeed? Listen:”

#

When I realized escape was impossible, I ceased my efforts against them and walked. The one with fire hair continued to hold my hand, but not as tightly as before. We walked for several meters through tall, dense trees. I had never seen so many trees in my life, but I had heard stories from my elders about this sea of life. They had spoken of it wondrously, but I thought it was terrifying.

Almost suddenly, the forest began to thin. The trees’ girths became smaller, and gave way to grass. Then we came upon a meadow. I dug my heels into the ground, beginning my fight anew when I saw what we were heading toward. The fire hair cried out and tightened her grip on me, but I kept pulling, forcing her to drop her stick and grab me with both hands.

The huge gray thing sat in the meadow, waiting menacingly. While the fire hair continued to struggle with me, she spoke in her strange language. Another alien came and tried to speak to me in a softer tone. He said something to the fire hair, then sprinted off towards the monster. It opened its great maw on its underbelly and swallowed the stranger. The fire hair refused to release me, and her dark companion merely stood to the side and watched our struggle. Their expressions were unreadable to me.

The one that had been swallowed returned, this time with two smaller figures. The smaller of the two was carried in his arms, and they all rushed back to the edge of the clearing. When they neared, I saw that the smaller figures were children. I stopped fighting and stared in surprise. It had never occurred to me that these strangers would have offspring.

The older child appeared to be a few star cycles older than me. He bared his teeth at me, and reached out to touch my hair. He patted me as though I were his pet, and said something in a scratchy voice. He squatted in front of me in his strange clothing, placing his hand on his chest. He said something slowly, emphasizing his chest with his hand, still baring his teeth.

I scowled at him.

He said it again, even more slowly than the first time: “Luk-man.” Then he repeated it: “Lukman. Lukman. Lukman.” Each time he gestured to himself.

Finally, I realized that he was trying to tell me his name. “Lukman,” I said, bewildered by the harsh syllables that rolled off my tongue.

He seemed to be delighted, as well as the other aliens that surrounded me. I noticed suddenly that three more had joined them. They began to buzz in their language. Lukman pointed to me, babbling in his scratchy voice. While the others quieted, he continued to speak to me. He didn’t seem to realize that I couldn’t understand him. He gestured to me, spouting off nonsense, then gestured again. He was asking my name.

“Silver Tongue,” I said tentatively, gesturing to my own chest with my free hand. The fire hair still held me.

Lukman frowned and started talking again. “S–Sil?” he stammered.

“Silver Tongue,” I reiterated. “Silver Tongue. Silver Tongue.”

“Silver Tongue?” he asked. His smile returned, and he spun around to face his family. He repeated my name slowly for them until they could call me as well. Hearing them stumble over the syllables made me see that they were genuinely attempting to communicate with me. Perhaps they were not the killers, but the slaves of the giant in the meadow, I thought.

The man who had brought the two children kneeled beside Lukman. He pointed to his chest this time and said slowly: “Jaxith.”

“Jaxith.” He nodded, the corners of his pink lips turning upwards. He said something to the fire hair.

She spoke to me, pointing to herself. “Se-mi-ra. Semira.”

embers11c“Fire Hair.”

She seemed flabbergasted. She pointed to herself. “Semira.”

“Fire Hair.” I pointed to her hair. “Fire.”

She shared a confused look with the others. I looked around for something to communicate with. I spotted a patch of bare ground nearby and dragged Fire Hair over to it. With a finger, I drew fire, then pointed to her hair.

Jaxith turned his head to one side to look at my drawing from another angle, then his eyes lit up. He covered his mouth with a hand as he laughed, a strikingly familiar sound, shouting a word. He laughed as he said something to Fire Hair, and her hand went up to her red hair.

The others joined in laughing, but Fire Hair jutted out her lower lip. To me, she insisted, “Se-mi-ra. Semira. Semira.”

“Semira,” I frowned.

The small child whom Jaxith had been carrying approached me. It held out a tiny white flower to me. I stared at it. The flower’s roots were still wriggling, and I realized that it was a Ygit–a poisonous insect that disguised itself as a flower.

I took it between my thumb and first finger, careful to avoid the stingers, and stared at it, trying to figure out what to do with it. Fire Hair held out her hand for it but I held it away. These creatures knew nothing of this world, it seemed. The flower insect became more desperate, writhing in my grip. I understood how it felt. I dragged the reluctant Fire Hair over to a tree and gently placed the insect on its bark. When I released it, it scurried away up the trunk. I watched it go longingly.

The child stood next to me, gaping up at the flower insect. Fire Hair’s grip loosened on me, then fell away. I turned and looked at her. She stepped away from me. Jaxith and the others said something in alarm, and Jaxith reached out for me. Fire Hair held out an arm to stop him, saying something that sounded important. She never took her eyes off of me. Was she letting me free?

I backed away uncertainly, but none made a move to stop me. Still no one moved or spoke when I had reached the edge of the trees, nor when I had moved beyond that. Then I turned to leave, but stopped. Where would I go?

A twig snapped somewhere to my left, and I cocked my head towards the sound. A graceful tree guardian stood nearby, looking back at me with its big, solemn eyes. Colors rippled across its skin; they were good colors. It wanted to tell me something. The guardian looked at me for a long moment, then moved its elongated head to look at the strangers. I didn’t think they could see the guardian; it was hidden by a clump of trees. The guardian had come to tell me to stay with the creatures, I was sure. The colors of its skin foretold peace and prosperity. Without much choice, I looked back at the strange people, who still stood watching me.

I looked back to the guardian, but it was already well on its way back to deeper woods. My mother had always warned me to never disobey any guardian, for the consequences of doing so could be dire. There were many stories about foolish travelers who refused to listen, and often they met untimely demises.

I watched as the child plucked another Ygit. With a burst of courage, I marched back and grabbed its wrist, forcing it to drop the thing. The insect scurried away into the grass.

“Dangerous,” I said, touching his nose. My mother had often done that when I did things that she didn’t approve of. On a whim, I named the child. “Plucked Flower.” I reiterated to him that what he had done was bad.

Lukman walked over to us, again babbling excitedly. Even though I couldn’t understand a single word of it, he seemed to be talking to me. I no longer feared the strangers. The guardian had told me they were no threat. It was not these strangers who had killed my tribe.

I took Lukman’s hand and the child’s hand, and allowed them to lead me toward the monolith that had first landed in my tribe’s field. The adults followed us, and we were swallowed by the monster.

Inside, its breath was icy, and I shivered as it touched my bare skin. There was a strange smell in the air, and the monster’s stomach was empty but for the light that shone down from somewhere. It looked nothing like any animal I’d ever seen..

Lukman began to ramble on again. As though I could understand him.

“Talks A Lot,” I named him. He stopped mid-breath and looked at me. I gestured to him. “Talks A Lot.”

“Lukman,” he said.

I shook my head. “Talks A Lot.”

He nodded, seeming to resign himself to his new name. I pointed to the child that had released me and was now digging into a box full of strange objects. “Plucked Flower.”

It seemed the only way we understood each other was with hand gestures and names. So I decided to name all the creatures according to my people’s culture. I pointed to the dark one who seemed to be the leader: “Wood Skin.”

They repeated it. While most of them seemed eager to learn and listen, others seemed to be uninterested.

“Fire Hair.”

I came to Jaxith and had to think. He watched me expectantly, then I pointed to him. “Laughing Summer.” He had a warm laugh, and he seemed so far to have a kind personality. Laughing Summer stumbled over his name, and I corrected him until he could say it before moving on.

This female had the palest eyes I had ever seen, and I stared at them in awe for a long moment. “Little Moons.”

“Slim Face,” to the woman whose face was thin and pointy.

“Echo,” to the woman who repeated anything I said several times.

Another man drinking something belched loudly, drawing a disgusted look from several of his companions. He shrugged and became “Has No Shame.”

The last woman was another difficult one. I eventually decided to don her “Big Eyes.”

Plucked Flower came up to me with a strange, colorful device. I accepted it and stared at it dumbly. Plucked Flower pressed it with a little finger; the thing lit up and buzzed in my hands. I shrieked and threw it away from me, holding my hand a distance from me because it still tingled. My first thought was that I had been poisoned by the thing.

Laughing Summer immediately picked it up. “Silver Tongue,” he said, holding up a hand. He pressed the same button Plucked Flower had, and the lights began to flash and swirl again. A soft buzzing sound found my ears. The lights danced and spun in a small bubble on the end of the thing in Laughing Summer’s hand; it was quite entrancing. I stared hard at it, trying to figure out what it was.

I recognized that it was child’s toy when Plucked Flower began to bring out more devices that lit up and made sounds. Some had wheels and moved of their own accord; others resembled strange creatures that I had never seen. Before I knew it, I was sitting with Plucked Flower and Talks A Lot, examining and learning of these strange things. Talks A Lot, of course, rambled incessantly.

After we had played for a while, Fire Hair called us to eat with them. It was a warm, funny-tasting dinner. There were vegetables I had never seen before, and something brown that tasted like meat. I had never before seen browned meat. I came to like the taste of the strangers’ foods.

Sleepiness overcame me once I had eaten. I remembered I hadn’t slept for over a day. They put me into a circular bed–another first for me, and the softness of it sent me instantly into a deep slumber. My last cognitive thought was, “I wish my mother were here.”

#

Part 3

god-knowsThe next morning, Little Moons took it upon herself to start teaching me their words. In return, I taught them my language. They seemed to find my pronunciation hard; our language was more melodic than their rough tones. Even when they said something correctly, it was still hardly recognizable as one of my people’s words.

By the end of the day, I knew the words for most of the objects we could find, yet they hardly retained anything I had taught them. It was disappointing, to say the least. While I could remember “window,” and “metal,” and “washroom,” they could not remember my words for the trees and sky.

As we ate dinner that night, I listened to their conversations and caught several words I had learned. But I still could not understand them. They did try to include me in their conversations, but it took much repeating and hand gesturing before I inferred their meaning, and it took even more time to convey my words back. So, eventually, I immersed myself into concentration on eating, and they took the hint.

Over the next weeks, Little Moons began to teach me strange symbols to scrawl onto thin pieces of white cloth. I realized soon that they were letters, and that each had a name. When she reordered them and sounded them out, they became words. Little Moons also drew pictures next to the words. They were simplistic, but recognizable. They seemed delighted by how quickly I caught on, though I thought my writing was clumsy.

Before I knew it, nearly a star cycle had passed. I was eight star cycles then, and was able to carry on a conversation with them on just about anything. I taught them what plants were safe to eat and how to prepare them when their food supplies began to dwindle.

I learned that they came from a planet far away, and that they had to leave because they had different beliefs than everyone else. I asked why, but they couldn’t seem to give me an answer. They had reached my planet after thousands of star cycles of travel; they had slept in tubes that kept them alive. They showed me a great room full of them, all empty.

The giant monster I had first feared was actually their spaceship. They hadn’t been the only ones in it; in fact, there were hundreds of them, one for each of the sleep-life-tubes. Has No Shame privately told me that those who didn’t die in their sleep woke up and went insane. Many of them ran off into the wilderness with their gun-sticks. I assumed, on my own, that the insane ones had killed my tribe.

I learned, eventually, that Big Eyes’s eyes actually were not big, but magnified by glasses, as they called them. I tried them on, but the world around me suddenly distorted, making me dizzy. I couldn’t understand how they could help Big Eyes see better.

I learned all their true names, but still called them by the names I had given them. To them, their true names had no meaning, but were simply just a part of them. Laughing Summer and Fire Hair had twenty-three star cycles to their life; Talks A Lot had twelve; Plucked Flower, whom I finally learned to be Talks A Lot’s younger brother, had four; Wood Skin, Echo, Has No Shame, and Big Eyes all had about thirty star cycles; Little Moons had forty-seven; Slim Face had fifty-four.

Has No Shame, the best shooter, taught me to fire the gun-sticks. They were powerful weapons, more powerful than any arrow or stone. He told me they were for protection, but their people had often used them to attack and as weapons of war. The gun-stick was a fearful piece. Has No Shame also introduced me to alcohol and drinking games, though I found neither of them pleasurable. Fire Hair scolded him for teaching me.

Laughing Summer was a story teller. His stories were often comical, but also had lessons. One such story was of two creatures called a tortoise and a hare. The tortoise was very slow, and the hare very fast, and they decided to have a race. The moral of the story, it was carefully explained to me, was that slow and steady wins the race.

Big Eyes was the pilot of the spaceship, and she made sure that everything worked correctly. She was also able to communicate with their home planet, although it took several days to exchange messages due to the distance she called “light years.” When she was in good humor, she would show me how certain technologies worked. My favorite thing to do was flash the colored lights, controlling the power with the flick of a switch.

Wood Skin was a serious man, but he also was one of the kindest. Once when I had been practicing my letters, I had run out of the white cloth. There was a stack of them on the table, so I took some of them, even though it looked as though they had already been marked on. Big Eyes walked in and saw that I was writing on them, and snatched them away with a squeal, her eyes larger than I had ever seen them.

“Silver Tongue!” she’d snapped at me. I looked up at her in confusion as she began to rant at me in her foreign language, words rolling off her tongue faster than I could comprehend. Wood Skin, probably having heard the commotion, entered the room and came to my rescue. He spoke quietly to Big Eyes, who began to argue. Wood Skin seemed to win, however, because she gathered up the white cloths and haughtily left. He smiled at me and patted my head, saying something that might have been to put me at ease, though my ears still rang from my reprimand. He took me to a small drawer near the window and opened it, showing me where hundreds of white cloths were hidden. He gave me some and went away to whatever he had been doing before.

Echo was a very quiet person, and I never got to know her well. She was always off on her own, documenting plant and animal species. Sometimes she asked me questions pertaining to a creature she had found, to which I would reply with something simple. She appeared to be disappointed with most of my answers and skulked away to continued sketching the things in her book.

Little Moons and Slim Face were sisters, I learned, though I couldn’t see any resemblance. Little Moons had a more outgoing personality as opposed to Slim Face’s distant one. Little Moons relished in correcting my pronunciation and teaching me more. She often found pleasure in having me read to her. I think she was in love with my voice; she urged me to speak as often as I wished. Slim Face, however, seemed to want to have nothing to do with me. She only answered to her true name, Cheche. She ignored me whenever it was possible.

Talks A Lot and Plucked Flower became my friends quickly, and shared everything they owned with me. Talks A Lot frequently convinced me to wear his strange clothing, but I quickly rediscovered each time how much it limited my movement and I removed it, preferring to wear my own.

I lived with them in their spaceship for several star cycles, learning of their customs and language. Soon I felt as though I had always been their family, and I’m sure they felt the same with me. My late mother and tribe were rarely in my thoughts. As we grew older, Plucked Flower began to look more like a boy; Talks A Lot stretched taller and began to grow hair on his chin. My body began to mature as well, and my voice became deeper. Slim Face and Fire Hair made clothes for us boys.

Fire Hair then was nearly seven months into her pregnancy; she and Laughing Summer had fallen into something Little Moons called love. Sometimes, when she wasn’t overly emotional or irrationally angry, I would sit with my hands placed gently on her protruding stomach, waiting to feel the baby kick. It was fascinating to me.

“Silver Tongue,” called Wood Skin from outside.

I went to the captain immediately, leaving Fire Hair to her sewing.

“Will you help me pick these?” he asked, standing up and arching his back tiredly. He was standing in the garden with his pants legs rolled up to his knees, revealing his dark skin.

I nodded and set to work, pulling up the strange orange vegetables called carrots. I tossed each one into the basket Wood Skin had brought outside with him. It was happy work, and I sang old songs I vaguely remembered from my childhood, humming the parts my tongue lost. Little Moons came outside to listen and sew in the day-starlight.

I stopped abruptly and turned my head toward the forest that surrounded us. I stood slowly, peering intently at the trees.

“Silver Tongue?” Wood Skin asked.

I held up a hand to silence him. As if on their own accord, my feet began to move stealthily towards the tree line. There was something there, I could feel it. As I passed the first tree that marked the edge of the forest, I turned to the right.

The tree guardian was there, just as it was several star cycles before, looking at me solemnly. Only this time, colors that foretold danger pulsed on its skin. Reds and oranges intermixed with swirls of black, darting angrily across its flesh. A distant twang that awakened a past memory echoed through the trees, drawing my attention. When I blinked and turned back to the guardian, it was gone.

“Silver Tongue,” Wood Skin called, approaching me. “What’s wrong?”

With wide eyes, I looked at him over my shoulder. Little Moons had stopped sewing and was watching with interest. Laughing Summer came out of the ship, shirtless, with a gun-stick slung over his shoulder.

Words from my language rapidly poured from my lips, my mind racing. What was the danger the guardian was trying to warn me of? Was it them? Or was someone going to attack? Was I in danger, or all of us? Or was a horrible accident about to happen?

“What’s going on?” Laughing Summer frowned, coming up behind Wood Skin, who had stopped a short distance from me. I eyed his gun-stick.

“Put it down,” I ordered.

Both men seemed surprised. Laughing Summer didn’t move.

“Put the gun-stick down,” I repeated, a tremor of fear entering my voice.

Laughing Summer stared at me, but didn’t lower the gun-stick.

“Laughing Summer,” I pleaded, taking a step back. Could they not hear my heart hammering in my chest?

He gently put the gun-stick on the ground, never taking his eyes off of me. “Are you okay, Silver Tongue?” he asked, raising an eyebrow. “You know I’d never hurt you.”

I glanced over at where the guardian had stood only moments before. I wondered if I’d imagined it.

Twang!

“Ah,” Laughing Summer suddenly uttered as though protesting something, his face grimacing. He stumbled sideways into Wood Skin, who grabbed him in surprise. Little Moons let out a shriek. I gaped at the bolt that protruded from Laughing Summer’s ribs.

“We’re under attack!” Wood Skin bellowed. “Get inside! Go, go!”

Laughing Summer groaned in pain, clutching at the arrow’s shaft. His face was deathly white. Wood Skin hoisted him up and began to drag him back to the ship. Another twang signaled an arrow being fired; it just missed Wood Skin and plunged into the ground, quivering.

“Silver Tongue!” Wood Skin yelled over his shoulder. “Move your ass!”

I scooped up the gun-stick Laughing Summer had set down and sprinted after them, hating myself. They wouldn’t have shot if he hadn’t put it down!

I listened for the next sing of bow. It came, and threw myself to the ground. The arrow flew over my head and lodged into a far tree. Wood Skin and Laughing Summer had made it to the spaceship. I pushed myself to my feet, clicking off the safety button of the gun-stick.

I pointed it in the directgreatest-shades-3aion of the twang, anticipating their next move. If they were a good archer, they would move away from their last attack point, almost always towards a more protective spot. I knew the culprit would be hiding in the thick clump of trees to the right.

I fired; felt my eardrum pop painfully, but I didn’t care. All I cared was to see a dead archer. I heard a high-pitched scream. I had hit my mark!

A young girl stumbled out of the trees, clutching her shoulder. She dropped her bow and fell face-first to the dirt. Several bolts spilled from her quiver. She was still.

I dropped the gun-stick, mouth gaping. It was a girl of my kind. She was my age, only about thirteen star cycles. My hands shook, and I felt sick. Has No Shame burst out of the ship, his own gun-stick ready, and took one glance from me to my kill.

“Shit. Come on, Silver Tongue,” he said quietly, grabbing my arm and pulling me towards the door. He put his arm around my shoulders, turned me around, forced me to look away.

“What happened?” demanded Talks A Lot as Has No Shame led me toward the kitchen. As we passed a mirror, I saw my reflection. I was pale, sweaty, and shaking. I looked as though I had come down with a horrible fever–and I felt as though I had. I had just killed someone. That girl was what the guardian was trying to warn me of.

“Take care of him, Lukman,” Has No Shame said gruffly, pushing me into his arms. This was the most serious I had ever seen him. “Keep him and Ghaith inside. Dureth, come with me…Shit.”

Wood Skin left with Has No Shame, a grim expression shadowing his face. Plucked Flower attempted to follow, but Talks A Lot grabbed him and scolded him. For once, Talks A Lot had nothing to say. I sank to the floor, shaking horribly.

“Laughing Summer,” I said when I saw him across the room. He was laying motionless on the floor. Slim Face and Fire Hair were tending to him while Big Eyes was busy recording an urgent message to send back to their home planet. Echo stood helplessly aside, trying to get out of Little Moon’s way as she rushed about looking for clean linens to use as bandages.

Laughing Summer yelled out as Fire Hair tried to pull out the arrow. It didn’t come out, and Fire Hair fervently apologized, tears streaking her cheeks.

“Stop!” I shouted at her. They all looked at me; Fire Hair held a hand to her lover’s shoulder. “You can’t pull it out! That’s the way it was made–you have to cut it out!”

“No,” Fire Hair shook her head.

“Bring me a knife,” Slim Face said quietly. “Give him something to bite down on,” she told Fire Hair.

Talks A Lot brought her a sharp kitchen knife.

“No,” Fire Hair repeated. “You’re not a doctor! You can’t do this! He needs a doctor, Cheche!”

“The doctor’s dead!” Slim Face snapped.

Laughing Summer moaned in agony. “Just do it,” he cried hoarsely.

“Help hold him down,” Slim Face ordered. Talks A Lot took hold of his ankles. Echo stepped forward to help, and Little Moons finally returned with clean cloths. Fire Hair rolled a cloth up and pushed it into Laughing Summer’s mouth.

I stood shakily, sick to my stomach. I retched a little, but nothing came up. I needed fresh air. As I left the ship, I saw Wood Skin examining the girl’s dead body as Has No Shame stood guard, gun-stick at the ready.

I stumbled towards the edge of the woods. The air wasn’t helping. I choked on my tears, and heard Has No Shame call out my name in alarm. I leaned up against a tree at the edge of the forest, and finally vomited. Then I continued deeper into the forest, not really aware of anything. All I could think about was the girl I had killed. She was my own kind; I was a traitor. The worst kind of traitor–the kind who instigated wars. I had lost my mother, but to another species. Her mother had lost her daughter to her own race. What horrors, what grief had I unleashed unto her family?

I deserved no less than death myself.

In the distance, I could still hear Has No Shame and Wood Skin calling me. I had to leave. I could no longer go back to them. I was a murderer of my own people. If Laughing Summer died, it was my fault. And then I would be a murderer of my family, too. My legs gave out under me, and I couldn’t get back up.

On my hands and knees, I looked up at the sky, tears slipping down my cheeks.

“Mother, why’d you leave me!” I shouted up at the treetops. “If you hadn’t hidden me, I’d be dead with you! I hate you! I hate you so much! You should have let me die with everyone else!” I sobbed and lowered my face to the leaf-covered ground, clutching my hair. My shoulders shook with each chest-wracking sob. “I should have died with you.”

I heard twigs snap as someone approached. I looked up.

“You.”

The tree guardian looked at me solemnly.

“Why me?” I asked it pitifully, a tear sliding down the side of my nose. “Why do you keep coming to me? Go bother someone else, please.”

It kneeled regally before me, pointing its ears toward me. The colors on its skin were now neutral. It had nothing to foretell.

I heard a new voice in the distance: “Bell Star!”

The guardian turned its head in that direction. I stood and ventured towards the voice silently, never looking back. The guardian did nothing.

A young woman was wandering through the trees, calling Bell Star’s name. With her was an older man; he was probably her father. She was surprised to see me emerge.

“Excuse me,” she said, inclining her head to me respectfully. “Have you seen a girl around here? My sister’s been gone hunting for quite a while, and I worry she’s gotten lost.”

Without a word, I took her hand and began to lead her back towards the clearing. The older man followed. It was only the thing I could think to do, for I didn’t trust my voice.

“It’s dangerous around here, you know,” the young woman whispered to me. “Aliens have been running around recently. My sister thinks she can take them on herself, though she swore this time she’s only gone hunting for food.”

kestor-seesAs we reached the clearing, I uttered the words, “I killed her,” and released her hand. Wood Skin was no longer kneeling at the girl’s side, but she had been laid out so that she only appeared to be sleeping. Her bow and arrows were placed beside her. The men stood nearby the corpse, watching us as we appeared from the forest.

The young woman gave a strangled cry and ran to her sister. She dropped to her knees the moment she reached her and lifted her into her arms. “Bell Star! Bell Star!” she screamed as though it would wake her. The girls’ father hobbled as quickly as he could. He kneeled and picked up his daughter’s bow, tearful.

The elder sister turned to me and screamed for an explanation that I couldn’t bring myself to give. I began to cry again and sank to the ground, unable to look at them. I had no one to blame but myself. Because of me, Laughing Summer was hurt, and from my own anger stemmed a girl’s death. Listening to Bell Star’s sister’s wails hurt me even more.

Plucked Flower ventured out of the ship, unsupervised by Talks A Lot. He slowly neared the sister, almost unnoticed. He looked down at the dead girl for a moment, then spoke brokenly in my language to the sister and father. Plucked Flower was the only one who seemed capable of learning my language; I had spent much time trying to teach him.

“Excuse me,” he said.

They looked at him. The sister held a contemptuous expression. “Alien,” she growled menacingly. Her hand moved to her hip, where a knife surely was hidden. I shifted, my heart leaping into my chest.

“Not Silver Tongue’s fault,” he said, stopping both me and her short. He pointed at the girl. “She shot Jaxith.”

“Jax?” frowned the father.

“She shot first,” Plucked Flower insisted. “Silver Tongue shot in the trees,” he pointed to where I had fired, though that was something he should not have known. He must have seen from the window. “Silver Tongue not know she’s there.”

The elder sister scooped Bell Star up into her arms and began to trudge away sadly, acknowledging that her sister had been the attacker. The old man picked up the arrows as well and followed silently. I stared down at my feet as they passed.

“Murderer Of His People,” she dubbed me. The worst title one could bear.

After a few minutes, the sister’s sorrowful wails began anew, and I covered my ears.

Plucked Flower came over to me and wrapped his arms around me comfortingly. “Jaxith is okay, Silver Tongue.” He patted my head.

“You shouldn’t blame yourself, kid,” said Has No Shame, putting his strong arm around my shoulders. I felt Wood Skin’s familiar hand on my head, though he said nothing.

“Let’s go inside,” Plucked Flower suggested. “It’s getting dark.”

“We must leave,” I sobbed, wiping my never ending tears. “They will come to kill us. They do not see us as equal beings here.”

“We can protect ourselves,” Has No Shame assured me, pulling me to my feet. “We’ve got superior weapons.”

I wasn’t so sure. There were far more of my kind than the eight of them living here.

They led me back to the spaceship, Has No Shame’s arm still resting almost lazily on my shoulders. He suspected that I might run again.

Inside, Laughing Summer had been moved onto a bed and covered with clean, white blankets. He was still a bit pale, but otherwise looked fine. He was sleeping with Fire Hair sitting at his side. Fire Hair stroked her protruding stomach as though comforting her unborn child.

I treaded quietly over to them, and Has No Shame let me go. No one said anything, but I could feel them watching me. I vaguely remembered a time when I was sick, and my mother had taken care of me. She had…

Words formed on the tip of my tongue, and I closed my eyes. I let the words spill forth in a gentle waterfall. It was a song she had sung to me, a comforting song:

#

May the guardian call to you,

May he deem you well.

The guardian is more true

Than the ring of bell.

#

Back to the desert sand,

Your sickness shall exile.

My son, again you will stand

With your charming smile.

#

May the guardian call to you,

May he deem you well.

The guardian shall come through

And grant me you to revel.

#

My son, again you will stand

With your charming smile.

Here I will wait for you

Until that time may come.

#

When I opened my eyes, Laughing Summer was looking at me. Startled and embarrassed, I stepped back and put a hand over my mouth. I suddenly found myself laughing, for no discernible reason. Laughing Summer smiled.

“I’ll live,” he said, a bit hoarsely.

“I am glad,” I replied, lowering my hand.

Then he went back to sleep, eyes fluttering closed.

Once his breathing had evened out, I walked back into the main room. Wood Skin and Has No Shame were waiting there, talking quietly. Plucked Flower and Talks A Lot sat a little ways away from them, but it was obvious that they were listening.

“We’ll need to be careful from now on,” I said loudly, drawing their attentions. Before they could reply, I said, “No one can go out alone. Go out with as many others as possible. My kind don’t like to attack groups. But they will attack children, especially since I’ve killed one of theirs.

“Always carry a gun-stick with you. The more the better. Our arrows are often accurate and strong, but they are no match for your weapons. Start wearing thicker clothing again. If you were to meet with the blade of an arrow, at least you’d have a softer blow–and a better chance of survival. We never know when we’ll be attacked.”

Wood Skin nodded. “We will be careful. What will we do for food? There is not enough in the garden for us to live off of, not in the long run. We’ll need to hunt.”

“Hunt in groups,” I replied. “They will hear the explosions of the gun-sticks and fear our power. That might deter them–at least for a longer while.”

“Speaking of food,” said Talks A Lot suddenly, “I’m starving!”

“Shut up,” Has No Shame said, tossing his boot at the young man’s head. “We’re all hungry.”

Talks A Lot scowled and threw the smelly thing back. Then he returned to his task of darning a sock, though he was doing a poor job of it.

I couldn’t help but to smile. Perhaps everything would be okay.

#

Part 4

“And was everything okay?” asked Round Stone. “There is a happy ending, no?”

“Perhaps there is,” said the old man vaguely. “We are nearly to the finish now. Listen:”

#

visions-of-the-blue-cloneFor several days, all was quiet in the forest. But inside the ship, tensions were rising. Being stuck together inside for so long seemed to wear down the aliens’ nerves. Even the calm Wood Skin’s patience was short, and he often spoke curtly and resumed glowering. Squabbles broke out constantly. A fist fight between Talks a Lot and Has No Shame had to be broken up by Little Moons and Plucked Flower. There was nowhere private except the washrooms, which I frequented despite having no need to be in there. At least I could get a bit of peace there.

No one was allowed to set foot outside without accompaniment; this also served as an irritation. But they adhered to it to alleviate my fear of attack. Perhaps they also knew deep down that it was inevitable for another attack. The more of us there were, the less chance that my people would build up the courage to wage war. Hunting trips were far less fruitful since we did not dare stray too far from the camp. The gardens outside were practically abandoned and overgrown, though it had only been a short time. Yet we were safe, and rationing ensured we did not go hungry.

A month passed with no incidents, and the group had formed a peace treaty amongst themselves. Fire Hair’s baby was born. It was a tiny girl–a squirmy thing. To my horror, she was hideously deformed, and I lamented that the atmosphere of my planet, which they had told me was different from theirs, had caused it. The babe had a large head, hardly any hair upon it, and eyes much too large for her face. Her tiny lips were puckered, and her gums harbored no teeth. Even her limbs seemed horribly out of proportion. I spent much time fervently apologizing to Fire Hair and Laughing Summer, not understanding their confusion in regards to my pleas for forgiveness. Then, once I had tried to explain, they laughed at me and assured me that the baby was completely healthy and normal. I disagreed, though. Infants of my people were relatively quiet and curious; they rode in their mother’s sling and watched the world around them. This one wailed. Loudly. All the time.

Fire Hair and Laughing Summer had named her Nomble. I named her Crying Loudly. I translated it for them, and Laughing Summer laughed while Fire Hair scowled. Most of us went out as a group when Crying Loudly was awake; it was much more peaceful. It seemed that Crying Loudly’s birth had brought a mutual desire to go outside, never mind whether it was a large, armed group or not. It seemed the only way to silence the baby was to feed her, dress her, or sing her to sleep. None of those were delightful tasks, however, and none were guaranteed at any given instance to work. There were times when I seriously considered asking Has No Shame to bash me over the head with the end of a gun-stick so I could sleep through the night peacefully.

Wood Skin, Has No Shame, and I each grabbed a gun-stick. We were going hunting, since our supplies were running low. We thought it would be best to go and return as quickly as possible, meaning the stealthiest and quickest of us would be going. The others were ordered to stay inside. Slim Face and Echo observed that they would never set foot outside again, lest they meet Laughing Summer’s fate. Talks A Lot pointed out that they had, in fact, set foot outside on numerous occasions to escape Crying Loudly’s wails. We set out and did not hear the argument that was sure to ensue.

The forest was quiet, as usual. The animals were mostly tree-dwellers; that made the gun-sticks all the more valuable. They were much more accurate than bolts, and could kill much more easily, making a quicker and less painful death, I hoped. The only downside was that the blast would often scare away other prey.

We had gotten quite a few catches, which Wood Skin carried slung over his shoulder, when we heard a gun-stick shot in the distance. Wood Skin wheeled around in the direction of the spaceship, which wasn’t too far, but Has No Shame held up a hand and whispered, “It didn’t come from that direction.” Then he pointed ahead of us.

“Everyone should be back at the spaceship,” Wood Skin frowned.

“I think they are,” Has No Shame replied quietly. “It might be the others.”

“You really think they’d survive this long on a hostile planet?”

I frowned. My planet was not hostile–if you knew how to behave. If it weren’t for me, they would surely have died long before now. But I kept silent and listened to them converse.

Has No Shame said, “Of course they could have survived. They have guns. They can hunt. Just because they lost their minds doesn’t mean they don’t have survival instincts.”

Another shot rang out, this one closer to us. Has No Shame was right. It did come from somewhere in front of us.

“It could just be one person,” Wood Skin murmured. He and Has No Shame began to crouch to the ground slowly, as though they were trying to keep from making noise or show movement. “Get down,” he hissed to me, and I dropped immediately. Has No Shame rolled his eyes in a way that meant he was biting back a rebuke.

I heard crunching approach. “There’s more than one,” I whispered, pressing my ear to the ground. “It sounds like…five or six, maybe more.”

“Shit,” Has No Shame spat. He positioned his gun-stick to point straight ahead, anticipating an attack. Wood Skin did the same, and I followed suit, keeping my ear to the ground.

The footsteps grew closer and closer, then stopped. Several shots were suddenly fired, so close to us that my ears popped. I moved to leap to my feet and run back to the clearing. Wood Skin pushed me back down, his callused hand heavy on my shoulder. He stared intently into the trees, as did Has No Shame. Several more shots–and an unmistakable cry of agony.

A huge creature burst into our view, colors flashing desperately on its skin, silver blood streaming from multiple wounds. It screamed again–so horribly, I released my gun-stick to cover my ears. Then it crashed to the ground and convulsed, colors fading. Its eyes were wide open, staring just as No Wars, my village leader, had. Just as my mother had. The horror of that day suddenly gripped me–I couldn’t look away from the sight of the tree guardian lying dead before me.

Gun-sticks had killed the sacred guardian of the forest. I was hardly aware of the whoops and yells of triumph as aliens ran into the clearing, waving their gun-sticks over their heads. Shifting my arm so that I could not feel the cool, menacing metal of my own gun-stick, I swallowed repeatedly against the guilt that obstructed my throat. When that didn’t work, I focused intently on the new arrivals. They were a mess–clothes in tatters, covered in mud and sweat. Then I saw that some of them wore traditional pieces: a hat scarf here, praying beads on that one’s arm, a healer’s belt there…And several of them wore things that were unique to my village–bracelets given to daughters by their mothers, a baby’s sling, a bone star cycle counter. Hot rage coursed through my terse body, muscles trembling as I fought it, as I realized that these aliens had killed my family, and had stolen meaningful belongings from them as prizes.

The eleven aliens began to dance around the guardian, pulling all-too familiar hunting knives out of the confines of their clothes. They were going to eat the guardian!

I screamed and tried to push myself up. I had to stop them!

Wood Skin grabbed me and pressed his hand over my mouth, stifling my protest. I struggled, but he only held me tighter. The aliens had yet to notice us even though we were less than a meter away.

embers9b“You’ll get us killed,” he hissed into my ear. I watched helplessly as the first strip of sacred meat was shoved into a mouth full of rotten teeth. Silver trickled down the alien’s chin, and he let out a shrill whoop that seemed to incite the others to begin feasting. They converged on the prone guardian, and sickening sounds of tearing flesh made me feel faint. One plunged his knife into the guardian’s soft underbelly and gutted it as though it were an animal.

“Let’s get out of here while they’re distracted,” Has No Shame said. He began to scoot backwards, gun-stick still pointed at the group. Wood Skin also began to move, trying to awkwardly pull me with him. I came to my senses and went willingly. A bitter taste clung to the back of my throat, and I forced my stomach to hold its contents. There was nothing a mere child like me could do to avenge my family’s death.

When the men judged we were far enough away, we stood up and began to swiftly make our way back to the ship, not caring that leaves and sticks crunched loudly under our feet.

“We should move to another place,” Wood Skin said. “There’s no way we can keep hidden like this. And they are too unpredictable.”

“But where else would we go?” Has No Shame asked. “We don’t have much energy left to burn. Shit! Binder will probably tell us that it’s impossible.”

“We’ll make her make it work. We don’t have much of a choice, do we?” Wood Skin replied, raising his voice.

Has No Shame fell silent and glanced over his shoulder to see me falling behind, gasping for breath. My stomach had apparently decided it was a good time to renew its rebellion. Each swallow only made me feel sicker. Has No Shame slowed a little and put an arm around my shoulders. I gripped the back of his shirt, and he slowed until he was walking briskly, swinging his gun-stick at his side. Wood Skin must have heard our steps slow behind him, because he lessened his pace as well. The gesture calmed me, if only a tiny bit.

At our pace, we arrived back at the clearing, where the ship waited as loyally as ever.

“Shit,” Has No Shame said suddenly, halting in his tracks. Wood Skin and I looked at him in alarm. “We forgot dinner.”

I chuckled a little, but Wood Skin wore a serious expression. “Well,” he said, “we can’t go back for it now. We’ll have to make do with what we have already.”

“So, carrots and crackers. That’s good eatin’,” stated Has No Shame sarcastically.

Wood Skin rolled his eyes and kept walking. I followed, suppressing a giddy laugh despite the serious situation. I was glad that my stomach had ceased rolling at the welcoming sight of my home. When we reached the spaceship, the ramp lowered to allow our access. Someone had seen our approach from the window. We entered.

Talks A Lot bounded up to us excitedly, but his grin quickly faded. “Where’s the food?” He ducked his head from side to side as though to catch one of us hiding it behind us.

“A wild animal came and ate it,” grumbled Has No Shame, tossing his gun-stick into a corner, where it clattered against the others. The women shot him a look from their seats across the room, but luckily Crying Loudly was not startled from her sleep.

“Huh?” whined Plucked Flower and Talks A Lot in unison, looking at Has No Shame in disbelief. “Why didn’t you just shoot it, then? More meat!”

“He was just kidding,” I informed them. “What really happened–”

I was cut off with a sharp glare from Has No Shame and Wood Skin both. Wood Skin ever so slightly jerked his head, silently ordering me not to breathe word of what had happened out in the forest. I swallowed my words and winced as Crying Loudly began to do what she did best.

“Ugh,” moaned Plucked Flower, covering his ears. “She’s been crying all day!”

“What else is new?” Talks A Lot mumbled under his breath, severely put out by the lack of sustenance.

“Where’s Binder? I need to speak with her,” said Wood Skin over the baby’s screaming.

Fire Hair could be heard in the background, trying to shush her child, but it didn’t seem to be any use. Crying Loudly wailed on and on, and Wood Skin, pressing his fingers to his temples, wandered off to find the pilot of his ship.

My stomach growled. I looked around the kitchen, but there didn’t seem to be much to eat–crackers and carrots, as Has No Shame mentioned. The water supply was dwindling as well. A faint pop echoed in the distance–actually, it must have been very near if it could be heard through the thick metal walls of the spaceship. I moved to tell Has No Shame, but he was already at the window, peering out intently with his nose on the glass.

The others didn’t seem to hear anything; they were too preoccupied with Crying Loudly as she was passed from person to person in an attempt to calm her. Fire Hair was sitting with her head in her hands, whether from a headache, exhaustion, or struggling with her emotions I did not know. With an uncertain glance at Has No Shame’s serious face, I went to Crying Loudly and took her gently into my arms. She was squirming miserably in her papoose-like bindings, so I loosened them a bit and began to hum. Like Little Moons, Crying Loudly seemed to take to my voice and quieted.

Everyone gave a quiet sigh of relief. Laughing Summer snored away on a chair on the other side of the room. Fire Hair had dark rings under her eyes, and she leaned back with an exhausted but grateful look.

“Is everyone here?” Wood Skin asked as he entered once more, this time with Big Eyes trailing him.

I quieted my humming but otherwise continued. Anything, I thought, to keep the child silent for a while. Once again I reminded myself that there was something wrong with her, despite everyone’s claims that there wasn’t. No baby would scream so much if there was nothing wrong. I could not understand why no one was worried but me.

Slim Face shook Laughing Summer awake, and he snorted, looking around slackly and muttering incoherently. “What,” he mumbled before his eyes found Wood Skin.

Looking important, he began, “We’ll be leaving to a new location.”

The five who had not gone hunting voiced startled opinions and comments. Wood Skin held up a hand to quiet them. “I will explain more later, but–”

“Yeah,” Has No Shame said, still at the window, “I hate to cut your lovely speech short, but we need to get moving. Now.” He ducked at the sound of a gun-stick shot, and the glass shattered and rained down on his bowed head. “Shit!”

Crying Loudly woke and began to cry in my arms. Fire Hair leapt towards me and possessively took back her child, looking wide-eyed at the shattered window. It was a look not unlike the one my mother had worn when she had hidden me all those star cycles ago. Big Eyes looked to Wood Skin for orders.

“Start the ship,” he said. Big Eyes dashed away.

“Oh no,” muttered Echo, moving about and collecting the journals she had left lying out, clutching them to her bosom. “Oh no, oh no.”

More gun-stick shots, louder than before.

“Everyone, get down,” Wood Skin cautioned.

Has No Shame moved over to the corner closest to the door, where the gun-sticks had been stored. He grabbed one and crawled back to his position underneath the now broken window.

Slim Face, Little Moons, Laughing Summer, Talks A Lot, and I also grabbed a gun-stick each. Fire Hair, her baby still clutched tightly, Echo, and Plucked Flower were directed by Wood Skin to move into the next room, where they would be safer. There were no windows in that room.

Has No Shame cautiously stood up and peeked out of the window, then slowly raised his gun-stick and put the barrel on the ledge. After a moment of careful aim, he fired, and immediately ducked again. Shrill whoops and more fire could be heard outside. Has No Shame chuckled mirthlessly. “Right in the neck.”

A well-aimed, but possibly accidental, shot flew in through the window, shattering an overhead light. Little Moons shrieked in surprise, raising her gun-stick as though it would protect her. Slim Face reached up and raised the window she was under, squinting one eye shut. She and Has No Shame both slid their barrels out of their windows, then fired. More shrieks from outside.

“They’re running,” Laughing Summer whispered, breaking out in a grin. “They’re afraid of us.”

Has No Shame and Little Moons laughed, but hers was more of relief.

“Right then,” Talks A Lot joked, “Cheche and Nadim are our official new warriors! Nadim totally killed three of them–two with one shot! Cheche missed, though,” he added, giving the older woman a wayward glance. She scowled at him as Has No Shame chuckled proudly.

“Let’s go grab their gun-sticks before the others come back,” I said seriously. “The less they have, the better.”

Wood Skin nodded and pressed the button that lowered the door. Over his shoulder, he told Little Moons to see why Big Eyes hadn’t started the ship yet. Laughing Summer, Wood Skin, and I set out to retrieve the weapons, our own gun-sticks at the ready. Has No Shame and Talks A Lot aimed their gun-sticks out of the windows, covering for us.

I looked around nervously, suddenly realizing just how dangerous the loss of the guardian was. Without the guardian, there was nothing but my instincts to warn me of impending danger–and that wasn’t much. Then there was the fact that killing a guardian was the worst thing one could do. The balance had been upset. Opportunity for chaos was everywhere now. It was likely, it struck me, that the forest would die, as it was left with no protection.

Laughing Summer grimaced with disgust at the corpses, and kneeled down to pick up a gun-stick. I did the same, wiping some blood splatter off of the handle onto the grass, wrinkling my nose at the putrid smell that came off the dead alien. They smelled as though they had never bathed–which, I presumed, was likely true since they had arrived here. Wood Skin grunted as he bent, his fingers outstretched towards the gun-stick still held loosely in the dead man’s hands.

Or, he had looked dead.

As Wood Skin bent over him, the man’s eyes snapped open. Before Wood Skin could react, the barrel of the gun was pointed at his chest, the trigger pulled with a deafening bang.

“No!” Laughing Summer cried, lunging forward, but the damage had been done. Another shot rang out from behind us; blood splattered both the insane man and Wood Skin, who fell, clutching his abdomen. Laughing Summer then hoisted him up, as Wood Skin had previously done for him, and began to drag the man back to the ship. A sheen of sweat had already coated his waxy skin, his intelligent eyes dulling.

“Shit! Silver Tongue, get back inside!” Has No Shame screamed from his position in the window.

I saw movement in the trees. “There’s another one!” I called back to him, aiming my gun-stick into the trees. I fired–and missed.

I began to run towards the trees on instinct. I wanted to shoot the insane aliens dead, see their blood. Ignoring Has No Shame and Talks A Lot screaming behind me, I soon reached the tree line. Then I slowed, listening and looking around myself warily.

My finger pulled the trigger as a figure leapt out at me, and I hit my mark. With a yelp, the alien went down and was still.

My victory was short-lived. A hand snatched out and grasped my gun-stick. It was wrenched away from me, leaving me defenseless. I gaped at the alien that had appeared from seemingly nowhere, a lopsided grin on its face. More materialized from the trees, whooping and waving their gun-sticks. All of them wore sickening smiles, as though they were playing some kind of game.

With a sinking feeling, I realized that I had been baited.

Shots rang out, and several bodies began to fall. Has No Shame was still shooting, trying to give me an opening through the ring of aliens that surrounded me. The insane people didn’t seem to be aware that they were under attack; they danced around me in a ring as though celebrating. My heart was racing; there were many more than the group that had killed the guardian; there must have been at least thirty! I desperately tried to find some kind of opening that I could break through. The shooting had ceased as Has No Shame reloaded. Then I remembered that there was nothing left to use for reloading. We had been using the last of the stock for the hunting expedition today.

The spaceship suddenly shuddered and groaned as if a great weight had just burdened it. Then it roared to life, lights flashing on its underbelly. Only then did the crazy ones stop mid-dance and turn to look, lowering their gun-sticks to their sides. They still ignored Has No Shame, who had probably taken Talks A Lot’s gun-stick, and was shooting down the few that blocked my path.

Clouds of dust churned as the engines started–finally, I realized that Big Eyes had gotten the ship to respond. They were leaving!

“Silver Tongue!” called Laughing Summer, appearing at the doorway. The ramp was hanging open even as they lifted off, which probably was affecting the ship. He held onto the side of the opening to keep himself from falling out, and extended his other hand to me. “Run! Come on!”

I took off towards him, my feet flying faster than I ever thought they could. But the ship was ascending faster than I could run; I made a leap for his hand. Now I could hear the screams behind me. The insane aliens had realized what was happening, too. Shots missed me by mere inches, but I had somehow managed to grab Laughing Summer’s hand.

He groaned as he tried to pull me into the ship, but nearly lost his grip as a bullet struck the metal right above his head. I reached up with my other hand, scrabbling to find a grip on something as I felt myself slip through Laughing Summer’s hold. His fingers tightened over mine, so tightly it hurt.

The ship swung in mid-air, wobbling dangerously. The engine shuddered, protesting its awakening from star cycles of slumber. Laughing Summer pitched forward as the ship lurched again, only just managing to save himself. We were connected by only our fingertips, but still he held on. I could clearly see the fear in his eyes, and I was sure mine reflected it.

But I let go, only feeling a bit guilty at the look of horror that crossed his face. There was no way he could have pulled me up, I knew. It was my own fault for going into the trees, for not being quick enough.

My split-second musings were interrupted as I smacked hard into a tree branch; I hadn’t noticed that the ship had been drifting away over the forest. Winded, I fell to the ground. I felt my arm snap underneath me, but I grit my teeth and didn’t cry out. The crazies, as I decided to dub them, weren’t around–for now. I still had a chance to escape, to catch up with the others. I forced myself to my feet and raised my eyes to the sky.

I could hear the ship far above me, but could not see it. Its droning engine was fading as fast as my hope. The sound eventually gave way to crunching footsteps and the constant shrieks that accompanied the insane aliens.

I pushed myself to my feet and started in the opposite direction of their approach. It was difficult to focus on treading lightly due to the pounding in my skull, but I knew I had to try. I no longer had a gun-stick–no way to protect myself if I was caught. I had to flee. Behind me, they found my trail; I could hear them chasing. I knew the river from which we got our water was ahead. I raced toward it, pinning my useless arm to my side with my good hand. Perhaps if I reached it, I could cross it and they would not follow.

But when I arrived, I saw that the river was swollen from the earlier rain. Now it was too deep and the current too fast. I would have to follow the river until I found safety. If I reached a village, I could rally the tribe members and they would string their bows and hurl their spears. There was still a chance! I came to the riverbank and immediately turned left to follow the stream.

My breath came fast and hard, sweat poured into my eyes. My broken arm hurt terribly. The pain burned up and down my shoulder, jolted with each stride. The aliens were still behind me, spurring me on. I didn’t know or care whether I was leaving a trail for them to follow, or if I was being raucous. I could be imagining that I was being followed, for all I knew. I could hardly think.

I fervently hoped that the others had gotten away safely, that the engine hadn’t given out, that they hadn’t crashed into the forest. As long as my family was safe, everything would be okay.

All to suddenly, the river ended.

I skidded to a halt, all too aware of the shrill screams growing louder behind me. My eyes darted about desperately, looking for a place to hide, a place to go. The waterfall in front of me cascaded for what seemed like forever, and ended in a frothing white sea of foam. The sheer cliff face could not be descended with a broken arm. But the forest offered no protection, either. I looked over my shoulder, feeling sick, and saw that they had finally caught up. The one in the lead, wearing a nasty grin, raised his gun-stick as he squealed incomprehensible words.

I could not afford to think of consequences–I threw myself over the edge, and knew no more.

#

Part 5

The children gaped at Mangled One. Several young eyes flicked down to his twisted leg, then back up to him as he continued speaking.

“To tell the rest of the story,” the old man said, “I’ll have to switch tactics!”

There was a flurry of confused mumblings, but they died away when Mangled One waggled a finger in the air.

“It’s not much of a change, no need to fear,” he said. “I will tell it as though I were a bystander.”

“Why?” demanded Hallowed Birth, brow furrowed.

“Why not?” countered Mangled One. Then, as though to himself, he said, “Why, indeed? But no matter, thus it goes:”

#

A deep, throbbing hum reverberated through the air; bright lights shined down upon them, blinding them momentarily. Several villagers screamed in terror of the humongous gray beast that descended from the sky. It landed at the edge of the field, then shuddered and went still. A moment later, the huge maw on its underbelly dropped open with a hiss.

“What is that?” cried the voice of a frightened child, piercing the silence.

Mothers began to usher their children away, and uncertain men and young women stepped forward with spears raised. Harvest Moon, the village leader, moved to the fore of his tribe, head raised high. His eyes betrayed no fear, but he seemed taken aback when figures began to emerge from the mouth of the beast.

They came with strange sticks held at their sides, but with their other hand raised. They all looked different; some with brown hair, others with black, and still others with wheat or fire colored hair. All their eyes and skin tones were different as well. The strangers wore silver clothing like none anyone had seen.

One spoke in a garbling, throaty language, startling some of the villagers. Several shrank back with fear, while others adjusted their spears menacingly.

“Who are you?” spoke Harvest Moon in his most intimidating voice. He slammed the butt of his adorned spear to the ground as if to punctuate his demand. The strangers frowned and seemed nervous, whispering amongst themselves.

“They wish to know where they are,” Mangled One said quietly, limping up behind Harvest Moon. He leaned heavily on his crutch, slightly dragging his twisted leg.

Harvest Moons glanced at him in surprise, then returned his gaze to the strangers, who noticed Mangled One’s approach and watched silently. “These are the aliens you’ve told us about?” He seemed a bit bemused; the villagers had deemed Mangled One crazy when he had first started speaking of the aliens star cycles ago. No one had believed him; instead they privately joked that his head had been hit rather hard sometime before he was pulled from the river.

He nodded, a lock of long hair falling into his face.

“Mangled One,” Harvest Moon said, “you can communicate with these creatures?”

He nodded. “I picked up a bit from my time with them.”

“Ask them why they have come.”

Mangled One did so, and the aliens broke out into ecstatic grins. “He can understand us!”

“We’ve come to escape persecution,” answered the one who seemed to be the leader, shushing the others with a wave of his hand.

Mangled One limped forward, relaying their words to Harvest Moon between grunts. He halted when he reached the halfway point between the villagers and the strangers. This was so that he could translate easily between them, direction both of the side’s attentions to him rather than each other.

“Ask them what they want with us,” Harvest Moon called from his safe distance. He seemed greatly apprehensive, but knew he had no choice but to rely on Mangled One. It was a tough decision for him, but as the chief it ultimately fell to his judgment.

Mangled One asked, and the strangers replied: “We want to know where we are. We would also like to know if you have any information regarding the whereabouts of the previous colony. They seem to have disappeared several years ago.” Almost as an afterthought, one asked, “Will your kind be hospitable to us?”

Mangled One turned to Harvest Moon. He listened to him, something he had never done in the six star cycles Mangled One had lived here. He regarded him with a thoughtful expression.

butterflies-4“Mangled One,” he said at last, “you would perhaps know more than I what has become of the last–colony, as you called them. You can tell them that we are the Yellow Mud tribe, and that we will be as hospitable to them as they are to us.” It went unspoken that Harvest Moon would not hesitate to wage war if he believed his people to be in any sort of danger.

The leader of the aliens nodded at once, and he seemed grateful. “We can trade very valuable objects for any help you give to us,” he said.

“As for the others,” Mangled One said, shifting his weight, “I have not seen them for six star cycles. The last I saw of them was in the forest. I was running from them. They were not like you. They were shooting me and trying to kill me. They also killed my family.”

The aliens seemed stunned and speechless.

“Mangled One,” Harvest Moon called. He turned slightly to indicate that he heard, and was listening. “Will you please remain as translator for us?”

“Yes.”

The chief nodded, then looked as though he were about to add something. After what looked to be internal conflict, he added: “And you will teach us their language?”

Mangled One hesitated. “Yes, if you will learn.”

Harvest Moon broke out into a small smile. “If you do well, we will praise you, Mangled One. Your name will be heard all across our lands!”

He nodded, feeling his strength draining slowly. He was very tired. Crippled as he was, his strength was often fleeting. He was too tired to even feel the elation that he was finally believed, and completely missed the furtive stares he was receiving from quite a few villagers.

“You have a gift,” Harvest Moon said, still keeping his distance. “You should share it.”

The alien leader informed Mangled One that they would return with gifts, and left back to their spaceship. He sat down to wait for them and watched them go, and felt an ache deep in his chest for all that he had lost. Six star cycles was a long time.

#

****

#

Shortly after the arrival of the newest colony of aliens, Mangled One had found himself in a conference with the elders of the village. Never had any of them listened to his words so intently, enraptured by merely the sounds of his voice. The elders questioned him, only interrupted when they truly did not understand the strangers’ actions or words when he spoke of them.

It was perhaps the most Mangled One had ever spoken in those six star cycles. By the end of the night, for that was how long the conference lasted, his throat was raw and hoarse, and he could hardly make another croak.

During the meeting, it had been decided that Mangled One would be a teacher, and he would begin immediately, teaching the villagers of the customs and language of the aliens. Harvest Moon was adamant that they would not be at a disadvantage to the aliens should they attack, despite the reassurances from Mangled One that they were generally a peaceful people.

So it was that a pavilion was built within the week, and adults and children alike were sent in groups to begin their education. Until they had grasped Mangled One’s diligent teachings, he would act as translator between Harvest Moon and the aliens’ leader, Gregory. The children learned the quickest, and they had, after sneaking out to the alien encampment, made quick friends with the alien children.

Within a star cycle, Mangled One had finished his work. Every villager had at least a basic grasp of the alien language, and could communicate effectively. The barrier broken, the aliens and villagers began a constant trade, usually consisting of seeds or other valuables. Only minor squabbles broke out occasionally, but that was to be expected in everyday life, and no one thought much of it.

It was only when Great Yell came and informed Mangled One that a group of nine armed aliens had asked to see him that he was bewildered. Never had so many aliens asked of him at once. They usually preferred to send a couple to exchange words or barter for supplies, and even then he was usually left out of the dealings. Mangled One had reverted back to his state of the previous six star cycles, spending much of his time alone. Could something have happened?

He limped hurriedly up towards the front of the village, where visitors were made to wait until someone came to collect them. His eyes concentrated on the ground in front of him, willing his mind off of the stabbing pain in his leg that occurred whenever he walked. By the time Mangled One reached his destination, he was panting.

“There they are,” said Great Yell, stopping a ways away from the group. He nodded his thanks to her without looking up and continued forward with his eyes trained on his path, wondering what they could have wanted.

“Yes?” he asked in their language as he approached, then looked up. He drew in a sharp breath.

Eight aliens beamed at him, while the ninth stared down at his twisted leg curiously. Mangled One recognized each one of them, despite the fact that he hadn’t seen them for many star cycles.

“Silver Tongue,” Little Moons said in a cracked voice. She looked up at him with tears in her eyes. Despite his ruined leg, he had grown taller than even Talks A Lot, who was still as lanky as ever. Plucked Flower had grown into a masculine young man. Laughing Summer and Fire Hair looked the same, though a few strands of their hair had grayed. Echo, Little Moons, Has No Shame, and Big Eyes all looked older, faces shriveled like dried fruit. Slim Face and Wood Skin were not present, and a sinking feeling told him all he needed to know.

“Is this Crying Loudly?” Mangled One asked, smiling down at the honey-blond haired girl. Her green eyes flicked up to his, then she buried her face in her father’s pants leg.

“It is,” Fire Hair choked out in a voice hardly above a whisper. “Oh, we’re so glad to see you again, Silver Tongue.”

“Shit, what happened to you?” asked Has No Shame, looking pitifully at his leg.

Mangled One smiled. “I landed feet first at the bottom. Luckily, the aliens that were foolish enough to follow me over the waterfall fell head-first. They were carried away by the current to who-knows-where, while I just managed to pull myself to the bank. The villagers here found and rescued me.”

“Waterfall!” Little Moons exclaimed. “That’s so dangerous!”

“But I’m alive,” he laughed. “And you are, too.” He felt a happy tear slip down his cheek. He hadn’t felt so happy in so many star cycles. “And I’ve missed you all so much.”

The nine of them drew Mangled One into a hug, tearful as well. He let his crutch fall to the dust, leaning heavily into their embraces.

“Will you come back with us?” Plucked Flower asked in a very different voice. “Our ship is just in the forest over there…You should rest your leg,” he added after a pause.

so-shipwrecked“There’s no help for my leg,” Mangled One laughed. “How did you come across me?”

“You’re famous,” replied Laughing Summer, tousling Mangled One’s long hair. “And so young, too.”

“You need a haircut,” fussed Big Eyes, looking as though his hair were an abomination.

He laughed, wiping his face with a hand. His arm was wrapped around Talks A Lot’s shoulder, keeping him upright as his crutch still lay cast aside. “Perhaps it is a little long,” he agreed, eyes shining. He was acutely aware of the stares from several villagers, namely Harvest Moon’s.

But he found that he didn’t care. Mangled One–Silver Tongue–was reunited with his family.

END

  • Continue Reading

Published by Karl Rademacher on September 29, 2014. This item is listed in Issue 23, Issue 23 Stories, Short Stories, Stories

Shifted Suspicions

by William R.A.D. Funk

The Hunter

Rhythmic breathing beat back the desert’s silence. Leather sandals slapped the flat, cracked land with the rigid pattern of a soldier’s conditioning. Sweat rained down from his brow, blurring his vision. He dragged an arm across his face, but dry air had already licked it clean.

213_mt_nemrudTyrol of Thein raced through the shimmering waves of heat, his enemy too far ahead to see. His enemy, shaped and dressed as an Imperial soldier, could have only one destination in mind: the Imperial outpost. If that man, that monstrosity, made it there before Tyrol, the garrison could suffer the same gruesome fate as those in the rebel camp. A rebel himself, Tyrol had no love for Imperial soldiers, but no man deserved such a fate.

He attempted to swallow. Mouth dry, his throat stuck together, robbing him of the simple gesture.

High above, the sun appeared large, its width spanning half the sky. In ten minutes, Tyrol knew he’d die from heat stroke. His body would feel suddenly cold, his vision would darken until that final sleep came.

But that didn’t matter. As long as the creature died before him.

Less than two hundred paces ahead, the vague outline of his quarry moved effortlessly through the desert of No Man’s Land, the edge of civilization. Tyrol’s prey didn’t seem to mind the heat. Its direction centered on the Imperial outpost, where it could regain its numbers, where it could sink its teeth into the Empire, destroying it from within.

The Vicis glanced over its shoulder, face devoid of emotion, while its eyes glared through narrow slits. Its gaze met Tyrol’s and hissed–the threat of a cornered animal.

Fists balled and jaw clinched, Tyrol centered on his target and sprinted from his steady pace.

The Commander

Centurio Albus of Caisus, dishonored Commander of the Imperial outpost in No Man’s Land, continued his patrol through the underground compound. He climbed the ladder from the living quarters to a small dugout–the outpost’s only above-surface structure. By the fourth rung, he could hear the raspy sounds of a man’s snores.

Albus stifled a growl.

The watchman had fallen asleep–again. Undermanned and ill-equipped, the outpost could afford no more than one man on watch at any given time. And, he’d fallen asleep.

Wooden rungs groaned under Albus’s grip as he ascended, anger hidden behind white lips stretched thin.

Albus kept quiet. Each step, every movement, produced no more than silence despite his heavy breastplate and greaves. The thick plume of blue and black on his montefortino helmet barely stirred when he crept up behind the watchman.

Meanwhile, Rufus snored away from the chair, slumped and sprawled out over a table, head propped up on one arm.

Albus’s patience had grown thin over five long years in the desert–a post assigned as punishment for the crimes of another. To add further insult to his injury, the Empire continued to send him every reject and reprobate.

He unsheathed his sword, glaring down at Rufus. His upper lip twitched at the wretched excuse for a soldier. The blade rose high. It hadn’t drawn blood in all of those five years, growing thirsty from lack of use.

A powerful swing connected with Rufus’s head. The loud crack echoed against the clay-baked walls of the tiny dugout.

#

“Wake up, you idiot,” Albus shouted over the clanging echo of metal against metal.

Startled, Rufus’s hand fell to the hilt of his sword as he stumbled from the chair. He whirled about, back against the wall, his now dented helmet at a jilted angle.

“If I were the enemy, Recruit, do you think I’d taken the time to wake you first?” Albus asked, his blade-point pressed against Rufus’s blue and black tunic.

Rufus’s hand fell away from his sword, cheeks red, eyes focused on Albus’s blade. “No–o, Sir.”

“And where’s your armor?” Albus pushed the point deep enough to make the man wince.

Rufus’s eyes wandered to the table, where his breastplate lay in a heap. It wasn’t the first display of complacency and to Albus’s dismay, it wouldn’t be the last.

Rufus straightened to attention. “Apologies, Sir. It’s just this damnable heat. No matter how awake I am, I find myself falling forever toward sleep.”

“You’re new to this post,” Albus said, letting the sword hang at his side. “You’ll grow accustomed to it. Or as accustomed as a man can.”

Rufus nodded. “Yes, Sir. I–I will, Sir.”

“And if you don’t,” Albus bared his teeth and spoke through them. “I’ll kill you long before heat or rebels have the chance. Do you understand me?”

Rufus swallowed, and then nodded.

Bright light filtered in by narrow slits, lancets, wide enough to fire an arrow through, but thin enough to keep men out. Albus stared out at the desert. Barren, lifeless land stretched out as far as he could see.

“I’ll be checking on you from time to time,” Albus said, turning back to his subordinate. “If I ever catch you sleeping on watch again, I’ll stretch you out on the sand and let the sun take you slow.”

Sweat rained down from Rufus’s prominent forehead, curving over his bulbous snout. His eyes had gone wide, quivering in their sockets.

Albus sighed. He’d allowed his anger to get the best of him. Right or wrong, he would be stuck with this man for a long time. More than twenty years of leadership had taught him to temper punishment with education and a chance for redemption. “No one can make you strong.”

Rufus’s brow curved down, a wounded look.

“Only you can do that,” Albus continued. “Discipline and respect are not passed down from one to another. You have to cultivate it. Pull it from deep within. The Empire isn’t strong because it’s the Empire. It’s strong because men make it so. Be one of those men.”

Rufus’s wounded brow curved in with thought. A hint of pride sparkled in his eyes.

“For now, try standing when on duty,” Albus suggested. “It won’t be comfortable, but that’s the point. It won’t be as easy to fall asleep on your feet.”

“Yes, Sir.”

“Back at it then.” Albus headed for the ladder, the soldier still visible through the corner of his eye.

Rufus’s shoulders slumped. He rubbed at his chest where the blade had almost punctured.

Cooler air rushed up to greet Albus. Down in his quarters, he could remove the armor if only for a couple hours. He could use some of Quintus’s powder on the skin to stave off heat rashes and blisters.

“Are we to receive a resupply from the Empire, Sir?” Rufus called.

Albus understood the question or rather the concern. Out here, a soldier could feel disconnected or forgotten by the rest of the world. Without resupply, the outpost would starve in a couple of weeks. “In three days,” Albus said. “But, don’t worry. The military caravan has never been late. This outpost is to the Empire. They wouldn’t easily forget–”

“I don’t mean to contradict, Sir, but I think one is coming here now.”

Albus froze, two rungs deep, the underground cooling his calves. The resupply caravan wouldn’t–couldn’t–be early. Its schedule was decided in advance for security.

Due to the desert’s deadly heat, the only living souls out on the sand were soldiers from the two conflicting outposts. The alternative to a resupply caravan would be a rebel incursion–an event that hadn’t happened since the war’s onset.

“Show me,” Albus ordered. He forced his way back into the heat.

Rufus pointed through one of the lancets. “There. It’s a blur now, but it’s definitely headed this way.”

Albus followed the soldier’s outstretched finger. As he described, the hazy blur of a single person contrasted against a cloudless horizon. The terrain was devoid of life; no plants, trees or shrubbery existed to obstruct Albus’s view. Even rocks and boulders were a rarity. Only the flat, cracked, desert floor as far as one could see.

“Sound the alarm,” Albus shouted.

Rufus grabbed the rope to the alarm bell’s clapper.

“Wake up Tatius,” Albus continued, “Make sure Otho and Nonus bring their bows. And, now would be a good time to don your armor.”

“Yes, Sir.”

Rufus thrust the rope back and forth. Clapper against bell, its sound would reverberate down through the outpost’s three underground levels. All would hear it and know: The outpost was under attack.

Albus stared out at the approaching figure. It bounced up and down in a sprint, distorted as the desert gave up its heat.

A sword in his grip and a grin on his lips, the invigorating jolt of adrenaline coursed through Albus. After five long years, he was finally back in his natural element.

The Rebel

“Help me!” shouted a stranger, wearing Imperial garb, as he sprinted toward the dugout.

Albus watched the scene with bent brow. It had to be a rebel trick. The only Imperials in the desert were under his command.

“Halt!” Albus shouted. Neither of the two approaching men seemed to hear. “Halt or be fired upon.”

Now, the man dressed as an Imperial soldier heard the words and spotted Albus’s two archers. He stopped, hands up. The Imperial glanced over his shoulder at his attacker still charging down on him.

Albus raised two fingers. “On the rebel.”

“Yes, Sir,” Otho and Nonus acknowledged. Their arrows honed in on the rebel’s green tunic.

“Die!” The rebel shouted, sword raised high in the air.

Albus dropped his hand, the signal to his archers. The arrows were quiet as they spit forth. Two dull thuds announced they’d found a target, their feathered ends extending from the green tunic, now stained red.

The rebel reeled back from the force, but didn’t collapse. He straightened, then fell to his knees. Over his head, he held the sword with both hands and flung it at the stranger. The blade punched through the man’s thigh.

Both men collapsed. The rebel fell to his side, chest heaving in short, violent jerks, while the Imperial’s bellows sounded inhuman as the cries of dying men often did.

“Otho, Nonus, get him to Quintus–” Albus pointed to the wounded Imperial, “–and neither of you are to leave his side until I say otherwise.”

“Yes, Sir,” Under each arm, both men lifted the wounded soldier to his feet. They escorted him to the dugout, sword still protruding from his leg.

Albus walked over to the dying rebel. “Far from home aren’t you?” He eyed the horizon, half-expecting/half-hoping more rebels would materialize.

The rebel smiled, blood trailing from parted lips. “You should’ve let me kill him,” the rebel’s words were soft and raspy. Albus stooped to hear. “Vicis is your problem now.”

“Vicis?” Albus asked, brows bent.

The rebel didn’t answer. He was dead.

“Rufus!” Albus shouted.

“Yes, Sir.” Rufus ran up to his side. His bronze breast plate was half-fastened and his dented helmet still sat at a jaunty angle.

Albus sighed at the recruit’s appearance. “Bring the rebel’s body to Quintus. When he’s done tending to the wounded man, he may be able to tell us something about what would bring a single rebel to our little desert oasis.”

“Yes, Sir.” Rufus looked at the corpse as if it weighed five hundred pounds.

Another sigh. “Get Plinius or Gallus to help you.”

“Yes, Sir.” Rufus’s voice rose in what had to be relief.

“And where is Tatius?” Albus asked about his second-in-command.

Rufus shrugged.

Annoyed, Albus made his way back to the dugout. Unprofessionalism and complacency he’d come to expect from those under his command. Cowardice, however, he would never tolerate.

He ducked through the dugout’s low arch. Fists clenched. Albus would ensure Tatius never displayed fear in front of the others if he had to beat courage into his scrawny hide.

The Coward

Tatius of Caisus sat on the patient’s cot in Quintus’s laboratory. Glass flasks, beakers, and cylinders containing multicolored concoctions bubbled and hissed along the red-gray walls. Quintus, adorned in his occupation’s purple robe, worked with mortar and pestle to grind a small rock into dust.

“A little egg white from a domesticated chicken,” Quintus listed the ingredients as he plucked them from their various jars and added them to his mix. The blend of catalysts and reagents percolated in a small glass beaker suspended over the coal fire. “Can’t forget the wormwood extract.” He sprinkled what appeared to Tatius as sawdust into the beaker. The combination fizzled and coughed up a green wisp of smoke.

Tatius fought to keep his right eye from twitching. His fingers danced nervously on the cot’s wooden frame. Hardly aware, his toes tap, tap, tapped on the cavern floor. It was the heat. It had a way of crawling under the skin and scratch, scratch, scratching. He needed to cool down or go mad. His own rational thoughts hung by a straw from the outreaches of his mind. The earlier alarm bell had demanded his presence two floors above, where the heat was even stronger. To obey its call was unimaginable. He knew–if only in a distant way–that one good push and his mind would be lost forever.

“Please hurry, Quintus,” Tatius begged. He tore off his tunic. The normally pale flesh beneath was red and irritated. “I don’t think I can–” He pressed his palm to a temple and winced. His thoughts had ducked out of grasp.

“Patience, my boy,” Quintus said, his voice soothing. “I’m grinding the last ingredient now. Frost-stone from our own mine. You remember how it cooled your body last time?”

Tatius watched Quintus’s long beard bounce up and down as he spoke, but the words garbled in his ears. Gray hair funneled through a silver, ruby-encrusted ring. It’s gentle sway hypnotized as the wizard spoke.

Quintus pinched the powder from his mortar and sprinkled it into the beaker. There was a crackle as icy-blue smoke escaped. “Now, drink this and–”

“Tatius!” Albus’s voice burrowed through the outpost’s tunnels. “I have words for you!”

Tatius squeaked. “He’s coming. He’ll put me on guard duty, Quintus…with the heat!” He looked about the room for escape. “I can’t go back up there, Quintus. I can’t.”

“Just drink this and I think you’ll feel better.” Quintus poured the beaker’s contents into a brass cup.

“I just can’t go back up there!” Tatius shouted and made for the door.

“At least drink–” Quintus’s words thinned out as Tatius turned the corner and made for the ladder, then down into the mine.

The Madness

“Quintus,” Albus burst into the wizard’s laboratory, a place he avoided on most occasions.

Magic made him uneasy. Even now, it sent a jittery anxiety through his muscles. There was something unnatural about the unseen. It was undisciplined. Impossible to regulate by a laymen and barely manageable by the initiated. It gave men a power they were ill-equipped to possess; a power to undermine the will of others.

Albus in his haste to find Tatius, now found himself standing in the outpost’s source of magic. Colorful fluids bubbled, as strange animal parts floated in jars, while odd mists whisked above a coal fire. Each breath dragged a whimsical scent into his lungs: Familiar, but absent from memory. The presence of magic’s unpredictable machinations stole some of the rigidity from Albus’s broad shoulders.

“There’s no need to shout, Albus,” Quintus returned. “I’m old, but everything still works.” His beard and bushy mustache arched up into a wide smile. “Now, what can I do for the commander, today?”

Albus cleared his throat. “I seek Tatius. Have you seen him?”

“Yes.”

“Where is he?” Albus started forward, then stopped. Further into Quintus’s domain caused his muscles to tighten. What strange spell had the wizard cast to rob him of his confidence?

“Please, sit,” Quintus motioned to a wooden chair by the round table at which the wizard prepared and consumed his meals. “Would you care for some?” He held up the beaker of his latest concoction. “It’s Chill Bone potion. You won’t feel the heat for several hours.”

Albus waved it away. The raw, chafed flesh under his greaves begged him to reconsider. “As it wears off, my tolerance of the heat will have to start anew.”

“Not everyone’s as strong of will as you,” Quintus said, his smile shifted to one side.

“I’ve no need for compliments, Quintus. I need to find my second.”

“It’s about poor Tatius that I refer.”

Albus folded his arms.

“He didn’t ignore the bell for the reason you most likely assume.”

Albus sighed. Quintus had a way of drawing out a conversation whether a person wanted to talk or not.

Albus took the proffered seat at the table. “Then what reason did my second-in-command not rise to the call of battle?”

“Heat madness,” Quintus stated, smile gone. “Or at least, its inception.”

Albus’s haste to find Tatius withered. Heat madness was not to be taken lightly. Two men in the last five years of Albus’s command had succumbed to the illness, the results disastrous.

First, his quartermaster at the time went mad, slit the watchman’s throat, and then ran out into the desert. His body, a sun-baked husk, was found hours later. A diary in the quartermaster’s scribbled hand narrated his belief that the watchman–in league with The Heat–had kept him prisoner. By killing him, the quartermaster was free to escape.

On the second encounter, Quintus discovered the symptoms in one of the miners. The man was confined to quarters until the resupply caravan could take him back to civilization for treatment.

“If what you say is true, we have to confine Tatius immediately,” Albus stated.

Quintus nodded. “I was preparing Chill Bone potion for him before you arrived. I’d planned on adding a sedative to make him more compliant, but your booming voice sent poor Tatius into flight.” The wizard peppered his tone with a hint of reprimand.

“I take your point.” Albus gave the wizard a roguish smile. “Tell me where he is now, and I promise to whisper until he’s found.”

“Unless I miss my guess, he’ll have made his way to the lower level where it’s coolest.”

Albus nodded. “With Plinius and Gallus helping Rufus, the mine is deserted.”

“That’s best considering the possible state of Tatius’s mind,” Quintus said.

Albus stood. “Agreed–”

“Wounded man coming through,” Otho shouted. He and Nonus carried the wounded Imperial–now unconscious–into Quintus’s laboratory.

“What’s this?” Quintus asked, riddled with excited curiosity.

“A wounded soldier that needs aide,” Albus stated the obvious. “Beyond that, we have to discover for ourselves. Let me know when he’s ready to speak.”

Quintus didn’t waste time. He raced about the room collecting materials from drawers and shelves.

“Either Otho or Nonus will serve as guard over the wounded man until I say otherwise,” Albus said. “If you need assistance, get one of them to help.”

“Of course, of course,” Quintus answered, his attention elsewhere. “Otho, you’re the strongest. You’ll hold the man down while Nonus helps me pull the sword free.”

“Make way!” Rufus shouted, as he helped Plinius and Gallus carry the rebel’s dead body into the room.

“And what’s this?” Quintus asked.

“Another mystery I hope you can shed light on when you’re done with him–” Albus pointed to the wounded Imperial, then back to the rebel, “–our dead friend here was chasing him across the desert.”

“And where are his comrades?”

“He came alone,” Albus said.

“How strange,” Quintus whispered as he prepared his tools on the round table where Albus had been sitting a moment ago. “Perhaps poor Tatius wasn’t alone in his current plight.”

“Perhaps,” Albus granted, not convinced. Although his words were unusual, the rebel didn’t appear insane.

“Well, I can handle things here. You should concern yourself with Tatius before his condition worsens.”

Albus couldn’t argue. “Plinius. Gallus. Suit up. The two of you will accompany me into the mine. Tatius has been taken by heat madness. He’s to be apprehended and secured in his quarters.”

Everyone except Quintus stared at Albus, their faces uncertain.

“I said, suit up!” Albus roared. His voice still had an effect. The two miners shook themselves free and raced to their quarters for arms and armor. “Rufus, stand at the ladder and alert me if Tatius tries to ascend.”

“Yes, Sir.” Rufus rushed out.

“Otho,” Albus said, waiting for Otho to turn. “As quartermaster, you are second-in-command while Tatius is incapacitated. Don’t disappoint.”

“Ye–yes, Sir,” Otho stammered, his large head and tiny ears accurately painting the picture of sub-modest intelligence.

Rejects and reprobates, Albus thought. Not a man among them.

“And, put someone on guard-duty. The post is unmanned,” Albus added.

Albus walked out of Quintus’s laboratory into the narrow corridor carved from the red-gray rock that made up most of the desert’s underground. Two floors below the surface, crates and burlap sacks clotted the corridor, the level serving as storage aside from Quintus’s secluded work space. One floor above housed their living quarters and one floor below contained the reason for an Imperial presence in No Man’s Land, the frost-stone mine.

Turning the corner, Albus could hear a whispered voice emanate from Quintus’s laboratory, “What the hell does all that mean?” Otho asked.

“It means if the boss meets an untimely end, you become the supreme leader of this pile of sand,” said Nonus, the outpost’s resident priest.

The Miner

Gallus was the first to step foot on the mine’s floor. Met with a black darker than night, he drew his sword. Someone, presumably Tatius, had extinguished the oil lanterns, plunging the winding tunnel complex into an abyss.

The overgrown miner shivered. His sweaty clothes now clung to his body, made cold by the mine’s chill. He watched as his breath formed a thin vapor before it vanished into the darkness.

“I need light down here,” Gallus called up the vertical tunnel.

A whisper echoed around him, “Light means flame. Flame means heat. Heat is bad. Heat is the enemy.” The voice, if not deranged, belonged to Tatius.

Gallus–the largest Imperial in the outpost both in size and strength–felt vulnerable. He pressed his back against the ladder, the soft light from above created a limited glow for a couple of feet in every direction. It wouldn’t give ample warning if Tatius charged him, but with the light came a shred of confidence.

“Tatius, Sir. It’s Gallus…the miner. I’m a friend. Remember?”

A high-pitched chuckle echoed against the mine’s rock-strewn walls.

Gallus thanked the Empire’s one true deity as an oil lantern descended by a rope and pulley system. The same system used to remove excavated frost-stone from one level to the next. With each foot lowered, two feet of light stretched out in front of the miner. Once at eye level, Gallus could see the room before him.

The sieve room was a rounded space twenty feet across and a couple hands taller than Gallus’s six-foot frame. Various tools hung on the wall by wooden pegs. Two tunnels wormed their way through the rock across from where Gallus stood.

In the center, a large apparatus dominated half the room. Also rounded, it contained twelve layers of bronzed mesh used to separate ordinary rock from frost-stone. It was operated by repeatedly pulling on a rope that shifted the sieve’s layers from side to side. That was Plinius’s job. A man with a wiry build, Plinius was better suited to the task. While Gallus had to claw raw stone from the mine’s tunnel with a pickaxe.

Pickaxe! An empty space on the wall caught Gallus’s eye between the shovels and hammers. A pickaxe was missing. Yet, Plinius was meticulous about the tools. If one was out of place…

“Commander, I think Tatius has armed himself with a pickaxe.”

Laughter faded down one of the tunnels. From the echo, Gallus couldn’t determine which one.

“Stay your position. We’re coming down,” Albus announced.

Albus and Plinius had descended. Rufus stayed above should Tatius get by them and try to flee upward. Gallus used the flame from his oil lantern to ignite the others along the wall. In minutes, the sieve room took on its typical orange-blue glow. The black fumes from oil lanterns escaped through slits carved into the ceiling.

Proper ventilation made the mine livable. Its cooler clime made it desirable. Desirable until an armed madman had sequestered it. Now, Gallus would’ve taken a turn at watch rather than be down below. He found insufferable heat was suddenly preferable to a pickaxe in the chest.

“Tell me about the tunnels,” Albus instructed.

Gallus spoke first, having spent most of his days chipping away at the mine, “As you already know, the tunnel to the left is abandoned. We’ve scraped every pebble from that vane years ago. But, the tunnel to the right is fairly new, only a few hundred feet.”

“Do they intersect at any point?” Albus asked.

“Yes, Sir. There’s one,” Gallus replied. “It was by accident. When following the new vane, we intersected with one of the branches from the original tunnel.”

“Curses,” Albus muttered. His eyes retreated to a distant stare as if processing some internal calculations.

The commander’s deeply concentrated look reminded Gallus of the stories he’d heard about the man: Tales of a powerful tactician with more victories under his leadership than anyone else alive. His one inescapable flaw was in having a brother who aligned with the rebel’s polytheistic cause. He’d refused to execute his little brother, which led to his subsequent disgrace and exile to the outpost five years ago. In the face of that injustice, he never complained, never faltered in his duties.

“Why does that matter, Sir?” Plinius asked. The thinner of the two miners looked comical in drooping armor. His helmet and breast plate were made for a soldier much larger than him.

“It means we’ll have to split up,” Albus explained. “If we all go down one tunnel, Tatius could simply circle around behind us in an endless loop. The rebellion has used conditions like these to make their smaller numbers count.”

“The rebels, Sir?” Plinius asked. Gallus often wondered how a person that quick in body could be that slow of intellect. Then again, repeatedly pulling the sieve’s rope didn’t require a lot of thought.

Albus nodded, his face bright as he explained. “A legion’s numbers are useless if they have to funnel into a narrow space. Tatius is a graduate of the War College. He knows this. Even in his addled mind, he might retain a soldier’s strategic wit.”

“How should we split, Commander?” Gallus asked, fearing the worst.

“Since you know the tunnels better than either of us, you will take the new tunnel. Since I know little of them, Plinius will serve as my guide down the left.”

Gallus swallowed hard. It wasn’t the thought of armed conflict that rattled his nerve, but rather the strange laugh Tatius echoed off the walls. There was something inhuman about insanity.

“If you should encounter Tatius, don’t engage,” Albus said, face stern. “Simply shout that you’ve spotted him. Plinius and I will rush to the intersecting tunnel behind him. The same goes if we discover him first. If we can, I’d like to take Tatius alive. He’s a good man and it’d be a shame to lose him in such a disgraceful manner.”

“Yes, Sir,” Gallus replied with what he thought passed for confidence.

“Let’s begin,” Albus said, plucking a lantern from a hook on the wall and handing it to Plinius before taking one for himself.

Gallus followed the example.

“Good luck,” Albus said, stepping one careful foot at a time down the left tunnel.

Plinius shot Gallus an uncertain glance. The two of them had spent three years as partners. Unlike the soldiers above, they were civilians, a separate class.

“Don’t worry,” Gallus comforted, hiding his own fear. “You couldn’t be safer. The commander’s well known for getting his hands dirty in battle.”

“But, what about you?” Plinius whimpered.

Gallus puffed out his chest. “Tatius is a tough guy, but do you see anyone taking down someone with these.” He slapped a free hand against his bicep, the muscle thicker than Plinius’s head.

The skinny miner smiled, then nodded. The fear in his eyes had gone.

“Now stop wasting time,” Gallus mock-scolded. “The commander needs his guide. Hop to.”

Plinius returned with a mock salute–fist against chest–and disappeared into the tunnel.

Each step into his own tunnel, Gallus wondered who would convince him it was safe.

The Wizard

“That should do it,” Quintus said over the closed wound. The stitch work was neat and even, a result from having an unconscious, unmoving patient. He walked over to a bowl of water and rinsed the blood from his hands. He instructed the others to do the same. “I don’t want bloody prints all over my laboratory.”

Otho obeyed.

But in playful defiance, Nonus hovered a bloodied hand an inch from the wall. No Man’s Land offered few distractions. And, the boredom had a way of reducing men to immature caricatures of themselves. Nonus was no exception. Although, Quintus couldn’t remember a time when the lanky priest was any more than a joke gone stale.

“Touch that wall and I’ll sprinkle fire-salt in your next Chill Bone potion,” Quintus warned.

Nonus recoiled as if the wall were infected with some strange disease. Eyes on the floor, he walked over and rinsed his hands in the bowl.

Quintus stooped over the Imperial, stroking his own beard beneath the ruby-encrusted ring. There was something wrong and he couldn’t quite put his finger on why. The wound should have shed more blood than it did. And, there was no sweat. The wounded man didn’t sweat. Granted, they were two levels below the surface, but it was still uncomfortably warm.

“I call dibs on it,” Nonus whined, breaking Quintus from his contemplation. Otho and Nonus were fighting over the looting rights for the rebel’s corpse.

“Back! Both of you,” Quintus shouted.

Despite Quintus’s earlier threat involving fire salts, Nonus now glared at him. “You now the rule, Magician,” Nonus used the less flattering term for the wizard’s profession. Magicians were the charlatans of the magic world. Illusions and parlor tricks were the domain of such lesser men. While Magic belonged to the wizard. “A soldier can loot what he kills.”

“But, my arrow struck first,” Otho broke in. “And, as the commander put it, I’m in charge while he’s gone.

Quintus sighed, tugging at his beard. Soldiers could be so short-sighted. They lacked the patience for proper investigation. “I’m not contesting your right to loot, but the commander gave specific orders for me to find out why this man came alone. I must do so before you pick him clean.”

Both men looked dubious.

“Perhaps the two of you can discuss how to divide the loot while I conduct my investigation.”

Suspicion vanished, replaced by greed.

“That should be simple enough,” Nonus said, walking away from the body. “I have quicker reflexes. Naturally, it was my arrow that launched first.”

“Except, I’m stronger. My arrow would fly faster,” Otho rebutted.

Quintus drowned out the bickering as he examined the corpse. The man lacked any armor, but wore the green tunic of the rebellion, green standing for honor and victory. An intentional change from the Empire’s blue and black, blue for loyalty and faith to the one true deity–a fact that the polytheistic rebels fought against.

Around the neck, a thin plate of metal on a hemp string identified the man as Tyrol of Thein. He had a belt pouch with a handful of copper coins and an empty scabbard. The missing blade sat on a brass tray, recently removed from a man’s leg.

Quintus tore open the tunic. His hand then crept up to stroke his own beard. “Interesting,” he muttered.

Nonus and Otho were drawn by the word. “What’s interesting?” Nonus asked. “Is it valuable?”

“Only to an inquisitive mind,” Quintus replied. “See these marks?”

Nonus and Otho nodded. “Flesh wounds,” Otho uttered.

“Exactly,” Quintus said. “They’re quite recent too. Our dead rebel was in battle not long ago.”

“Out here?” Nonus asked, wrinkling his long nose. “Against who?”

“Wh–where am I?” called a voice from the patient’s cot.

“Maybe our now-conscious friend can shed some light on these mysteries,” Quintus said, walking over to the wounded Imperial. “What’s your name, son?”

“Cato–” a dry cough cut him short.

Quintus handed him a cup of Chill Bone potion to wet his throat. Cato drained it and sighed in notable relief.

“Ah. I needed that,” Cato said, then stopped. His hands clawed at his stomach as he doubled over in pain. Before he could utter a sound, the man shook in a violent seizure.

“What do we do?” Nonus shouted in panic.

“Nothing,” Quintus said, hiding his own fear. “The fit has to finish before we can–” The seizure stopped, a thin strand of pink foam had bubbled between his lips. Cato lay motionless.

Quintus placed an ear over Cato’s mouth and watched the chest. It didn’t rise. Breath didn’t tickle his ear. Horrified, he laid a hand on the man’s chest. The heart didn’t beat.

“He’s dead,” Quintus said, stunned by his own announcement. He dropped to a whisper, “But he didn’t lose that much blood. Did I miss something?”

“What?” Otho asked. “How? What did you give him?”

“Chill Bone potion,” Quintus replied. “It couldn’t hurt a newborn much less a grown man.”

Quintus got to his feet and paced the length of his laboratory. He tugged at his beard as if he could pull the answers free by a strong enough yank.

“He’s going to kill me,” Otho muttered.

Nonus chuckled. “The burdens of leadership, my friend,” he said, slapping Otho on the back.

“What?” Quintus returned his attention back to the room. He spotted the fear in Otho’s eyes and recognized the same concern in Tatius before he fled. “Relax,” he said, placing a hand on Otho’s shoulder. “Cato was my patient. His death is my responsibility and I’ll tell Albus the same. You’re absolved of any fault.”

Otho nodded. “Okay, Quintus.” Relief washed away the fear in his eyes.

Quintus was less concerned over Albus’s reaction than the quartermaster. There was a good chance his patient had died from a potion he’d given him. Wizards were sworn to protect life at all costs. Magic to kill and potions to poison were left to the shadowy figures of sorcerers and dark alchemists. To have taken a life, even if by accident, would call his abilities into question. It was rare, but a wizard would occasionally fall for the allure of darker magics. With a dead patient, questions would be asked. Doubt would form.

Quintus shook the thought from his head, if only for a moment. “Help me put the rebel on the cot. I don’t want to be tripping over bodies all day.”

Nonus and Otho obeyed.

“Otho,” Quintus whispered to the quartermaster. “Didn’t the commander instruct you to post a watchman?”

Otho’s eyes shot open. “That’s right.” He raced out of the room.

“I’ll bring you some Chill Bone potion,” Quintus called after him. Turning to Nonus, “I trust you can guard two dead men. Maybe you can tend to their spirits before you strip them of their worldly possessions.” Those sarcastic words were out before he could pull them back in.

“Don’t worry about me, Magician,” Nonus returned with equal venom. “If they give me any funny business, I’ll just give them some of your Chill Bone potion. It seems to be more effective than a sword.” The priest’s smile turned wicked.

Quintus bit down hard. The comment struck deep. It would be the first of many like it if he didn’t do something fast. Cornered, he chose the most common refuge–denial. He replied by pouring a cup of the potion, then drinking it all in long confident gulps.

Nonus’s jaw dropped.

“There’s nothing wrong with my potions,” Quintus said, pouring another round. He left the room, Otho’s cup of Chill Bone in hand.

The Savage

To Gallus, the echoed laughter of Tatius’s madness seemed closer with each step. The tunnels were his home. In days past, their closeness made him feel protected. Today, they closed in on him. They stifled.

A small cavity opened on Gallus’s right. He stopped. With a wave of the lantern, he illuminated the area. No Tatius.

The recesses along the tunnel were common. Whenever a vein of frost-stone or other precious ores split from the tunnel, Gallus would dig it out, leaving a small pocket in which he could later store materials and equipment. The spaces were often large enough to conceal one or two men comfortably. As a result, Gallus scanned them carefully before pressing on down the tunnel.

“I see your flame,” Someone whispered from up ahead, out of sight.

Gallus stopped. He pressed the lantern forward, creasing his eyes to better pierce the dark.

“Tatius. Is that you?” Gallus called, his own voice bouncing back at him.

“You’re trying to bring the heat down to me.” Tatius raised his voice from a whisper to an angry accusation, “I won’t let you!”

“The lantern is only so I can see, Tatius,” Gallus returned.

No answer.

“Come on, Tatius. We just want to help you. Commander says–”

“Commander says, commander says,” Tatius rattled off. “Commander says Tatius go up and lookout on the land of heat. Suffer the heat, the commander says.”

Gallus recognized the voice as Tatius’s, but it was different; it was twisted like the man’s mind.

With sword stretched out in front, he moved forward, ready to call out. Another cleft opened on the right. The lantern slowly peeled back the shadow concealing it. Light glinted of something metallic. Gallus sucked in a breath to shout. It had to be Tatius.

Gallus swung to face the crevice, lantern thrust forward. The space brightened. Flickering light reflected off the metal surface of a wheelbarrow.

He wasn’t there.

Tatius roared, emerging at full sprint from further down the tunnel. Pickaxe in hand, raised high, he barreled into Gallus’s side.

The large miner, stunned by the crazed look in the eyes of his attacker, managed only to lift his arm. The bone cracked as it connected with the pickaxe’s wooden handle. Pain exploded in Gallus’s wrist as Tatius’s momentum brought both of them to the ground.

Pinned on his side, Gallus could see the pickaxe’s sharp point inches from his face. With broken wrist and the weight of Tatius’s body pressing down, his superior strength abandoned him. Tatius laughed as he watched the point descend, lowering toward Gallus’s eye.

“That’ll teach you to attack me with heat,” he said.

Tatius lifted his body to drop down with more force. Gallus knew he wouldn’t be able to resist. The point would pierce his eye and then his brain, light’s out.

Gallus closed his eyes in anticipation.

There was a loud clang, but pain didn’t follow.

He opened his eyes in time to watch Tatius’s mouth sag open and his eyes roll up. Gallus jerked his hips and Tatius fell off, the unconscious man’s head smacking the tunnel wall.

Plinius stood over him, a shovel in hand. “What’s the point of having these–” Plinus said, slapping one of his biceps, “–if you don’t use them.” The skinny miner smiled.

The Priest

Nonus yawned. As with most days, he was bored. The fact that he shared a room with two dead bodies didn’t bother him. A priest’s duties often involved preparing the dead for their transition into the next world.

He snickered.

The next world. Now that was ludicrous. To believe in something they’d never seen. Something they had no evidence of aside from what men of religion said to be true. Priests, like himself, were mere con men with symbols of hope in one hand and a collection box in the other. It never ceased to amaze him how people could behave like mindless sheep, a hole ever-burning at the base of their coin purses.

That reminded him.

Nonus looked around the room. He was alone, no one to contend with his right to loot. Head poking from the door, he looked both ways. Rufus stood at the far end, guarding the ladder down to the mine, but no Otho or Quintus. Nonus silently closed the door and locked it.

After a cursory check of the rebel’s possessions, he wasn’t overjoyed. Seven coppers couldn’t even get him laid. It could buy the first pint of mead though. Nonus pocketed the coins.

He hovered over the Imperial and mused that Quintus technically had looting rights for killing his own patient. But then again, the wizard was too sanctimonious to loot. Nonus shrugged, then continued his search.

“Thanks for nothing, buddy,” Nonus said. The man had no possessions, not even the imprinted plate around his neck. He was anonymous, destined for an unmarked headstone.

“Help me,” Cato whispered, eyes open.

Nonus stumbled back, toppling two chairs on his way down.

Cato reached a weak hand out toward Nonus, pale and bent at the wrist. “Help me.”

“Yo–you’re dead,” Nonus muttered. He’d dealt with dozens of dead bodies. This was the first to speak.

Cato shook his head in a slow, heavy motion.

“But Quintus checked,” Nonus argued.

Cato shook his head again. “He was wrong.”

Not entirely convinced, Nonus turned toward the locked door. “I’ll get Quintus. He’ll know how to help you.”

Cato reached out. “Wait.”

Nonus stopped, glancing over his shoulder, his own hands trembling.

“I need–” Cato tried to speak, his words fading, “I need–”

“You need what?” Nonus asked.

“I need–” Cato motioned for Nonus to come closer.

Nonus took a couple steps forward. Cato motioned again. Reluctantly, Nonus moved close enough to stand over the bed, the rebel’s dead body between him and Cato.

“I…need–” Cato whispered, motioning closer.

Nonus bent over, just out of reach. “What do you need?”

“A place to hide,” Cato said.

Nonus’s eyes shot open. Something was wrong.

Before he could retreat, pain sliced across his upper back. Both legs went instantly numb, collapsing, dropping him forward. He tried to break his fall, but both arms refused to obey. He landed face first against Cato’s body.

“Your race is so easily deceived,” Cato said, sliding out from under him.

Strong hands lifted Nonus to the cot and rolled him over. Above, standing over him, Cato held the sword Quintus had removed from his leg.

“I can’t move,” Nonus said, his voice shaky.

“I severed your spine,” Cato explained. “At most you’ll be able to move your head and neck.” He dropped the sword back on the brass try.

“Why?” Nonus asked. “We tried to help you.”

Cato chortled. “I’ve known your people longer than you’ve known yourselves. You don’t help. You offer pretty promises and leave bitterness in your wake.” He shook his head, the mirth now absent from his face. “None of that matters now. This is our land. And you’ve come again with sword and pickaxe, to chip away at my home–” He stopped. The bones snapped and shifted. His face became an amalgam of different people Nonus had never seen before. Those thick muscles shrank while his body stretched. Before his eyes, Cato’s body had changed into someone else’s. When the face settled, Nonus lay silent, shocked. He was looking into the face of his own reflection.

“You’re–” Nonus started to say.

“You?” Cato finished. His face and body were identical to Nonus. “We are Vicis. And, soon your people will again learn to fear that name.” The Vicis removed Nonus’s armor, attaching it to his own body.

“But, I don’t understand–” Nonus was interrupted by the cloth shoved into his mouth. Cato tied a loose rag around Nonus’s head to keep him from spitting out the gag.

Cato walked over to a lantern hanging from a wall sconce. He blew out the flame and unhooked it.

“If it’s any consolation,” Cato spoke, standing over the cot, “your friends and loved ones will join you in the next world soon enough.”

“Huh?” Nonus sputtered through the gag.

Cato upturned the lantern, its oil spilling from the bowl, soaking Nonus and the rebel body.

The priest’s eyes stretched wide with horror as the situation became clear. Fear and a severed spine locked him in place.

Cato took an oil soaked straw and lit it from another lantern. He put the original lantern back in its place and lit it. Straw in hand, he walked over to the cot.

Nonus shook his head violently. “No!”

A wicked smile on Cato’s face, the straw dropped.

The Plan

The pulley system worked as Plinius had said it would. Tatius’s bound and unconscious body raised with little effort from the mine floor to Rufus above.

Albus let out a quiet sigh. Until recently, the outpost had been a quiet one. To have two major events in one day defied the odds: First, a rebel attack involving a single soldier, a mystery Imperial appears, and now Tatius gone mad. Albus’s command–if it could be called that–was disintegrating. How would the mine produce frost-stone for the Empire if his strongest miner sustained a broken wrist?

“Fire!” Nonus shouted. “There’s a fire in Quintus’s lab.”

“Plinius,” Albus switched mental gears. “You and Gallus ferry water from the aqueduct to the fire.”

“Yes, Sir,” Both men said. Gallus didn’t ask how he would accomplish that with one less arm. Instead he grabbed a bucket with his good hand and raced for the underground aqueduct.

“Rufus,” Albus shouted up. “Secure Tatius in his quarters. Remove any sharp objects and make sure I have the only key.”

“On it,” Rufus answered.

At the lab’s threshold, Albus shielded his eyes against the blaze.

By some miracle, the flames kept to the patient’s cot while most of the black smoke, carrying the scent of charred flesh, escaped through the ceiling slits. Nonus had moved anything flammable against the opposite wall. And, the cavern’s stone surfaces prevented the fire from spreading further.

Albus thanked the one true deity for that small charity and noted Nonus’s competence in the face of emergency. He would have to reward the action when everything settled back down.

Nonus looked over at the commander. “I don’t understand it, Sir. The bodies just burst into flame.”

Quintus raced down the corridor toward Albus as Gallus thrust the first bucket of water onto the pyre. A small section of the fire hissed, vanishing into steam.

“What happened?” asked Quintus.

Albus failed to restrain his anger. “You tell me, Quintus.” He glared at the wizard as Gallus rushed in with another bucket. “I was dealing with Tatius. You were supposed to be in the lab getting me answers.”

“I got what I could,” Quintus explained, fluster in his face. “The wounded soldier died before I could get anything more than his name.” Quintus moved to let Gallus by with another bucket. “He said his name was Cato. I gave him some Chill Bone potion since he was in the desert for so long. He drank it, doubled over, and died. I left Nonus with the bodies while I brought Otho some potion.”

“Curses,” Albus muttered. Nothing was going right today. “Nonus said the bodies burst into flame. Could your potion have–”

“Absolutely not,” Quintus said, fluster turning to irritation. “Bodies don’t just start fires and neither do my potions.”

Albus held out a hand toward the fire. “Then you tell me.”

“I don’t know.”

Albus sighed. “What can you tell me.”

Quintus stroked his beard. “The rebel did have fresh wounds, as if from battle. Aside from that, I have nothing new.”

Albus nodded, processing the information.

Gallus rushed by with his fourth bucket. The fire was nearly dead.

Perplexed, Albus traced through what he knew: an unarmed Imperial soldier running through the desert alone, chased by a single rebel soldier on a suicide mission. What had he said? You should have let me kill it. Vicis is your problem now.

“Does the name Vicis mean anything to you?” Albus asked Quintus as Gallus put out the last of the fire. The miner sat down in a chair, breathing heavily, and cradling his broken wrist.

“Vicis?”

“It was the last thing the rebel said before he died.”

Quintus tugged at his beard. “Maybe. Nothing specific springs to mind, but it has a familiar ring to it. I’ll check my books and get back to you.”

“You can tell me when I return.”

“You’re leaving?” asked Quintus.

“It will be nightfall soon,” Albus said, staring at the charred bodies now on the floor. “Rufus and I will scout the rebel camp. If I can’t find answers here, I might find some there.”

“Just the two of you?” asked Quintus. “Is that wise?”

Albus shrugged. “Tatius has gone mad. Gallus is wounded. You’re no soldier. That leaves Otho, Rufus, and Nonus as capable for combat. Otho is next in command and therefore must stay here. Nonus will cover his back. That leaves me with Rufus.”

“What of Plinius?”

“He did well down in the mines, but he’s skittish,” answered Albus. “I need stealth if I’m to get the answers I seek.”

“Very well,” said Quintus. “I’ll prepare a potion for Fire Breath to keep you both warm at night and Chill Bone potion should you be caught in the desert at daybreak.”

Albus started to wave the suggestion away.

“Don’t argue Albus. It weighs nothing and having it can save your life.”

“Fine. If it doesn’t distract you from researching this Vicis.”

#

With the setting sun, No Man’s Land transformed from a furnace with its shimmering waves of heat by day to iceless tundra by night. Frigid winds strafed the land, capable of numbing a man’s soul while a star-littered sky and amber moon made lantern light unnecessary.

Albus and Rufus laid against the cracked desert floor, the rebel camp less than a mile away.

Rufus popped the cork to the Fire Breath potion Quintus had given him and drank it all. “A strange thing to crave heat after despising it all day.”

Albus snorted. “Hardship makes a man stronger while comfort makes him weaker. Your perspective will change if you seek out the qualities of life that will make you better. Now hand me the looking glass.”

Rufus obeyed, brows bent in thought.

The looking glass extended into a conical stick. It was another gift from Quintus. To help with your stealth, he’d said. Albus looked though it now and understood what the wizard meant. Without the glass, the rebel camp was nothing more than a dark speck in the distance. With the glass, Albus was standing at their front door. Or at least his eyes were.

Through the lancets of the rebel’s dugout, Albus could see inside, but no watchman.

“It’s empty,” Albus stated, unsure of his own words.

“Sir?” asked Rufus, sounding equally uncertain.

“Quintus’s toy allows me to see inside the dugout,” Albus explained. “There’s no one on guard.”

“What should we do?”

“Investigate,” Albus answered. For the first time in five years, he was on the offensive. His heart agreed with the decision, hopping along at an excited pace.

The Enemy

Halfway through his limited library, Quintus found the vague reference he was seeking. He found it in a tome of ancient lore. Most of the stories were long abandoned as fictitious accounts spun by overeager men desperate to make their name known. The reference was nothing more than a bard’s archaic poem.

Quintus read the poem aloud as if casting some arcane spell.

“From deep depths unknown,

arise Vicis, face unshown.

Beware world of man

this forever changing clan.

From the endless sands

Power will change hands.

Frost and snake heads,

weapons a Vicis dreads.”

Quintus shut the book, more confused now than before he opened it. Why would a rebel soldier whisper this long forgotten name to a commander of his enemy? Quintus looked over to the burnt body as if it may answer the question. He looked closer. Maybe the bodies could answer the question.

Quintus shot up from the chair, leaving the book open on the table. He dashed about the room collecting his autopsy utensils.

He’d have to be quick. If the others knew what he was doing, they’d object. Autopsies were viewed as desecration. But, Albus needed answers and superstition was a lousy excuse for ignorance.

#

In the corridor outside Quintus’s laboratory, Nonus/Vicis listened at the door, a snarl wrenching at his lips. His hiding place wouldn’t last long if the wizard solved the puzzle. He had to be eliminated.

Nonus/Vicis tested the latch. It was locked. Now he couldn’t kill the wizard without making a lot of noise. He needed an alternative solution.

“Let me out!” A voice called from the floor above. “I can feel the heat. Don’t leave me with the heat.”

Nonus/Vicis smiled, his new strategy taking form. He looked down at his hand, two fingers bent and twisted together, painfully taking the form of a key. A key he’d seen Rufus give the commander.

#

Tatius lay naked on the floor. The stone felt cold against his skin. He knew it wouldn’t last. The heat from his body would make that spot warm.

“Please,” he begged. “Don’t keep me here with the heat.”

“Tatius,” someone whispered from the other side of his door. “Tatius, are you awake?”

“Wh–who’s there?” Tatius asked.

“It’s Nonus.” The voice was familiar. It was Nonus.

“I won’t go up. You can’t make me!” Tatius shouted.

“I’m not here to make you go up, Tatius. I’m here to help you keep the heat away. Forever.”

Tatius didn’t speak. He didn’t breathe. Could Nonus be serious?

“I’m going to open the door, Tatius,” Nonus warned. “I stole the key from Otho. Don’t do anything rash. Okay?”

Tatius heard a click. The knob turned and the door opened. It was Nonus, standing over him, a kind smile on his face.

“Don’t worry, dear Tatius,” Nonus said. “I’ll tell you the secret for keeping the heat away.” Nonus knelt on one knee, motioning Tatius closer.

Tempted by the promise, Tatius crawled on hands and knees, bending his head to listen.

“Good boy,” Nonus said, his cold fingers combed through Tatius’s hair, beating back the heat.

Tatius groaned with relief. “What’s the secret?” he asked.

“I’ll do better than tell you. I’ll show you,” Nonus said, tightening his grip on the soldier’s head and hair.

Tatius’s instincts kicked in. For the first time since he heard Nonus’s voice, he felt naked, exposed and vulnerable. He tried to pull free but Nonus’s hands were carved from stone, unrelenting.

Cold lips touched his ear.

“What are you doing?” Tatius squawked, trying to peel away the fingers from his head.

Nonus didn’t answer. Instead, something wet and slimy pushed through those lips, and wriggled against Tatius’s ear. It slithered and pressed its way down the ear canal.

“No!” Tatius screamed. “Get away from me.”

The wormlike object made its way further, undulating deeper.

Tatius howled.

There was a pinch of pain. His screams sounded suddenly shallow, far away.

Danger. Heat. Enemy. Esca–

#

Quintus stood over the two corpses struggling with the facts he’d found. The first detail was in the relative size of the bodies. Granted the fire would have melted away some of the meat, but the basics like height would have remained the same. Somehow, Cato had grown taller in the fire while his muscles had shrunk.

The other inconsistency was in the parts that couldn’t burn. Quintus recalled finding seven copper pieces on the body of the dead rebel before the fire while Cato had nothing. Now, it was Cato’s corpse that had seven copper pieces and the rebel none. How could that be? He knew it was probable that Nonus looted the rebel’s corpse in his absence. But that didn’t explain why Cato suddenly had the exact same number of copper coins. Unless the ruined body in front of him were Nonus, not Cato.

Quintus waved the thought away. He knew it couldn’t be. He saw Nonus alive and well.

Vicis, face unshown. That ancient poem’s verse highlighted in his mind. Quintus, then, remembered another relevant piece of information. It was from his days in the Academy. There were rumors of a spell capable of stealing the identity of others. A power sought by many wizards, but mastered by none.

The rumor had to come from somewhere. Could the man he thought was Nonus be someone else? Could someone have mastered the spell? And, if this potential enemy could assume the form of another, how could Quintus be sure?

The Magic

Nonus/Vicis locked Tatius’s door behind him. The deed done, he’d have to move fast. Quintus wouldn’t take long to figure it all out. When he did, no precaution Nonus/Vicis took would be enough. With four humans remaining in the camp, he was outnumbered. It was time to start changing those odds.

“I heard someone screaming,” Plinius said as he entered the corridor, focused on Nonus/Vicis.

Plinius was the weakest, an ideal first candidate. “I heard it too,” Nonus/Vicis said. “It echoed through the hall, but I think it came from below. Let’s check it out.”

Plinius nodded. He disappeared into his room and came out with sworn drawn. Nonus/Vicis stifled a low growl. He’d seen what sword toting humans were capable of in the rebel camp.

“Come on,” Plinius called, descending the ladder.

Nonus/Vicis followed.

The storage corridor was devoid of life. Even the door to Quintus’s lab was closed. “There’s no one here,” Plinius stated, looking back up the ladder. “Maybe it wasn’t from down here. We should go up and check.”

“Or maybe it was Gallus down in the mine. He could be hurt.”

Plinius’s eyes shot open. He glanced over at the ladder dropping down into the vertical tunnel, the rope pulley hanging in the middle.

“Let’s go over and call down to him. See if he needs help,” Nonus/Vicis offered.

“Good idea.”

The two rushed over. Plinius bent over, raising his hands to his mouth. “Gallus!”

Nonus/Vicis didn’t waste time. With a strong shove, he pushed Plinius down the shaft head first. The startled miner screeched, arms waving until his voice was silenced by a single crack.

“Plinius?” Gallus called from below. He was coming to investigate.

#

Gallus rushed across the sieve room. Startled by Plinus’s call, he woke from his nap. Quintus’s painkillers had left him groggy.

When he reached the bottom of the vertical tunnel his jaw dropped. Plinius was upside down, foot resting on one of the ladder’s rungs while his head bent to the side at an inhuman angle. The life had left the miner’s eyes. In shock, Gallus walked over to his friend’s body, laying him on his back.

He opened his mouth as if to say something, then closed it a second later. Gallus’s vision started to blur, his eyes wet.

“How?” he asked Plinius. “Why?”

Plinius wasn’t bright, but he was careful. Could he have slipped and fallen? As if by instinct, Gallus looked up the vertical tunnel to get a glimpse of any rational reason for his friend’s sudden demise.

Before Gallus had time to process what he saw, it was too late. Bent over the lip of the tunnel, Nonus stared down at him, a cruel smile stretched across his face, the pulley’s bucket in his hand. The bucket dropped, crashing into Gallus’s head.

The lanterns lining the walls appeared dimmer to Gallus at that moment. They flickered with the intensity they normally had, but the light was dull. The room grew darker–vision blurred–breathing slowed–someone was laughing–tired–eyes heavy–nothing.

#

Quintus pushed the table against the door, piling on chairs, anything to keep it out.

There came a pounding at the door. “Come on Quintus, open up.” It was Nonus’s voice, but Quintus knew better than to think it was the priest. There had been screams, loud noises, conflict.

“Stay back. The others will–”

“There are no others, Quintus,” Nonus said. “It’s just you and me now.”

Quintus shook all over. He wasn’t a soldier. He wasn’t ashamed of his fear as it washed over him. The thing outside had every intention of killing him, or worse. Fear was rational.

“Very well, Quintus. If you won’t let me in, I’ll get creative.”

Quintus heard Nonus’s footsteps moving down the corridor. He was tempted to feel safe, but knew better. The creature would come back and if Quintus wasn’t ready, he’d die.

The wizard scanned the laboratory, hand shaking as he stroked his beard. There were many chemicals and reagents at his disposal, but what would work? His eyes spotted the open book on the table. The poem spoke of weapons against the Vicis; Frost and snake heads. Quintus didn’t know how snake heads played a role, but frost seemed straight forward; His Chill Bone potion certainly had an effect. The question was how to use frost as a weapon.

The answer was there. It was what separated a wizard from an ordinary alchemist. Magic. Real Magic. Quintus pulled a jar of mage-essence from the shelf. He dumped a healthy portion into the mortar.

As he worked, the implications registered in his mind. Magic didn’t come cheap. A wizard paid for it with his spirit. Sacrifice was required. And, at his age, he may only have so much to give. He grabbed frost-stone from a bowl and added them to the mortar.

A heavy object slammed into the door, causing Quintus to jump. Another slam. Wood splintered. The monster had an ax.

“You should’ve played nice, Quintus,” Nonus shouted. “I would’ve made it quick, but now I’m not so sure. Perhaps you’ll make an excellent vessel.” The ax slammed again, forming a small breach. It wouldn’t be long.

Quintus ground the frost-stone with the pestle. He snatched a large pinch of powdered-rage, adding it to the mix.

The ax broke through. A hole formed large enough to fit three fingers. Another swing sent splinters scattering onto the barricaded table.

“Almost there,” Quintus whispered. The frost-stone was close to a fine powder.

Nonus thrust a hand through the hole. His fingers traced down to the lock and turned it. The hand disappeared back through the hole.

Quintus dumped the powder into a beaker of water and stirred.

The table legs screeched across the stone floor as Nonus pushed. It was strong. A crack soon formed as the door opened little by little.

Quintus drank. The mix poured cold down through his body as if ice formed on his innards. Breath turned to vapor with each exhale.

The Vicis forced the door open enough to squeeze through. Nonus smiled. His steps were slow. He had all the time in the world. “I think I’ll make you a vessel after all. I promise you it’s an excruciating process.”

“Stay back,” warned Quintus, his body growing colder. He plucked a lantern from the wall and chucked it.

Nonus swatted, shattering the glass casing, its flaming contents splashed against the bookshelf. Old parchment from Quintus’s books ignited instantly. Fiery fingers lept from one area of the lab to the next, black smoke billowing up to the ceiling.

The monster’s strong hands reached out and grasped the sides of the wizard’s head.

Quintus sucked in a deep breath. It was now or never. Their faces inches apart, he exhaled, his breath freezing everything in its path. Crystals formed on the face of his enemy.

The Vicis screamed out in pain, falling back.

Quintus looked down at his hands. They were blue.

This was his moment. His moment to perform real Magic. His body somehow created an unnatural cold. A cold he could direct. But, how long he could keep it up, he didn’t know.

Quintus reached out. Waves of frost emanated from his fingertips, embracing the Vicis. It stumbled and fell. Each movement was slow, weak. There was fear on its face for the first time as it struggled to crawl from the room.

Quintus followed. He focused the blue light of cold onto the fleeing creature.

Nonus squeezed through the door on all fours. Quintus pushed passed, stepping between the Vicis and the ascending ladder.

“Back!” Quintus ordered, herding the imposter toward the mine’s vertical tunnel.

Quintus started to feel weak, the magic exacting its stiff price on his body. It could be minutes, maybe less.

“Back!” He pushed the cold forward. The air crackled as the corridor’s foodstuffs froze in its path.

Nonus let out a wounded screech before slithering down the vertical tunnel with Quintus close behind.

The Vicis

Albus stood at the center of the rebel dugout, sword drawn, scanning the dark interior as Rufus cowered outside.

“Nothing,” Albus said, staring at the bare table and empty watchman’s chair. “No bodies. No sign of struggle.”

“How can there be nothing?” asked Rufus. “They wouldn’t abandon their only outpost.”

“No they wouldn’t,” Albus muttered.

He walked over to the ladder. Complete darkness rested at the bottom.

“I’m Commander Albus of Caisus,” he shouted.

“Sir!” Rufus squeaked at his booming voice.

“I invoke a parlay,” Albus finished.

No answer.

“Nothing,” he said again. “We’ll have to go down and–”

“Sir!” Rufus shouted again.

Albus rushed out of the dugout. The recruit’s outstretched finger focused on a meandering line of dark smoke splitting the bright amber moon.

“That’s–” Albus said, putting the looking glass to his eye. “–my outpost.”

“Another fire?” Rufus asked.

A knot twisted at the base of Albus’s stomach. “We have to go.”

“What about the rebels?”

“If I had to guess–” Albus started running, shouting over his shoulder, “–they’re all dead.”

#

Albus raced across the desert. To gain speed, he’d discarded his helmet and armor a mile passed. Up ahead, the outpost-–his outpost–approached fast.

Albus glanced over his shoulder. A winded Rufus had started to fall behind.

“Move it!”

“I–I’m sorry, Sir,” Rufus yelled back, out of breath.

Albus cursed the soldier. Didn’t he know what was at stake?

“Just…don’t you dare stop running, Recruit.”

“Y–Ye–Yes, Sir.”

The knot in Albus’s stomach tightened as he approached the dugout. It was absent of lantern light. There were no alarm bells to signal his approach. A part of him hoped the watchman had simply fallen asleep, but another part–that knot in his stomach part, told him the Vicis was responsible.

Albus drew his sword and dropped the scabbard before ducking through the threshold. It was marginally darker inside the dugout, but enough light filtered through the lancets to create a silhouette of a man seated in the watchman’s chair. Small ears, large head, and broad shoulders–it was Otho. A dagger’s handle jutted from between his shoulder blades. Dead.

“Back!” Quintus’s voice floated up from deeper down.

Albus left Otho and descended. In a hurry, he poked his head in each of the rooms. Tatius’s door was still locked while Quintus’s had burnt down to the hinges along with everything else in the lab.

“Back I say!” Quintus shouted from further below.

Albus rushed down the mine’s vertical tunnel. The air around him grew cold enough to force a shiver.

At the bottom, Plinius and Gallus lay broken and motionless. Quintus was on the floor, head propped against the sieve apparatus. The wizard’s hand stretched out toward the tunnels as blue shimmers extended from his fingers. Ice coated the floor and walls in its path.

“Quintus,” Albus said.

Quintus turned his head. A once gray beard had turned stark white. The fleshy parts of his face had sunk against the skull, leaving behind a weak old man.

“Albus, thank The One you’re here,” said Quintus before he coughed. “I didn’t think I could hold on long enough.”

“I’m here now, Quintus,” Albus said as he took the wizard’s head in his hand, the knot in his stomach hardening with resolve. “Now tell me, where’s this Vicis and how do I kill it?”

“It’s not that easy,” Quintus’s voice softened as some of the light left his eyes. Albus had to crane his head to hear the rest. “Listen.” Quintus laid a hand on the commander’s arm. “It wants to infest and destroy the Empire, but can’t get there alone. It’s weakened by the cold. It wouldn’t make it across the mountains separating No Man’s Land from the rest of the Empire. Not without the caravan to ferry it there.”

“The caravan due in two days?”

Quintus nodded. “Frost and snake heads.”

Albus shook his head, confused.

“Weapons the Vicis dreads,” Quintus continued. “Frost is the cold that weakens it, but I don’t know about the snake heads.”

“I don’t understand–” Albus started to say, but stopped as Quintus’s eyes slid shut. The cold vapors of his breath were gone. He was dead.

“Troublesome people, wizards,” Albus’s voice emerged from the dark mine tunnel on the right.

Albus looked up, questioning if he’d actually heard it.

From the shadows, a man–matching Albus in every detail–walked out into the sieve room, sword in hand. The commander stared at his reflection. Neither of them wore armor as the real Albus had ditched his in the desert for speed.

Albus set Quintus’s head to the floor with care, removed the ruby ring from the wizard’s beard, and climbed to his feet. He slid the ring on the thumb of his sword hand. Quintus would be there in spirit as he plunged the blade in the monster’s chest. Justice would be served.

“Vicis,” The real Albus growled through gritted teeth, sword leveled at his enemy’s throat.

“Commander, I’m here and–” said Rufus, climbing down. He stopped at the sight of the two dead miners. His gaze moved to dead Quintus against the apparatus, then the commander and his double. “May The One protect me for my eyes deceive me.”

Albus/Vicis pointed his sword at the real Albus. “Stop the imposter, Rufus. He killed Otho and the others.”

The Decision

Rufus moved at the sound of Albus’s booming voice, prepared to attack the other.

“Stop,” ordered the other Albus. “This thing,” he pointed at his reflection, “once held the form of that wounded Imperial. It was responsible for the death of all those rebels and every one of our fellows here.”

Rufus stared at the two identical men. “You both look and speak the same,” he whined. “I’m sorry, Sir. I don’t know what to do.”

“Simple. Kill him,” An Albus said, again pointing his sword at the other commander. Rufus didn’t budge.

Rufus cursed himself for not having better sense. The real commander would know how to pick and he couldn’t exactly ask that man’s advice right now.

Forced to rely on his own faculties, Rufus scanned the two men. Both wore the uniform of an Imperial soldier, absent any implements of armor. Swords were standard issue. Identical down to the placement of every last hair, nothing separated them. Everything except…except for a ruby ring. On the thumb of one of the Albuses, it was Quintus’s ring.

How did that help? It certainly separated them at least. But, who was the real Albus? The ring could be loot from the imposter’s kill or it could have been for the commander’s strong sense of justice. To have Quintus there as he drove in the finishing blow. But, which was it?

“Curses, Recruit,” The Ringless-Albus spouted. “Your indecision is unacceptable. I gave you an order to kill this imposter. Now, kill him!”

Albus–with a ring–turned and stared at Rufus. “Every man has to make their own decisions. Time to be a man, Recruit. Make your decision and live with it, but most importantly…make a decision.”

Rufus scratched his cheek. There was only one person who ever tried to make him better despite his many failings.

Rufus raised his sword at his choice and said, “Surrender or be killed.”

“No!” Ringless-Albus screamed, raised his sword, and charged.

Rufus swung first. His blade was deflected and a sandal punched up into his gut, knocking him against the sieve apparatus.

A sword pierced the shoulder of Rufus’s chosen ally. That ringed-commander fell to the ground with a painful bellow.

Ringless-Albus charged Rufus. Strong hands wrapped around his throat, bending his back over the sieve’s wall with incredible force. Thumbs were pressing into his windpipe.

A roar broke through the strangling grunts of Rufus and his attacker. The Ringed-Albus, sword still in his shoulder, rushed in and embraced the man at Rufus’s throat. He lifted and dropped his double face-first against the brass mesh of the sieve.

“Pull the rope!” Ringed-Albus yelled.

Rufus did as he was told, throwing his weight down on the rope. The layers of brass mesh–sharp enough to cut stone–moved in opposing directions, shearing the face pressed against them.

Ringless-Albus let out a hideous screech as his face was removed layer by layer until, within seconds, only a bloodied stump remained above the chin. His body slid out from under Albus’s hand and crumpled to the ground.

Albus’s chuckle was dry. “Snake heads.”

“Sir?” Rufus asked, between breaths.

“Frost and snake heads,” Albus said, staring at Quintus’s ring on his thumb. “The wizard was there to the end, after all.” He looked up at Rufus. “How do you kill a snake, Recruit?”

Rufus scratched his head. The question felt like a trick. “Cut off its head?”

“Exactly,” Albus replied, looking down at the headless imposter at his feet.

The Inevitable

“With the rebel’s camp wiped clean,” Rufus said to Albus, “we’ll never have another moment of excitement out here.”

Albus nodded, never taking his eyes off the caravan as it grew smaller against the horizon. “May we be that lucky, Second.” Albus used the young soldier’s promoted rank.

Despite the dishonorable post in No Man’s Land, Albus had helped save the Empire from a dangerous enemy. It was enough to lighten his heart for the first time in five years. If he was left out in the desert for the remainder of his service, he knew he could be satisfied. Nothing could take away his final victory.

#

Tatius looked out through the barred window of his cell on wheels, the rear carriage of the caravan. He watched as the Imperial outpost disappeared against the desert terrain.

A sinister smile stretched across his face.

It would be at least a day before anyone found the mutilated corpse of the real Tatius tucked under the cot. The human’s chest had ripped open where Tatius-Vicis crawled out. And, by the time the vessel was discovered, Tatius–or Tacius/Vicis–would make a miraculous recovery from his heat madness. After the snow-laden mountains, the caravan’s soldiers would make excellent vessels themselves. From there, the Empire in all its haughty pride would crumble from within, a Vicis at its head.

  • Continue Reading

Published by Karl Rademacher on June 30, 2014. This item is listed in Novellas, Serial Novellas

Kestor

By Patrick Keating

Kestor was originally published by Silver Blade Magazine in February 2011

Chapter One

D’Ahid burst into the woodsmith’s shop, scattering clouds of sawdust under his feet. “The Imperials captured Kestor. They’ll execute him.”

The woodsmith continued to work. “Good.”

D’Ahid could scarce believe his older brother’s words. “Abra…”

“That criminal and glory-hound names himself after a figure from legend, and thinks us stupid enough to believe he’s that same hero returned. I pray to Ruala he dies in agony.”

“Has your gumption galloped off? Kestor saved our lives.”

“Father died. I’d pay to spit on Kestor’s head when the Imperials put it on display.”

“Kestor has helped us all.”

Abra glared at him. “Helped? Thanks to Kestor, our homes and shops were searched time and again at governor Katral’s whim. All the while Kestor remained safe in those mountain caverns.”

He blew some sawdust aside. “At last life can return to normal.”

Normal? D’Ahid thought. Without Kestor, matters will downslide.

Abra resumed working. “Have you finished packing?”

D’Ahid stabbed a finger at a canvas bag in the far corner.

“Off with you, then. Best you don’t run late.”

“You don’t care what befalls Kestor?”

Abra sighed and ran his hand through his thinning blond hair. “Enough of Kestor. Concern yourself with your journey to Serlo and your apprenticeship to Drenu. Few enjoy that honor.”

D’Ahid grit his teeth at Abra’s obstinacy. He’d have better luck teaching fish to fly. Abra wouldn’t listen. He never listened.

“I know. I appreciate the opportunity, but I– Are you sure you don’t need me here?”

“I’ll be fine. We’ll all be, with Kestor now in chains.”

D’Ahid exploded, despite himself. “You ungrateful, callous… mule brain! You’d be dead if not for Kestor; and if the Imperials kill him, we’ll all be antelope among the lions.”

He grabbed his bag and slammed the door behind him.

* * *

Abra blinked away the sawdust, and resumed sanding the plank with quick, sharp thrusts. D’Ahid was ungrateful, not him. Because that terrorist had caused Father’s death, Abra had been forced to raise D’Ahid and forego the opportunity to study in Serlo.

In time, D’Ahid would understand. At least they didn’t idolize Kestor in Serlo; and Drenu would keep the boy busy, teaching him woodworking skills that would exceed Abra’s own. D’Ahid would soon forget about Kestor.

* * *

The village of Ijnag lay nestled in a small valley in the Ikswok mountain range, and was home to both the wood hovels of the six hundred residents and the stone garrisons of the less than two hundred Imperial invaders who ‘policed’ the community. As he walked north along the cobblestone L’Eroii Road towards the carriage station, D’Ahid glanced to the west, at the old mines where villagers of all ages had once toiled.

“I warrant Abra would gripe about Kestor causing their closing,” he muttered. He kicked a stone, and watched it skitter ahead of him.

Time and again, over the decade since his arrival, Kestor had sabotaged mining operations until the Imperials had wearied of the battle and abandoned the mines. They should have left Ijnag as well.

Why couldn’t Abra understand that Governor Katral had killed Solmon; and if not for Kestor, the sons would have died with the father?

A funeral atmosphere permeated the market stalls. Even the gossips kept quiet. Perhaps the people realized that without Kestor the Imperial terror would worsen. But if they had any gratitude, they’d storm the ancient castle at the southern end of the square and free the rebel leader, the Imperials’ penchant for ruthless reprisals be damned.

True, some had given Kestor covert succor over the years; but now no one spoke for him. The people would remain quiet, denying Kestor if asked where their loyalties lay.

The thought filled D’Ahid with disgust, but who was he to complain? How had he helped Kestor?

He looked to the eastern mountains, and knew he’d never see Serlo; never study under Drenu. For years, he’d vowed that one day he’d join the rebels. He’d wait no longer. Let others cower in their homes. He would take a stand.

He didn’t move.

For a long moment, D’Ahid worked to dredge up his courage. Then, steeling himself, he stepped into a nearby shop and purchased a lantern.

On the way out, he paused to pet the stray silver-furred cat the shop owner had adopted years ago. Soon after Kestor’s appearance many had asserted that the animal— whose fur was the same hue as the rebel leader’s hair— had heralded his arrival. Many also believed that showing kindness to the cat would bring good luck. D’Ahid needed luck. As did Kestor.

Suppose the rebels didn’t want his help? He forced the doubt aside. He owed it Kestor to try.

As Abra’s brother, D’Ahid had leave to enter the greenwood at the foot of the mountains and fell trees as needed for the woodsmith’s shop. The guard on duty, used to seeing him on a regular basis, gave him an indifferent glance as he went by.

Once out of sight, D’Ahid climbed the slope toward the caverns. Once, years before Kestor’s arrival, he’d gone into the mountains, imagining himself a great explorer. But he’d found the caverns dark, cold and frightening, and had run away.

Not this time.

The chilly, dusty caverns proved a labyrinth. No wonder the Imperials raided about as often as a full-twice moon in one month. Slim odds of finding the rebels. And often the rebels made lightning strikes against those troopers still in the village during those raids. But they should have done more than act as a burr under the saddle; more to make clear their displeasure.

After upwards of an hour, D’Ahid came to a passage that curved to the left; and at that curve shadows danced on the wall. He tip-toed forward. Someone had anchored a sconce to the rock, and set a lit torch within it.

Several feet further on, another sconce had been set on the opposite wall. His pulse quickened and he hurried on.

And found no one.

He wandered through more torch-lit passages and caverns for what he reckoned was another twenty minutes, before stepping from a large open cavern into a smaller cave. He’d scarce taken another step when a voice echoed around him.

“Who are you?”

D’Ahid spun around, his heart hammering. A lithe, comely girl had come into the cave behind him. She held a torch in her left hand, and her shaved head— save for a single lock of red hair on her forehead— marked her as one of the Noret Mountain people. How had she ended up in Ijnag, as one of Kestor’s followers?

“I want to help Kestor.”

She chuckled. “You help Kestor, lad? You?” She spoke with a pleasant burr, despite her challenging tone.

“I….” She spoke truth. What help could he give? He should go, not embarrass himself further.

No. He’d come this far. He’d not turn tail. “I’m no child. I’ve reached twenty summers, lass. How many have you known? Eighteen?”

She smiled. “Twenty-four. I like your attitude, boy. But why would you help Kestor?”

“He saved my life. My name is D’Ahid, and long ago–”

“In Phaned’s name!” She grabbed his arm. “Come with me.”

She rushed him through the labyrinth until they came to a large cave lit by a score of torches. Her words echoed through the cave as she called out.

“Lan, Telrac. I have an intruder in the council chambers.”

Several tunnels extended from the cave like the tendrils of a spider’s web, and D’Ahid had no idea which they’d taken. If they didn’t believe him and left him here, would he ever find his way out? He’d heard that the caverns extended as far as Noret, and the girl’s presence— the woman’s, he corrected himself— seemed to confirm that.

“I— I did come to help. Kestor once saved–”

She waved him off. “He makes an interesting claim.”

“What does he claim?” A voice came from somewhere to D’Ahid’s right. He held out his lantern and two men stepped into the light. One was a head taller than D’Ahid and muscular, with thinning gray hair and the thick beard of a farmer— though D’Ahid had never seen him in the market. The other stranger was leaner, and wore his long brown hair braided on the right in the custom of the southern Cinat region.

“Who is this, Jeni?” The bearded man spoke as if D’Ahid were a dinner guest. The Cinat said nothing, but he wore an aura of alertness; his eyes darting about the cavern.

“He claims he wants to help us, Lan,” the woman— Jeni— said. “Tell them your name, boy.”

“My name is D’Ahid. I’m-”

The men exchanged glances. The Cinat caught D’Ahid in his gaze, and his eyes narrowed. “Impossible. Thou cannot be D’Ahid.”

“D’Ahid.” the bearded man— Lan— spoke with an almost reverent tone. “We witness the fulfillment of Kestor’s first prophecy.”

“He can’t be D’Ahid,” Jeni insisted.

“Kestor’s prophecies have always come to pass.” Lan grasped D’Ahid’s shoulders, as if bestowing a blessing. D’Ahid tensed.

“Welcome, my friend. Long have we expected you. You wish to help Kestor?”

D’Ahid was nonplussed. “I- If I can. I don’t understand. What do you mean? I didn’t tell anyone I was coming.”

“Why didst thou come?” Telrac demanded.

“I— I wanted to help. To repay Kestor for saving me.”

Lan nodded. “And you shall help us rescue Kestor.”

“How?”

“By becoming him.”

* * *

Governor Katral drank in the sight of the silver– haired man standing shackled before him.

At last!

“Can this be the mighty Kestor?” He cast a disdainful glance at the outlaw’s ‘clothing.’ Barbaric. Unlike Katral’s own machine-stitched, tailored uniform, Kestor wore a hand-sewn stiff leather jerkin reinforced with interconnecting bronze links, and leather trousers protected by bronze greaves.

The outlaw’s one blue eye blazed with defiance. Even in shackles and rags Kestor projected a commanding aura. As a soldier, Katral admired that defiance. He also would not cower under threat of death.

“Can this be the insignificant Katral?” Kestor’s raspy voice— the result of an incompetent assassin’s attempt to slash his throat four years earlier— sounded bored.

A guard struck him. “Show respect.”

Kestor laughed, as blood flowed into his thick beard. “Respect for a murderer and coward? Never.”

The guard raised his hand again, but Katral shook his head. “Let him be. He attempts to cover his fear of impending death with bravado. I don’t skulk in the mountains, Kestor. I don’t hide behind a mask.”

Kestor chuckled. “Fear of impending death? I’ve known for years I would die today. Do you Imperials not know the legends of my people? ‘Kestor sees beyond tomorrow.'”

“Then I trust you’ve seen the need to say your final prayers. You should have killed me years ago when you had the chance.”

The outlaw smiled. “That would have been a joy; but you weren’t destined to die that day. You will soon enough; and if I told you the circumstances, you’d wish I had killed you. At least you’d have died with a modicum of dignity.”

He grinned. “The knowledge of your fate is satisfactory revenge.”

Katral frowned. Revenge? He’d never met Kestor before the outlaw’s arrival in Ijnag. Yet, there was a familiarity about him, though a census at the time had accounted for everyone. So where had he seen the man? No matter. Kestor would soon die.

And his own death lay decades away.

“Shall I escort him to the square, my Lord?” the guard asked.

“No. The people will see his head on display soon enough.”

Kestor watched with a calm, indifferent expression.

“Shall I reveal your future? You’ll not be governor much longer.”

“Indeed. Your execution means my promotion.” And about time. While lesser men wield power back home, my talents have been wasted in this insignificant colony.

Kestor smiled, and lowered his voice to a whisper. “In a manner of speaking. Shall I tell you something else? If you had not agreed to Rehar’s request for access to Enkelrea— in the hopes that whatever science he found there would help extend your power and prestige— I would never have come here. You would not have faced my rebellion.”

“That’s not possible. Rehar—”

A knock interrupted Katral’s reply. He turned to the lieutenant in the doorway. “Yes, Josald?”

Lieutenant Josald bowed. “My Lord, Lord Tragh will arrive within the hour.”

Success. At last, Lord Tragh had consented to visit. And at the moment of Katral’s greatest triumph. He’d soon enjoy responsibilities at the Royal Court.

“Excellent. Kestor’s head will greet him.” He gestured to the guards at the doors, even as he dismissed the outlaw’s ramblings. “Bring in his followers.”

Katral regarded the outlaw. Kestor still showed no concern, and instead appeared to await the climax of some private joke.

Moments later the troopers shoved three shackled and bloodied outlaws— two Cinat women and a Noret man— into the room. Hatred blazed in their eyes. The man was lanky, and blood encrusted his blond lock. One woman was stocky and had a hint of gray in her dark, braided hair. The other was of medium build; with hair that might be honey-colored when cleansed of blood.

Katral turned back to Kestor. “Any final words? You may beg forgiveness, but that will not accord you clemency.”

“Beg? We will beg for nothing from you. We need nothing from you. Noule is a free country, and we will drive you out, just as we closed your mines.”

Katral laughed. A free country? Noule was a loose assemblage of city-states with no central government and meager trade. No one from Ijnag had traveled more than twenty miles from home; and travel was the only means of contact with another community.

He glanced at the burnished bronze oval receptacle on his desk. By contrast, he could dispatch messages throughout the castle via a network of pneumatic conduits; and another pneumatic system, beneath the streets, communicated with garrisons in neighboring villages. The Empire brought such civilized benefits to these primitives. If Noule ever did become a country, it could thank Imperial guidance.

No, Kestor and his rabble had only been a local nuisance. Katral could have re-opened his mines with ease, had the Royal Court not focused Its attention on mining operations elsewhere. Those operations had continued unabated, while Katral’s mines remained closed. Did those incompetents at the Royal Court not understand how that decision had bolstered Kestor’s credibility?

He forced himself to relax. He’d soon transfer out. Let another deal with Ijnag’s problems.

“We’ll still be here long after you’ve faded from memory.”

The outlaw met his gaze with a look of calm assurance. “Kestor will never die.”

With a fluid movement, Katral unsheathed his ceremonial dagger, and drove it into the outlaw’s chest. “Indeed? Tell me more about this amusing theory.”

As Kestor sank to the ground, blood pumping from the wound, a trooper burst into the room. He drew up short as the guards raised their swords.

“M– my Lord, we’re under attack.”

Katral regarded the dying outlaw. “Seems your followers are a bit tardy. Underlings. How unreliable.”

He nodded to the guards, who lowered their swords. “Why the panic, trooper? Without Kestor, the outlaws are only a rabble.”

The trooper stared wide-eyed at the man at Katral’s feet. “Sir, they’re- they’ve-”

“Out with it!”

“My Lord, Kestor leads them.”

“Impossible! Kestor is here.” Katral kicked the outlaw, who groaned.

“I swear by all that’s holy, my Lord. Kestor and the other outlaws are at the inner gates.”

Katral rushed to the balcony and looked down at the courtyard. “It’s not possible,” he whispered. A man dressed like Kestor, but also wearing a bronze breast plate and the outlaw’s famous battle mask of heavy gauge leather, had engaged the palace guard. He fought alongside the rest of the outlaw’s followers.

He looked back at the man he’d stabbed, and blanched. “It’s a trick.”

The dying man managed a weak smile. “Kestor is eternal, unlike you.” He fell back and lay still.

“My lord, what do we do?”

Katral said nothing, his attention torn between the dead outlaw before him and the living one leading an assault on his stronghold.

* * *

As D’Ahid squeezed the trigger of a stolen Imperial weapon again and again, he shouted curses at the troopers. He didn’t care that they couldn’t hear him over both the noise of the fight and the material of the battle mask he wore. What joy to see fear in an Imperial’s eyes for a change.

Even so, he trembled beneath his disguise. How could this impersonation help? So much could go wrong. The metal mesh eye patch over his left eye let him see— after a fashion— but he still lacked peripheral vision. And even if he hadn’t needed to hide the fact that he had both eyes, how could he hope to rescue Kestor?

It seemed as if a windstorm had swept him to this moment. The rebels had rushed him to a cave where they kept a copy of Kestor’s battle armor. Before he knew it, he was wearing it. Then they’d taken him to a small, hidden dell. There, the rebels stabled their horses, and kept a humble garden for food.

D’Ahid stole a glance at his companions as they pressed forward. The horse he rode had been well trained, and responded to his clumsy attempts at commands. Jeni, at his right, fired a steady salvo of shots. Lan and Telrac, to either side of them, unleashed their arrows with lethal accuracy.

“Don’t give them a chance to regroup,” she ordered. “Imperial troopers fear Kestor. Use that fear.”

“But I’m not Kestor. They must see that.” And the castle guards outnumbered the rebels at least four to one.

“No. They only see the armor and what it symbolizes.”

A volley of shots rang out from within the castle. Telrac drew his mount up next to D’Ahid’s. “There. Our brethren hath escaped.”

“Give them cover,” Lan ordered.

Two Cinat women and a Noret man raced across the courtyard. The man carried the limp form of a silver-haired man over his shoulder. Kestor.

“Kestor’s dead,” he said. He lay the rebel leader’s body across Lan’s mount, as D’Ahid clutched tight the reins of his own steed. His ears must have deceived him. Kestor couldn’t be dead. And if he were, how could that man sound so calm?

Before D’Ahid could speak, the women doubled up behind Jeni and Telrac, and the man behind him. Then the rebels galloped into the mountains. The man and one of the women fired back at the pursuing troopers. The other woman regarded D’Ahid with narrowed eyes.

“Who be this?”

“Later,” Lan said. D’Ahid saw that he fought back tears. “Let’s get Kestor home.”

* * *

D’Ahid kept looking over his right shoulder as the rebels raced toward one of the caverns.

“Worry not,” Telrac said. “Our enemies will not find us.”

“That man said Kestor is dead. Of course I’m worried.”

“We still live and shall continue to fight.”

As the rebels rushed through the maze— the way illuminated by the tiny lanterns they’d pulled from their saddle bags, and lit while still moving— D’Ahid felt renewed respect. Even in half darkness, and at a full gallop, they knew their way around the labyrinth as well as he knew his own hovel.

At length, they dismounted in a small cave. The stockier woman took Kestor, and lay him down at the far side of the cave with reverence. Then she turned on D’Ahid, venom in her voice.

“Who be thee? How dare thou mock us?”

D’Ahid’s trembling fingers struggled to remove the battle mask and armor. “I– My name is D’Ahid. Lan asked me to wear this. I’m sorry.”

“D’Ahid?” The woman turned to Lan with an expression of disbelief. Lan nodded.

“He’s the one, Marifo. The one Kestor said would come.”

What one? “I don’t understand. How could Kestor— or anyone— have known I’d come to you?”

“He doesn’t know about the prophecy?” the Noret man asked.

“Not everything, Adrow. I’d hoped we’d have succeeded, and would’ve thwarted the second part of the prophecy.”

Adrow looked over at Kestor’s body, which Marifo had begun wrapping in a linen shroud. “Katral killed him just as you began your assault. You couldn’t have saved him. Not even I could have, and I stood as close to him as I do to you.”

Lan bowed his head. “Kestor said we’d fail to save him. I’d hoped he’d be wrong this once; that he’d train the boy himself.”

“Thou hast always said prophecy cannot be averted,” Telrac said.

“I- I’m not a boy. And what are you talking about? Please.”

Lan gave D’Ahid a wan smile. “Forgive us. Ten years ago, Kestor came to the people of Noule, and he saved both your brother’s life and your own.”

“I know.”

“Not even we know whence he came, but he arrived as if in fulfillment of the ancient legends that he’d return when needed. On that day, he made his first prophecy.”

“Lan,” Telrac cut in, a warning tone in his voice. “I would speak with thee.” He indicated the far end of the cave.

Lan nodded. “If you’ll excuse us, D’Ahid?”

“All right.” D’Ahid glanced at the others. What lay behind their stares? Did they blame him for Kestor’s death? He hadn’t wanted to impersonate the rebel leader. He’d only wanted to help.

* * *

“What is it?” Lan asked.

“Are thou certain he be the one?” Telrac whispered.

“‘The boy named D’Ahid will come to the followers of Kestor. And on that day, he will be your leader. He shall be Kestor,'” Lan quoted. “Has anyone else named D’Ahid ever come to us? And remember, only we knew of the prophecy.”

“I know what the prophecy says, but can we trust this boy, indoctrinated in the Imperial schools? Where lie his sympathies?”

“With us.”

“How can thou be certain?”

“Aside from the fact that he sought us out and risked his life in the rescue? Because Kestor saw D’Ahid as one of us. Have not all of Kestor’s prophecies come to pass?”

Telrac glanced back at the tall, young stranger. “Thou speaks true, but we need more than faith.”

“Not I.”

* * *

After an eternity, Lan and Telrac returned.

D’Ahid licked his lips. “What were you discussing?”

“Kestor’s instructions,” Lan said. “He told his first follower, Monsi of Trepe, that one day you’d come to us, and that you would become the new Kestor.

D’Ahid jumped back. “That’s insane. I’m just a woodsmith. Or will be. One day.”

Adrow regarded him with a jaundiced eye. “No one can replace Kestor.”

D’Ahid held up his hands. “I don’t want to replace him.”

Lan turned to Adrow. “Kestor chose the boy. Just as he called on each of us to follow him. You know that as well as I.”

“You must have misunderstood,” D’Ahid said. “Why would Kestor choose someone as unimportant as me?”

“Thou makes a good point,” Marifo said. “Wouldst thou have a child lead us, Lan?”

D’Ahid bristled at that. He was no one who mattered, but he was no child, either.

“Don’t take offense,” Jeni told him. She turned to Marifo. “Kestor saw the leader he’ll become.”

“You hope,” Adrow muttered.

D’Ahid turned on the man, surprising himself. “I helped save you. I don’t want to lead anyone, but show some thanks for the risks I took.”

“These last two years I’ve risked my life more times than you can count to protect Noule from the Imperials; so don’t you ever–”

Lan stepped between them, and D’Ahid sighed with relief. He didn’t want to fight Kestor’s people.

“Enough.” Lan’s tone was stern, and his eyes flashed as he fixed his gaze on Adrow. “Kestor’s prophecies have always come to pass. He saw that D’Ahid would pick up his banner when he fell.”

Adrow snorted. “I’ll take the horses to the dell.”

“But why him?” asked the other woman they’d rescued. Her tone seemed to balance disappointment and disbelief. D’Ahid seethed, but kept his tongue as she went on. “How long do we wait for him to become a leader?”

“We don’t wait, Amthra. D’Ahid leads us now, and I’ll follow him so long as I draw breath.”

He’s mad, D’Ahid thought. He’s never seen me before today.

“I want to join your fight, but I can’t replace Kestor. And no one knows the future. Whatever Kestor told your friend, you misheard.”

Jeni lowered her eyes. “Monsi of Trepe. He and Jada of Serdow gave their lives to deliver Kestorand myself two years ago.”

“I’m sorry.” D’Ahid looked over at the shrouded body of the man who’d once saved him. The man he’d failed to save. “I’m sorry we didn’t rescue Kestor, too. I tried my best, but–”

“You helped save the others,” Jeni said.

“No. They escaped on their own.”

Amthra stepped forward. “No. Thy attack gave us the diversion we needed. If not for thee, we’d have been slain.”

“Thanks. But Kestor is dead, and no good can come of that.” He started towards the body, but Marifo blocked his way.

“No. Thou may have helped us, but thou be not one of us.”

“I only wanted to pay my respects.”

“Let him pass,” Lan said. “He’ll do no harm.”

“Of course I won’t.”

Marifo seemed to consider, then stepped aside. D’Ahid knelt before the body of his hero. He’d always wanted to meet Kestor, talk with him, learn from him.

“How can I replace him? I failed him.”

Lan’s voice was gentle. “You weren’t meant to save him. Kestor knew his destiny, and he didn’t shirk from it. I wish I had half as much courage.”

“Did Kestor prophesy about all of you?”

“No,” Jeni said. “Yours is one of the few names he mentioned.”

“We still know naught about the last prophecy,” Amthra said.

D’Ahid stood. “Last prophecy?”

Lan joined him. “Kestor wrote and sealed the only prophecy that has not yet come to pass— so far as we know. We are not to open it until a date five years hence. He didn’t say why. Nor do we know why a message for Marifo is not to be opened until then.”

“Did Kestor write many prophecies?”

“Only the one to be opened in five years,” Jeni said. “Kestor made few prophecies, but he spoke them.”

“Then how can you be sure what he told Monsi? Kestor couldn’t have intended for me to lead you. I could never replace him. Besides, the Imperials know he’s dead.”

“A handful saw Katral kill him,” Lan said. “Many more saw you in the courtyard. They’ll believe Kestor is invincible. You knows the legends?”

“Kestor was a great warrior and just king who ruled long before the Imperials came. They say he couldn’t die.” D’Ahid looked at the body again. “I wish that were true.”

“But it is. For you are now Kestor.”

“No, I’m not! That is Kestor, and Kestor is dead!”

“The man is dead, but Kestor is a symbol of freedom. He passed that symbol to you.”

“Was he the original Kestor?” D’Ahid asked, as Adrow returned. The question seemed almost blasphemous, but he had to know. “Or was he another impostor?”

“He came to us in a time of need, as the ancient legends foretold,” Adrow said. “He is the only Kestor.”

“I said I don’t want to replace him.”

D’Ahid turned back to Lan. “But if he’s the original Kestor, he should be immortal.”

Lan smiled. “Immortality takes many forms. Consider the poet Eniarr. Even the Imperials acknowledge her work as great literature. Has she not gained immortality through that work, written centuries ago?”

“Do you jest? That’s not the same.”

“It is in the ways that matter. Just as Eniarr’s words keep her alive in our minds and hearts, that armor keeps Kestor and his dreams alive.”

Lan turned to the others. “The legends said Kestor would return, but they didn’t say he’d not be reborn. I believe the man we followed all these years came to us to prepare the way for the one who would come after him— D’Ahid.”

D’Ahid said nothing. Why bother? He couldn’t reason against Lan’s fanaticism.

“Whether the man who led us was the original Kestor doesn’t matter,” Jeni said. “He led the fight for independence. If D’Ahid will help continue that fight, he can call himself the Goddess Ruala for all I care.”

“Abra wants me to be a woodsmith,” D’Ahid said. “Kestor wanted me to succeed him. What about what I want?”

“What do you want?” Jeni asked.

“I… I want to make a difference. Somehow.”

“You will,” Lan said.

“I pray so. What was Kestor like? Did he have family?”

“He never spoke of them,” Amthra said. “We became his family.”

“I think he had children,” Jeni said. “He seemed protective of me, as though I reminded him of a daughter; but he never said why. I never asked. Perhaps I should have.”

* * *

Lord Tragh holstered his weapon, and regarded Katral’s body. He’d come a long way to see Kestor’s corpse, only to find that an uncomfortable journey had wasted his time. Then that coward had unleashed a litany of blubbering excuses for his failures. Worse, Katral had let the outlaws escape with Kestor’s body. The fool should have executed him in public.

Lord Tragh called for his lieutenant. He’d have Katral’s head displayed in the capitol as a warning. As to the body, burial in the inner courtyard gardens. Katral failed as a governor; perhaps he’ll succeed as fertilizer.

Vainglorious fool. No wonder it had taken a decade to capture Kestor; and then only by blind luck. But Katral had to foul that up, too.

“Send a dispatch to the capitol for a replacement.”

* * *

Governor Garn leaned back in the plush velvet seat of the gold-plated, horse-drawn carriage and frowned. How could civilized people travel in this manner?

She sat in comfort, but that comfort was offset by the carriage’s constant jarring as it navigated the cobblestone street. Then there was the steady clip clop of the horses hooves; the driver’s shouted commands to the animals; and worst of all, there was that stench.

Damn Katral. Because of him, she’d endured an interminable journey from civilization with neither rest nor her belongings. Those would follow sometime “later.”

Very well, if she must live in this sty, she’d not only rid it of the ersatz Kestor, she’d also introduce civilized transportation. Every major Imperial city utilized a network of pneumatic transport conduits for both passengers and cargo. It was efficient. It was… civilized. Under her guidance, this region would renounce its primitive ways.

The carriage offered one advantage. She could see her subjects lining the streets; and they her. Let them believe she was, at heart, one of them. Easier to guide them.

A quarter hour later, she stood in the square, flanked by an honor guard of troopers, and spoke in dulcet tones.

“I am Governor Garn. In recognition of his efforts in helping this fine community become a productive part of the Empire, Governor Katral has returned to our beloved mother country of Lakorci and received a promotion.”

She made an inward smile as she pictured Katral’s head adorning a pike. “I now command here, but I ask your help in moving forward into a glorious tomorrow.

“It saddens me that some selfish individuals want to prevent you from improving your quality of life. They’ve mocked you good people and our just laws by assisting in the escape, two days ago, of the outlaw who insults your ancient traditions by calling himself ‘Kestor.’ We’ll find them, and will ensure your continued safety.

“I know you want the best for the community, and will help us bring ‘Kestor’ to justice.

“Furthermore, in the spirit of mutual cooperation, I declare a full pardon for any crimes which do not involve ‘Kestor.’ These include all penalties on unpaid taxes.”

The crowd cheered.

“Anyone with information regarding those who helped him escape will not pay taxes for six months. ‘Kestor’ threatens the peace and safety of Ijnag. Together, we’ll make it safer.”

The crowd cheered again. If only she could have told them their precious local hero lay moldering in some unknown grave. Instead, because of Katral’s blundering, she had to play the outlaws’ game and pretend Kestor still lived.

But Kestor was dead, and the impostor would prove a minor obstacle.

 

Chapter Two

As Josald left Governor Garn’s office, he cast a surreptitious look at the petite, regal woman who’d taken command. What sort of monster had the Empire sent, and why such fanaticism about wiping out the outlaws?

Thoughts of her plan for tonight churned his stomach, but he took some solace in the knowledge that she didn’t want to be here. If he could orchestrate matters, she’d be gone— disgraced— and he’d take charge. Although Lord Tragh had appointed Garn, he wouldn’t condone such barbarity.

And Garn’s contention that the outlaws would follow the impostor who’d led the failed rescue attempt was ludicrous. They all but worshipped Kestor. They’d never obey another.

Josald reached his desk, and drummed his fingers on the smooth maple surface. To try to dissuade Garn from her plan would be suicide. She’d come within a whisker of executing him for the mere suggestion that there might be a better way. Still, there had to be a saner alternative than having an impostor hired by Garn claim to have killed Kestor, and announce he’s taking a more extreme stance against the Empire.

Well, that part of her plan had strategic value, given that Josald would “capture” and unmask Garn’s impostor before his “escape.” If the outlaws’ impostor continued his impersonation, he’d have to reveal himself to prove he wasn’t the same man. But the way Garn intended her impostor to prove his point— that was insanity. They could undermine the people’s faith in Kestor by less barbaric means.

That faith made no sense. “Eight hundred years ago, the warrior king Kestor united several once-combative tribes into the beginnings of a nation-state,” Garn had told him. “That nation-state fell apart after his death, leaving the scattered city-states of today, but he remains their greatest leader. One legend claims he never did die.”

A conflicting legend held that Kestor had declined the throne, and went into the wilderness, promising to return when needed. That same legend claimed he can conquer death.

Did the people believe Kestor immortal? Josald would like to think they weren’t that gullible.

Garn believed they believed it. Maybe that’s why she knew so much about Kestor. The history of some backwater colony didn’t concern him, but information about Kestor’s influence could prove useful.

“Josald, report at once.” Garn’s words echoed along the marble corridor, slicing through his thoughts.

He hurried to her office. “My lady?”

“One last thing. Kill our impostor at the rendezvous point.”

As she spoke, Garn continued to mark selected points on a wall map depicting the mountains. She’d ordered him to seal all the cavern entrances. An impossible task. More than one hundred known caves dotted the eastern slope alone. What’s more, Kestor’s people have ridden into Ijnag from both east and west, suggesting connecting passages beneath the village. Perhaps through the mines. But Josald wouldn’t make the mistake of trying to explain that a second time.

“Yes, my Lady.” Josald hadn’t expected anything less of her. By all rights, she should die, too.

* * *

Adrow threw a rock across the cave. It hit the far wall, and clattered to the ground.

“How much longer do we wait? The people need to know we haven’t abandoned them; and we must avenge Kestor.”

Amthra clenched her first. “Thy words ring true. To the people, these past two days must seem two years. We must strike hard.”

“We will,” Lan assured her.

Marifo turned to him. “I still say thou was foolish to send D’Ahid into Ijnag. He is meant to be in Serlo.”

“Worry not. Only his brother knows that, and D’Ahid said Abra remains in his shop afternoons. Unlike any of us, D’Ahid won’t attract undue attention as he helps restock provisions.”

“Others must know of his apprenticeship. And he has been in Ijnag since before dawn. He may encounter such people before night.”

“Perhaps, but they’d not give it much thought. The greater risk would be if he were seen either coming from or going into the mountains.”

“Risk to whom?” Adrow demanded. “We know D’Ahid comes from Ijnag, because I’ve seen his face before. But not all in Ijnag support us.”

“D’Ahid does,” Lan replied.

* * *

The archaeologist stood in respectful silence before Garn’s desk as she studied his report. After a moment, she looked up.

“Three thousand years?”

“Give or take a century, my Lady. We’ve only begun our dig, but we already know the people who lived there had a more advanced culture than our own in some ways. Governor Katral supported our work. I hope you will also.”

Garn turned her attention to the wall map. The dig was ninety miles to the south— well beyond Cinat— amid farmland. What had befallen the great city that once stood there?

She turned back to him as she tried to recall his name, then dismissed the thought. The man was only a minion. “You have my interest. More advanced? Explain.”

“It appears they achieved powered flight.”

“Incredible. You’ll discover how, of course. Such technology would prove useful. What else?”

“We found no indication of a conduit network, although flying machines might make one superfluous.”

“One would think. Continue your work. I expect regular progress reports.”

The archaeologist bowed. “Yes, my lady. I must point out that it could take several years before we can make a full report.”

“Of course. Some things cannot be rushed. Still, I believe you stand on the cusp of a significant discovery. I envy you.”

As the archaeologist bowed again and left, Garn let out a wistful sigh. Beyond doubt, she’d chosen the wrong profession.

* * *

The thunder of galloping horses drowned out the carefree tones of families gathered in the school yard to sing the Songs of Remembrance. From out of the shadows four masked riders bore down on parents, children and teachers.

The leader wore a reasonable duplicate of Kestor’s armor and battle mask, with the darkness obscuring the more obvious flaws. He threw an oil lamp into the wooden school. A conflagration erupted.

“You sing praises for the heroes of Imperial wars. Where are your songs of praise for Jarno, for Xervan, for Kestor?”

His voice rose in intensity. “Those who attend Imperial schools or sing Imperial songs are our enemies!”

Hidden in a merchant’s stall further up the street, Josald watched the attack. Was the impostor’s histrionic speech Garn’s words, or his own?

Josald gestured, and one of the three troopers with him opened fire. The horse beneath the ersatz Kestor collapsed. The impostor leaped from the animal and fired wild, into the crowd, even as his “companions”— disguised troopers— fled.

Another shot struck the impostor’s shoulder, and his weapon clattered onto the cobblestones.

As two troopers seized the impostor, Josald aimed his weapon at the man’s head. “It’s over, Kestor. Remove his mask. Let’s meet a living legend face to face.”

The man beneath the mask— a mercenary named Miklar— was dirty and unshaven. He stank of an overabundance of ale, but his apparent intoxication was part of the deception.

“Kestor, you’re not the man you were,” Josald said.

“He’s not Kestor,” someone shouted.

“So it would seem,” Josald agreed.

“Kestor is dead!” As rehearsed, Miklar wrenched free and produced a blood-stained knife from within his jerkin. “I killed him. He was weak. I am not.”

He feigned a lunge at Josald, who dodged the thrust, grabbed Miklar’s wrist, and twisted it until the mercenary cried in genuine pain and dropped the knife.

“Aren’t you? You kill helpless children, and then your friends desert you. You define weakness.” He gestured to the troopers. “Remove this animal.”

“My blade will yet taste of you, Imperialist,” Miklar shouted, as the troopers dragged him away.

As a woman wailed over the bloodied body of a little girl, Josald vowed that Garn would soon suffer her own lamentations. And the outlaws would help see to that. For now, Garn presented the greater threat to the Empire.

Sudden shouts of ‘alarm’ sounded from behind him, as Miklar made good his rehearsed escape.

Now you belong to me, Josald thought.

* * *

D’Ahid stood with clenched fists in the L’Eroii Road. A thick plume of smoke rose into the early evening sky. Why had the rebels done nothing to stop that maniac?

No one noticed as he slung the carryall of provisions across his back, and strode towards the mountains. Kestor had never allowed such an atrocity to happen. Why did he die, and abandon the people who counted on him?

D’Ahid gritted his teeth as he climbed up to the honeycomb of caverns. He’d hunt down that maniac, with or without help from the others. Damn their prophecies. Let them believe whatever they wished, so long as they protected the people.

A sharp, low voice from somewhere in the darkness cut off his thoughts, making him jump. “Identify yourself!” Adrow.

“I’m D’Ahid.”

“Take slow steps. Stay to your left.”

After D’Ahid had gone about twenty yards, Adrow pulled him into a fissure.

“Did you get everything?”

“Forget that. Look.” D’Ahid indicated the smoke far below, as he thrust the carryall at the rebel. “Someone impersonated Kestor and did that. He also murdered several children.”

“Ruala! Did he say anything?”

“He killed them because they sang the Imperial Songs of Remembrance. He also said he killed Kestor, and promised to kill anyone who opposed him. I don’t like those songs either, but he has to be punished. And if you won’t do it—”

Adrow’s jaw tightened. “We’ll deal with him. Come.”

Moments later, D’Ahid told the others what he’d witnessed.

Jeni rushed forward. “In Phaned’s name! He killed children?”

“Didst thou see this impostor?” Marifo demanded. “What manner of countenance had he?”

“I caught a glimpse when the Imperials unmasked him. He looked begrimed.”

“How did he escape?”

“I think he shot someone. His friends slithered away when the Imperials captured him.”

“Didst thou not notice their direction?”

“No, I didn’t. Not in all that chaos. You wouldn’t’ve fared much better if you’d been there. But you weren’t there. None of you were. You sat up here, doing nothing.”

“How dare thou speak thus—” Amthra began, but Telrac cut her off.

“No. He be right. As Adrow said, we should not have sat about.”

“We would not have if we’d not been ‘training’ him.”

“Don’t fault me,” D’Ahid shouted. “I don’t take to this prophecy nonsense.”

“Enough.” Lan’s tone was quiet, yet commanded attention. “This impostor must work for the Imperials.”

He turned to D’Ahid. “They know someone has replaced Kestor, so they engineered this atrocity— complete with unmasked impostor— to complicate matters for you.”

D’Ahid’s stomach somersaulted. “How do I prove I’m not that murderer unless I show my face? But if I do, everyone will know I’m just another impostor.”

He forced his stomach to quiet itself. “We must find him.”

He turned to Jeni. “What do I want? That monster caught; those Imperials who helped him exposed. I’m not the one Kestor prophesied about, but I will help hunt down that animal.”

“And so you shall,” Lan said. “Tomorrow, you will wear the blood-stained armor and ride with us into Ijnag. You’ll refute reports of your death; and you’ll vow to capture the impostor.”

“No. Who’d believe I’m Kestor unless I removed the battle mask? We don’t wait. We hunt this fiend tonight, and we bring him before the people tomorrow.” His assertiveness might have surprised himself if he hadn’t been too angry to care.

Marifo seemed to study him. “Perhaps Kestor chose well, after all. Thou speaks with wisdom beyond thy years. We must respond to this outrage without delay.”

“If the impostor be still alive,” Amthra said. “If they have not yet done so, the Imperials will kill him.”

“Why would they kill him?” D’Ahid asked.

Amthra gave him a sharp look. “So we can’t prove they planned the attack.”

D’Ahid glanced away. Any fool should have realized that.

“If he suspected a double cross, he might have hidden in the caverns,” Jeni said. “He’d try to reach Noret.”

“Then we’ll start the search here.” D’Ahid tried to sound sure of himself.

“Agreed,” Lan said. “If our quarry hides in the caverns, we’ll bring him into Ijnag come morning. If not, we ride down anyway; and D’Ahid will denounce him.”

Telrac grasped D’Ahid’s forearms. “I welcome thee. I saw how thou fought at the castle. Thou thirsts for revenge for thy father, and for tonight. We will have that revenge.”

“Justice,” Jeni insisted. “Kestor believed in justice, not mere vengeance. If we let the latter blind us, we’re no better than that monster.”

“Revenge be the only justice that matters. How could thou— of all people— not embrace it?”

D’Ahid couldn’t help but admire Jeni. When Lan had escorted him from the caverns that morning, he’d said that three years earlier her family had been victimized by the Imperials. Yet she didn’t seek vengeance.

But sometimes revenge was justice. Like now. “Telrac is right. We find that worm, and then we hunt down Katral. He murdered my father and burned our home. We should tie both those scum to a horse team and drag them through the streets, until their screams drown out the horses’ hoofbeats.”

“And would that barbarity restore either your father or those children to life?”

“Don’t patronize me, Jeni. Of course not. But it’d keep others from dying. And it would tell the Imperials to leave our lands forever.”

“Nothing’s so easy. And while I ken your rage, we must first clear Kestor’s name. If we fail, everything he fought for, everything we’ve endured, will have been for nothing.”

“I said don’t patronize me. I know what’s at stake.”

Marifo clasped D’Ahid’s forearms like Telrac. “Kestor was my world. No one can replace him, but it be clear he saw something in thee. I welcome thee in whatever role destiny has for thee.”

* * *

Josald’s gaze bore into Sergeant Reda. “No one must know why you’re searching for Miklar. Only a few know the truth about him. If I should suspect this knowledge grows more widespread, it will mean your life. Clear?”

Reda’s voice quavered. “Yes, sir.”

“Excellent. Take a regiment into the caverns. Miklar murdered three troopers. I want him in the ground by this time tomorrow. Find him before the outlaws do.”

“Yes, sir.”

As Reda hurried off, Josald smiled. After killing the troopers he’d accompanied to the rendezvous with Miklar- and then wounding the mercenary- he’d forced Miklar to flee into the caverns. As Josald had anticipated, Reda believed Miklar had killed the troopers.

Would Reda find Miklar before the outlaws did? More likely the presence of his regiment would signal that the man who’d massacred children hid in the caverns. The outlaws would root him out, revealing Garn’s deception. The Royal Court would recall her and demand explanations. And Josald would have command.

And if Reda should reach Miklar first? Josald took a ceremonial knife from his wall and slid it into his tunic. Perhaps he should handle things himself, rather than rely on either the Royal Court or Lord Tragh. If a pitched battle broke out in the caverns, the confusion and the shortage of troopers in the castle would allow him to give Garn his person attention.

She’d used Miklar like a licar in a game of Altars, forgetting that a careless player’s licar can be turned against her.

Chapter Three

D’Ahid, again attired as Kestor, hastened along a torch-lit passage with Lan, Marifo and Jeni. He prayed that the impostor lurked within the tunnels his team would search.

Warned by some instinct, Jeni motioned for silence. She exchanged glances with Lan and Marifo, then slipped down the passage and into a transverse tunnel. D’Ahid bit his lip.

After several moments that might well have been hours, she returned, and he unclenched his breath.

“I saw three troopers. But more are about.”

“How do you know?” D’Ahid asked.

“The Imperials never send in just three troopers.”

D’Ahid felt himself blush. “Could they find us?”

“Depends how many troopers be here,” Marifo said. “Didst they say anything, Jeni?”

“No. I just heard their footfalls.”

A wry smile crossed Marifo’s lips. “How could you not?”

“You’re certain they didn’t see you?” Lan asked.

“Positive. I spied them from behind.”

“How do we warn the others?” D’Ahid asked.

Jeni smiled. “If I could hear them, Telrac also will.”

“But how do we capture the impostor before the Imperials do? These mounted torches also help them.”

“They have more need of them,” Lan said. He doused the nearest torch, plunging the cavern into blackness. “Light your lantern.”

D’Ahid did so, and opened all four hinged metal doors.

“Now close those.”

The cavern became dark again. D’Ahid grinned as he opened the doors again.

“Clever. We can close off our light, but the Imperials won’t douse their torches. But suppose they have lanterns?”

“They won’t put them out,” Jeni said. “They don’t know these caverns as we do.”

* * *

D’Ahid leaned against a cavern wall, ignoring the cold, and punched his open palm. “An hour of this and nothing. I say we get to Noret before that swine does.”

“And if he slips past us in the thick greenwood above Noret?” Marifo asked.

“In case it evaded your notice, he’s slipped past us in here so far. We’d have a better chance of catching him near Noret. We’ll deal with the forest… somehow.”

“I agree,” Jeni said. “The others can continue to hunt him in the caverns.”

“I agree as well,” Lan said.

D’Ahid gave Marifo a questioning glance.

“Thou be our leader,” she said in a matter-of-fact tone. “Let us go.”

“This way,” Jeni said. As she and D’Ahid started ahead, he wondered how often she’d returned to Noret, if at all.

“What happens after we’ve exposed the impostor?” He glanced back at Lan and Marifo, a few yards behind them. “We both know Lan misinterpreted the prophecy.”

“I know nothing of the sort. But I’ve never concerned myself with prophecies. Both the passage of time and your actions will reveal whether you prove worthy of leadership.”

“How did you come to join Kestor? Lan didn’t give me any details.”

Her sea-green eyes began to moisten, but she didn’t shed any tears.

“No. He respects my privacy.”

D’Ahid gave her a hurt look. “I’m sorry, but you people seem to know everything about me, and I know little about any of you. How fair is that?”

“Not very.” Her voice quavered- just a bit. “Three years ago, my younger sister was raped and murdered by a drunken trooper. We appealed to the Prefect of Noret for justice, but the trial was a sham. They acquitted him and sullied her name.

“Grief overcame my father and he attacked the trooper in the courtroom. The Imperials beat him, then hung him in the square as an ‘example.’ I wanted to tear out their callous hearts with my bare hands.”

“What happened?”

“When I got home from school, full of plans of revenge, I found Kestor waiting for me. He knew my plans, even my thoughts. He said he’d known others who’d felt the same; and then he asked whether I wanted revenge or justice.”

“What did you say?”

“That I wanted both. He told me revenge accomplishes nothing, while justice benefits us all.”

“He was wrong.” D’Ahid felt as if he were committing some great sin at questioning Kestor’s wisdom. “For us, revenge is justice. My father failed to report a runaway mine worker. Katral decided to set an example by executing not only him, but my brother and me as well.”

“But you were children.”

“Katral said age is no excuse for disobedience; that we should have reported our father. His words are seared into my brain: ‘Your first loyalty is to the Emperor.'”

“What loyalty has the Emperor ever shown us?”

“None. We’re less than cattle to him. But right about then Kestor appeared. He saved Abra and me, but couldn’t reach Father in time. Katral made his example, but that didn’t satisfy him. He also burned our home.”

D’Ahid met Jeni’s gaze. “Revenge is justice. Garn must answer for tonight; and one day I’ll hunt down Katral, and again there will be justice. That’s my prophecy.”

* * *

D’Ahid emerged from the caverns a few steps ahead of the others. In the starlight, he could make out the edge of a forest.

“Spread out,” Jeni said.

D’Ahid and the others melted into the greenwood. He watched the middle cave of the five caves near their position. A hunch told him the impostor would come out of that one.

He hefted a heavy branch, testing its weight.

Another hour passed before he thought he saw a furtive movement in the shadow of the cave he watched. He tensed. No sound reached his ears save the hoots of a few owls, but his eyes remained fixed on the cavern. Had he imagined it?

After an eternity, and as the sun began to rise, D’Ahid saw movement again. A man emerged, crouched low, and holding a direction finder. He wore an imitation of Kestor’s battle mask. A grim smile played across D’Ahid’s lips, and he offered Ruala silent thanks for granting his wish.

D’Ahid gestured toward the man and started forward, hoping the others saw his signal. He moved in stealth from tree to tree, and soon stood a few yards from his quarry. He tensed, ready to render that monster into a pulp.

“Murdering bastard, I’ll kill you!”

The man spun at the sudden shout. So did D’Ahid. Lan stood a few yards away. The man reached into his jerkin, and D’Ahid saw his chance. He charged with a yell, swinging the branch. The startled impostor froze. D’Ahid struck him in the ribs and he went down.

Before the impostor could recover his breath, D’Ahid tossed the branch aside and ripped off the man’s battle mask. He pummeled him with one hand as the other gripped the man’s throat.

Through a red haze, D’Ahid heard Jeni implore him not to kill the man.

“We need him alive. Remember?”

D’Ahid gave the impostor one final blow. “Bind him.” He kept his voice low and raspy, to sound like Kestor. “We’ll take him back come morning.”

“It’s a trap.” The man sounded terrified. “Imperial troopers are all over those caverns.”

“We know,” Lan said.

The impostor whimpered. “They forced me to dress like this and enter your caverns. Lieutenant Josald threatened to kill my children.”

D’Ahid hit him again. “Liar! You murdered those people tonight.”

“Oh, Gods, sir. No. Another man did those terrible things, but Josald killed him to keep him quiet. Then he realized he could have used him as bait. He made me-”

D’Ahid dragged the man to his feet. “I saw you myself.”

“Impossible. You weren’t there. None of you were.”

D’Ahid threw him to the ground again. “Kestor is everywhere.”

* * *

“Excuse me, sir?”

Josald looked up from his work. An imposing figure stood framed in his office doorway. Despite his size, the man seemed almost timid as he showed due deference to an Imperial officer.

“I don’t know if you remember me, sir. I…”

Josald beamed as he came forward and clasped his visitor’s hands. “Good morning, Abra. Of course I do. Wonderful cabinet you made for my wife and me last year. But I’m sure you’ve come on more important matters, at such an early hour. How may I assist you?”

* * *

After the woodsmith had left, Josald considered Abra’s fears that Kestor had harmed his brother. D’Ahid could have had a rendezvous with a girlfriend as Josald suspected, or had otherwise decided to delay his journey to Serlo. Or perhaps he’d joined the outlaws. Abra had let slip that D’Ahid didn’t share his feelings about Kestor.

Garn would find this information useful. Reason enough to withhold it. D’Ahid had been one of four villagers who’d received travel visas in recent days— all approved weeks ago. Josald had confirmed the journeys of the other three. As far as Garn was concerned, he’d confirmed D’Ahid’s as well. Oh, he’d investigate, as he’d promised Abra; but if his suspicions proved true, Garn would never know.

Once she learned that the four journeys had been confirmed, Garn would order him to check the records for any unaccountable recent visitors. It would be ironic if a recent visitor now impersonated Kestor, but Josald doubted it. Even so, why would the rebels have accepted D’Ahid, let alone allowed him to masquerade as their leader? From Josald’s vague recollection of the boy, D’Ahid lacked a commanding presence.

Sergeant Reda had reported his regiment’s failure to secure Miklar, along with his belief that the outlaws had captured him. If so, they’d produce Miklar this morning, perhaps while Garn visited the school. Josald couldn’t move against her until then, as he’d realized last night. Even if she didn’t have guards with her, killing her now would only brand him an assassin. But once her role in the massacre had been exposed, her death would be an execution.

* * *

Abra shook as he beheld the charred remains of the school. The odor of burnt wood still hung in the air. Only criminals and cowards fought the Imperials by attacking children.

As Abra and a carpenter from Trepe named Tusnic worked together under the sharp eye of a squad of troopers, other troopers hiked into the mountains.

“That murdering outlaw deserves summary execution. No, the Imperials should seal every cave. Let those wild dogs starve.”

Tusnic shook his head. “Wouldn’t work. They say some passages lead to Noret. Those outlaws are clever.”

“Doesn’t take cleverness to kill children. And sealing the caverns would keep those animals away from us. Let the Norets deal with them.”

The new governor’s carriage came down the road and stopped before the school. Abra listened with care as she stepped from it and spoke.

“My friends, I share your sorrow at your loss. Rest assured we will find and punish the monster who calls himself Kestor. And you can help. In fact, anyone providing information leading to his capture and execution will pay no taxes for one year.”

“I like that idea,” Tusnic whispered, as cheers rang up among the other workers.

“So do I. But I’d rather be the executioner.”

The thunder of hoofbeats cut off Tusnic’s reply. Kestor and his band rode with brazen arrogance into the village, and reined in their horses several yards from the crowd.

A trooper reached for his weapon, but two of the outlaws had already raised their longbows and drawn back the bowstrings.

“Unwise,” Kestor rasped. “We are outside your range, but you are not outside ours.”

Abra thrust his hands out and mimed wringing someone’s neck. “Come closer, outlaw,” he muttered.

Kestor shoved the man on the horse next to him to the ground. The man, who was ill-kempt, wore identical armor, but no battle mask. He seemed to be fettered.

“This man attacked the school, using my name. He is Miklar, a thug hired by Governor Garn.”

The bound man said nothing.

Abra turned to Tusnic. “He isn’t Kestor. Kestor is dead. He must be.”

“I see the bloodstains, but that is not Kestor’s shade before us. Maybe he can defeat death.”

“No!” The gods would not be so cruel as to let a monster like Kestor escape death, while condemning D’Ahid to an unknown fate.

“Governor Garn is not your friend,” Kestor rasped. “She hired this man to attack you and to discredit those who fight for your rights. Don’t let her soft words and empty promises deceive you.”

Abra glared at the outlaw leader, as he heard people muttering. They must have noticed the bloodstains. Then Garn’s voice rang out.

“Arrest them all. Now.”

A trooper started forward only to collapse in agony, as he clutched the arrow that pierced his arm.

“Arrest yourself, Governor,” Kestor said. “You hired this mercenary.”

“So you say. I never saw this man before now. Nor do I lurk in the mountains like an insect scurrying from the light. My office is open to anyone; and I go out among the people.”

She stretched out her hands, as if to prove her point. “Remove your battle mask, ‘Kestor.’ I’m told Kestor went without the battle mask more often than he wore it. These good people all know your countenance. Prove you’re the man you claim to be, and I’ll have this man punished for the attack on the school. And before all these witnesses, I promise you and your followers may go free.”

Abra started forward. “No! He’s a murderer. Kill him.”

Two troopers restrained him. “Don’t harm him,” Garn said. She turned back to the outlaws. “Well, ‘Kestor,’ can you convince this man that you didn’t commit these atrocities; that the man you accuse isn’t some hapless innocent onto whom you intend to shift the blame? Do you accept my terms?”

“No. I won’t dance to your song. Lieutenant Josald?”

Josald appeared puzzled that Kestor had singled him out. “Yes?”

“A few years ago, Governor Katral fell ill with fever, leaving you in command. Do you recall?”

“I do.”

“A renegade legion from Trepe saw his illness as an opportunity to attack and plunder Ijnag. We forged a temporary truce to fight and defeat them.”

“Kestor and I did, yes. That fact is well known.”

“We met alone. You said mutual trust would be impossible, but I said I would and did trust you. True?”

“Yes, Kestor,” Josald replied, his eyes on Garn. “He is Kestor, Governor. Only Kestor knows what we said that day.” He turned to the crowd. “Kestor also speaks the truth about Governor Garn.”

Garn glared at him, and reached for a weapon, but saw, as Abra had, that Josald had already drawn his. “You’ll die for this, Josald,” she said.

“We’ll see.” Josald turned to the troopers. “Arrest that mercenary. And arrest Governor Garn, pending a full investigation under Article Thirty-Seven. The outlaws may leave.”

Abra struggled against the troopers holding him. “No, you can’t! They’re killers.”

“Muzzle him,” Josald ordered. “But don’t harm him.”

Josald rode up to the outlaws and spoke to Kestor for a moment. Then the outlaws started to leave. Kestor glanced back. Abra was certain he was laughing behind the battle mask.

* * *

“What did Josald say?” Lan asked, as the rebels raced away.

“That he and Kestor must not have been alone that day; and that whoever coached me must have misheard.” D’Ahid paused. “Then he said I owe him a favor.”

“We’ll deal with that when the time comes. You did well. You’re a natural actor. The people believe Kestor still lives.”

“Maybe.”

“What of Abra?”

“I’ll go to him this evening.”

“Will you tell him you’ve joined us?”

“If necessary.”

* * *

Garn regarded Josald’s bloodied form with disdain. Incompetent fool.

“You overestimated your influence, Josald. You have fewer friends than you believed. You’ll die a traitor.”

He shot her a defiant look. “I’m loyal to the Empire, but you’re a butcher. By all rights, you should be under arrest. If not-”

“If not for my personal guard, I would be? Perhaps; but we don’t live in a world of perhaps, Josald. We live in the real world, a chaotic world. I will bring order to it, and I won’t tolerate disobedience.”

She fired a single shot at his chest.

He coughed blood. “The people have seen your true colors, and you’ll no longer charm them. You went too far with Miklar.”

“People are malleable. They won’t believe I had anything to do with that. And Miklar won’t tell anyone otherwise.”

“You’re a fool. The new Kestor now has a personal grudge against you.” He smiled. “I… know… his… name…”

Garn was nonplussed at that, and Josald’s lifeless eyes seemed to mock her.

* * *

Abra opened his door to D’Ahid’s knock and D’Ahid saw a torrent of emotions play across his face. After a moment, Abra broke the silence.

“Where have you been? Drenu wrote, saying you’d never arrived. I thought you’d been killed.”

He took a step forward. “Did the outlaws take you prisoner? How did you escape?”

D’Ahid stepped inside. “No.”

“Then what happened?”

“I never went to Serlo. I had a more important task.”

“More important?”

D’Ahid took a deep breath, and prepared for the explosion.

“I had to help rescue Kestor.”

“Are you insane? Kestor’s a criminal, and he’s responsible for Father’s death.”

“Governor Katral killed Father. Kestor saved us. I owed him something.”

Abra tensed, and took slow, steady breaths through clenched teeth.

“Even if that were true,” he said at last, “you have repaid your ‘debt.’ You can put aside this childish infatuation and begin your studies. It’s not too late.”

D’Ahid shook his head. “I can’t. The others need me.”

“What others? What do you- The outlaws. They’ve done something to you, confused you. You’re not a criminal. You don’t belong with them.”

He held out his hands. “No one knows you’ve been with the outlaws. You can still come back to your life.”

“I’m sorry, Abra. I’ll visit when I can, but I have a purpose now. I’m still trying to figure out what it is; but I know I’m not meant to be a woodsmith. The rebels are right to fight for our freedom. You could help us. I am the new Ke-”

“I will never help Kestor. He may not have attacked the school, but he’s still a criminal. If you stand with him, you’re no longer my brother.”

“Abra, listen. Kestor is no longer—”

“Speak no more of Kestor! You’ve made your choice. Go, before I call for a trooper.”

D’Ahid’s jaw dropped. “Abra…”

Abra turned his back. D’Ahid stared at him for a moment. Then he sighed. “We’ll talk again later. There’s something you need to know. Something important, but I’ll wait until you’re calm enough to hear it.”

Abra said nothing. After another moment, D’Ahid stepped into the night.

One day he’d make Abra understand. Somehow.

 

Chapter Four

Five years later…

Garn steepled her fingers as she listened to the archaeologist’s report.

“This machine you uncovered served as a means of capital punishment? What method?”

“Disintegration, my lady.”

“Indeed? Does the device still function?”

“Yes. We’ve tested it on some cats. All were disintegrated.”

“I had no idea the ancestors of our charges were so ruthless. What else can you report?”

“With regrets, very little. The few surviving records of that era don’t reveal anything related to the device’s history or under what circumstances they used it. However, it seems to have been the center of controversy. One fragment of an editorial condemns the ‘terrible device that tears us apart.’ But perhaps this editor stood alone in his or her condemnation.”

“Perhaps. How did you unlock this mechanism’s secrets?”

“By happenstance. We observed an alcove just large enough for a full-grown adult, and a large lever near it. So we decided to test it on a stray cat. We weren’t sure what to expect, but I daresay none of us anticipated what resulted.”

“Nor, I imagine, did the cat. Does it have other controls?”

“Yes. Several switches and levers of uncertain purpose. We determined it best to leave them be.”

“Wise decision. Can you bring this machine here?”

“At once, my lady.”

After the archaeologist left, Marifo stalked forward from her hiding place, her weapon aimed at Garn’s head. She’d have pulled the trigger long ago; but she had her orders.

She made no sound until she stood just behind Garn, and thrust the muzzle of her weapon into the governor’s neck.

“Say nothing and remain still. We must talk.”

“Must we?” Garn looked up into Marifo’s eyes, an expression of amusement in her own. “Come to kill me?”

“Not today. I bring thee information. Stand.”

Garn stood. Marifo gestured her away from the desk.

“You haven’t come to kill me? You surprise me, Marifo.”

“Were it my choice, I’d have killed thee long ago. But I have my duty.”

“What duty might that be?”

“Thou wishes to capture Kestor? I will tell thee how.”

Garn laughed. “Am I to believe that one of Kestor’s most dedicated followers would betray him? You’re a rabble, but you’re a loyal rabble.”

Marifo fought back the urge to shoot, to silence that smug tone. “There be a woodsmith named Abra. Threaten to kill him unless Kestor surrenders. Kestor will come.”

“Abra hates Kestor. Why should Kestor surrender for him?”

“If thou wishes to capture Kestor, that be how. I have followed my orders. Whether thee listens means nothing to me.”

“Orders from whom?”

“Whom indeed?” Marifo bound and gagged Garn, then slipped out of the castle. She knew that despite her suspicions, Garn would do as instructed. Before long, D’Ahid would be in their enemy’s hands.

“It be the right thing,” she whispered. “I am doing the right thing.”

* * *

“I had an interesting conversation with one of the outlaws earlier,” Governor Garn said as she strode into Abra’s shop like it were her own. Abra looked up from his work at Garn and the two troopers with her, masking his annoyance at the interruption.

“She said you could help us capture Kestor.” She spoke as if she and Abra passed the time of day.

Abra was nonplussed. “Me?”

“Curious, yes? You’ve been quite vocal about your hatred of Kestor.”

“Yes, I hate him. I hate the suffering he caused my family.”

“Then you’d want to help capture him.”

“I’d like nothing better.”

“It gladdens me to hear that. Yet I’m curious why that outlaw named you.”

“I don’t know.”

“Have you ever fished, Abra?”

His brow furrowed. How did that relate? “Once or twice.”

“We’ll do that now. You’re the bait.” The troopers grabbed him and forced him to the door.

“Why are you doing this? I said I wanted to help capture Kestor.”

Garn turned to face him. “You will help. I’m told Kestor will surrender to prevent your death. Unlikely, but I’d be a fool to pass up any opportunity, wouldn’t I?”

She seemed to study him. Abra shivered. He’d never trusted Garn, despite her affectations of neighborliness.

“Why would Kestor surrender for you? What connection could you two share?”

Abra’s stomach lurched. Had she learned that D’Ahid had joined the outlaws? He’d never forgive that betrayal, but he also didn’t want Garn to know. So he’d kept his peace all these years.

“Only that Kestor caused my father’s death. That outlaw lied, Governor. Kestor cares only about himself.”

“Believe me Abra, I don’t take anything that woman said on faith; but why would she lie about you? After all, excepting the unfortunate incident involving your father, you haven’t had direct contact with the outlaws, have you?”

“Of course not.”

A thought struck him. If Kestor could be captured it might break his hold over D’Ahid. Abra would give his life without hesitation to save his brother. But would Garn distinguish between true outlaws and an innocent in Kestor’s thrall? Doubtful. Lieutenant Josald might have, but Josald was dead.

“When you capture Kestor, you’ll kill him? You won’t give him a chance to escape, like Katral—?” He broke off, expecting a rebuff, but Garn said nothing. Nor could he be sure what to read in her steady gaze. “I’d give my life with gladness if it guaranteed Kestor’s death.”

A smile played across her thin lips. “Indeed? I’d hate to lose such a fine woodsmith. Perhaps we’ll catch our fish, yet also keep the bait alive.”

* * *

D’Ahid grinned as he waved to the young family making its way towards the greenwood above Noret.

Adrow seemed to sense his mood. “It makes you feel good.”

“It does. They’re free of Garn’s pitiless tax levies. But we need to do more.”

“We’re making a difference.”

“A sliver of a difference. Like how I keep Kestor’s name alive. But I’m just playing a role. Even this new battle mask I made doesn’t compare to Kestor’s own.”

“You sell yourself short. If people have souls, Kestor’s lives in you. Despite my initial doubts, you have proven yourself.”

D’Ahid wished he could share Adrow’s confidence, but he knew he’d never measure up to Kestor. “We’d best head back.”

When they rejoined the others, D’Ahid’s good spirits plummeted. A pall seemed to have descended over the others. No one had said anything, but the look in Jeni’s eyes spoke volumes.

“What’s happened?”

“Abra’s been arrested,” she said.

A sharp pain sliced through D’Ahid’s gut. “Why?”

She took his hand. “No one knows; but Garn will release him only if Kestor comes alone and surrenders.”

“Thou must not,” Telrac insisted. “It be a trap.”

“Could she know you’re now Kestor?” Adrow asked.

D’Ahid shook his head. “If she knew I wasn’t the real Kestor she’d proclaim it to the Empyrean.”

“Then why arrest Abra?” Jeni asked.

“Doesn’t matter. I won’t let harm befall him.”

“You can’t surrender.”

“I can’t let Abra die.” He gave her hand a gentle squeeze. “When must I— I mean Kestor— surrender?”

“You have two hours.”

“Can we free Abra?”

Jeni bowed her head. “No. They have him in the square, guarded and tied to the machine that archaeologist— Rehar— claims our ancestors used for executions.”

“The Imperials allow no one near,” Telrac said.

“Then I’ll have to surrender.”

“No,” Telrac shouted. “Thee be not expendable.”

“I won’t let Abra die. I couldn’t save Kestor, but I will save my brother.”

“How can thou be certain he be in true peril?”

“Abra would never put me in danger.”

“Abra doesn’t know you’re now Kestor,” Adrow said. “And he hates Kestor. You must not go.”

“I must. I won’t risk his life.” D’Ahid again cursed his cowardice at never having told Abra the truth. He’d always pledged to do it “next time”, and the days and years had raced on. But would knowing the truth have spared Abra this fate? If Garn knew the truth, why hadn’t she denounced D’Ahid? If not, how had Abra attracted her attention?

He turned to Lan. “What do you say?”

“You must go. True, Abra wouldn’t endanger you, but somehow Garn knows of a connection between him and Kestor. How?”

“Because I told her.”

D’Ahid turned. Marifo emerged from the shadows at the far end of the cavern. She took slow steps, as if in a daze, and stopped several feet from the others. A parchment dangled between the fingers of her left hand.

Jeni grabbed Marifo’s shoulders and shook her. “You told Garn? In Phaned’s name, why?”

“I did as instructed.” Marifo held out the parchment. Jeni snatched it and read it. Her eyes widened, and her voice was tinged with disbelief.

“Kestor wrote this.” She turned to Marifo. “The sealed message for you. This is it.”

“The day he died, Kestor told me I was to unseal the message on this day.”

“That’s right. I remember,” Adrow said.

“Kestor wrote that Marifo must go to the governor— today— and tell her to threaten Abra,” Jeni said. She sounded as shocked as D’Ahid felt.

He made a vehement shake of his head. “Impossible. Why would Kestor order the betrayal of his chosen successor?”

Jeni handed Lan the parchment. “Lan knows Kestor’s script better than any of us. He’ll confirm this is genuine.”

Lan studied the parchment and nodded. “This is written in Kestor’s hand, but that isn’t all he says. He assures Marifo that this action is necessary to ensure the freedom and safety of all Noule, and that neither Abra nor D’Ahid will come to harm.”

He turned to Marifo. “Why did you not come to us before you acted?”

She wrung her hands. “Would thou have had me disobey Kestor? How could I do that? I have never disobeyed Kestor. Nor hast thee. Even so, I could not let any of you share my burden.”

She turned to D’Ahid, her tone both confident and imploring. “I have faith in Kestor. He would not allow thee to come to harm. I would not have done what I did if I had believed otherwise.”

D’Ahid regarded her with narrowed eyes for a long moment. If not for his faith in Kestor, he might throttle her. He still might. “Your reasons don’t matter. I won’t take any chances with Abra’s life.”

He turned to the others. “Whatever happens to me, see to it that the prophecy about no harm to Abra comes true.”

* * *

Two hours later, D’Ahid reined in his mount several yards from the north end of the square. There Garn had secured Abra to her strange device.

“I must admit I wasn’t sure you’d come,” Garn said.

D’Ahid affected Kestor’s raspy voice. “Release that man.”

Garn offered him a friendly smile as she cut Abra’s bonds. “Of course. But why surrender to save a man who hates you?”

“All the people are under my protection.”

Abra spat. “We do not want your ‘protection’, outlaw. No one asked you to come here.”

D’Ahid fought to keep his tone emotionless, lest Garn reconsider that there might be a connection between himself and Abra. “Kestor goes where he’s needed, woodsmith. I’m needed here.”

“A comforting delusion, I’m sure,” Garn said. “But you’ll not be among us much longer.”

“Perhaps. Others have said the same, and yet Kestor remains.” Even as he spoke, D’Ahid was surprised at his calmness. It helped that the real Kestor had foreseen that both he and Abra would emerge from this unharmed.

Idly, he wondered if he’d ever see himself as more than a substitute. Perhaps one day he’d come close to getting halfway there. If Kestor’s prediction proved wrong, he prayed the others would carry on. Lan would be best suited to assume the mantle.

He offered a silent prayer to Ruala, dismounted, and allowed himself to be secured to the device.

* * *

Abra hurried back to his shop. Bait for Kestor or not, he still had to finish an important order by sundown. Even so, he’d pause in his labors to witness the execution in an hour’s time.

Without warning, a hand reached out from a narrow alley and pulled him into the shadows.

“Say nothing,” a low voice hissed. “Thou be in more danger than thy know.”

Abra faced two of the outlaws, a farmer about his build, and a leaner Cinat.

“Release me,” he cried, as the outlaws forced him further into the shadows.

The farmer gave him a hard look. “You wish to live?”

Abra nodded.

“Then listen well, and we might save both yourself and your brother.”

Abra was nonplussed. “D’Ahid? What of him?”

“He be in Garn’s trap,” the Cinat said.

“Speak sense.”

As the Cinat spun a web of lies, Abra snorted with disdain. What kind of fool did they take him for? If D’Ahid was in the trap, that coward Kestor had forced him.

“You lie.”

The farmer’s eyes narrowed. “Do we? Come with us.” The outlaws led Abra behind homes and through back alleys until he could see the device from a hiding place. He shivered. D’Ahid was bound to it, unmasked, but wearing Kestor’s battle armor.

Two competing thoughts tore at him— that he’d led his brother into a trap; and that D’Ahid had betrayed the memory of their father by impersonating the man who’d caused his death.

“I must tell Garn D’Ahid is not Kestor. She’ll release him.”

The farmer held him fast. “You know she won’t. Even if she believes D’Ahid is a decoy, she’ll not release him. And if she got hold of you again, she’d make you act as executioner— to prove your loyalty to the Empire. Would you like that? To be your brother’s executioner?”

“To the Imperials, an outlaw be an outlaw,” the Cinat said. “She won’t free him.”

“She will when Kestor surrenders.” Abra put steel in his voice, even as he shuddered at the memory of words spoken long ago.

“Thou still does not understand. D’Ahid be Kestor. There be no other.”

“There will be. I don’t know how you forced D’Ahid to join you, but I won’t let him die because of it. One of you will masquerade as Kestor and surrender in his place. I know you have spare armor and battle masks. How else could one of you have impersonated Kestor to distract the troopers when you rescued your fellow criminals from Katral?”

“No harm will befall D’Ahid,” the farmer said.

“No harm? You and your ilk have corrupted him, and put him in harm’s way.”

The farmer remained calm. “Kestor not only prophesied that D’Ahid would succeed him, but also that D’Ahid would surrender himself to save you— and that no harm would befall either of you.”

“I should believe such fancies?”

“Kestor’s prophecies have always come to pass.”

Abra grit his teeth. “You’ll do nothing? You’ll leave everything to fate?”

The outlaw smiled. “I did not say that.”

Abra grabbed the outlaw’s tunic near the throat. “If you had any decency, you’d let D’Ahid return to a normal life.”

The outlaw remained calm. “This is his life, and he has helped people. He captured and exposed Miklar.”

Abra’s grip loosened. “That was D’Ahid?”

“Yes. He tried to tell you when you last spoke, but you would not listen.”

Abra released the other man and glared at him, but said nothing. None of the outlaws would impersonate Kestor and offer himself in D’Ahid’s place. They didn’t care about D’Ahid. If they had, they’d never have used him.

He had no choice. As much as it galled him, he’d have to pretend to be the man he hated and offer himself in his brother’s place. He’ll say D’Ahid was a foolish boy who’d tried to protect him, but that he can’t allow others to sacrifice themselves in his place.

He’d die, of course. But D’Ahid would be away from that foul machine by then. Perhaps Abra’s sacrifice would also snap him out of his spell, and he’d understand the truth of things.

If he’d accompanied D’Ahid to Serlo, or if he hadn’t chased him away when he’d revealed he’d joined the outlaws, all of this might have been prevented. He had one last chance to set things right.

“If none of you will impersonate Kestor, then I will.”

The Cinat gave him a dubious look. “Thou?”

“Yes. To save D’Ahid, I would even pretend to be Kestor.”

* * *

Tied fast in a small alcove of the metal apparatus, and under heavy guard, D’Ahid was displayed, unmasked, for all to see. The others would protect Abra, but he had failed them all. Even now, he didn’t understand why Kestor had chosen him.

The expressions of anger, disappointment and betrayal on the faces of the villagers who’d gawked at him for the past hour felt like daggers. He prayed they’d forgive him for letting them down.

“This is your legendary hero?” Garn asked, her tone mocking and derisive. “The one who knows the future and can defeat death— a would-be woodsmith?”

“That’s not Kestor,” someone shouted. “He is D’Ahid. I attended school with him.”

Garn nodded. “Nor does he have Kestor’s famous silver hair. Or his beard. And he has both his eyes. Could it be that Kestor— the true Kestor— is dead, and this boy has used— and mocked— you all these years?”

She offered D’Ahid the faintest hint of a smile, as the crowd jeered him. He glared back at her, and recalled something Lan once said.

“Kestor is the symbol, the spirit of freedom,” he shouted. “That spirit can move from one person to another. I may die, but the spirit of Kestor will live on in another. Kestor is eternal.”

A few people nodded, and D’Ahid prayed his idea would work. If they could think of Kestor as a symbol passed from one person to another, perhaps they’d accept someone who might come after him. The others would know that while no one could replace the real Kestor, they’d still have a way for the people to accept someone else using his name. Someone like Lan.

“The spirit of Kestor died with the man,” Garn said. “This boy, for all his poetic words, is just a pretender. And since I view D’Ahid’s crass impersonation as akin to sacrilege, it is fitting and proper that he be executed in the manner proscribed by your ancestors.”

She slipped the battle mask back onto him. “Let Kestor’s famous battle mask serve as the impostor’s hood of execution.”

Garn nodded to a technician, who pulled a large lever. The machine began to hum with a gradual increase in tempo. D’Ahid struggled, wishing for one last moment with Jeni.

Then came a blinding flash.

* * *

“Justice is do—” An arrow slammed into Garn’s chest. She stared at it as she felt her legs turn to rubber, then looked up. Her dying eyes widened as she saw a figure in the familiar battle armor urge his mount down the hillside.

“Justice!”

* * *

Lan saw a torrent of emotions play across Abra’s countenance as the woodsmith removed the battle mask. “It’s my fault. If I hadn’t let grief and anger blind me, I’d— Now I’ve lost my only family. This,” he gestured at the armor he wore, “was all I could do to atone. I’d hoped to rescue him, but–”

“We’ve destroyed that machine,” Jeni said. “No one else will die in it; and your actions reinforced Kestor’s legend.”

Abra slammed down the battle mask, and began tearing off the armor. “Do not speak that criminal’s name in my presence.”

“How dare thee…?” Amthra began. Lan held up a hand. Now was not the time to fight; not with D’Ahid’s brother.

“Let him be. We understand your feelings, but we still appreciate what you’ve done for us.”

“I ‘appreciate’ that I failed to be a proper guardian to D’Ahid, and that led him to such as you. So much for your hero’s prophecy that no harm would befall him.”

Lan’s soul felt as if it had been seared. “I don’t understand. Kestor’s prophecies have never been wrong.”

“I just realized something,” Jeni said. “This is the day we’re to read the last prophecy. Maybe it will explain what happened.”

Amthra spat out a bitter, mirthless laugh. “Perhaps he names another to lead us, now that D’Ahid be dead. Or perhaps he tells us the prophecies all be for nothing.”

Jeni crossed to the small alcove where they’d stored the sealed prophecy. “I don’t believe that. Nor did Kestor. He never gave up.”

She returned with the parchment, broke the seal and unraveled it. “In Phaned’s name!”

He hand trembled as she handed Lan the parchment.

“What does it say?” Telrac asked.

Lan handed the parchment to Abra. “You should read this.”

Abra scanned the document. “It’s not possible,” he whispered.

Lan said nothing as he knelt and picked up the battle mask. He considered it for a long moment.

 

Epilogue

D’Ahid stumbled, then frowned as he regained his balance. He stood alone. How had he gotten free? The others must have come for him, and he’d become dazed in the fight.

Just then he noticed a large crowd at the far end of the square. Had his friends been captured?

He started forward, then stopped. He wasn’t alone. A man stood in the doorway of a small shop to his right, and stared at him with an expression of awe. D’Ahid found it disconcerting. By now the man must know he wasn’t the true Kestor.

“Kestor! By all the Gods, can it be true?” The man’s reverent tone carried the same degree of awe.

It seemed he didn’t know. D’Ahid made an inward shrug. “I am Kestor, my friend.” As he drew near the man, he saw that he was a stranger, doubtless a newcomer to Ijnag. “Do you need assistance?”

“Not me, but the governor means to execute a good and decent man.” He pointed toward the crowd. “You must stop it.”

“I intend to.” As a boy, D’Ahid been helpless to prevent Katral from killing his father. But now he’d keep Garn from murdering some other family.

He and the stranger wend their way behind the shops, unobserved. As he drew nearer the crowd, D’Ahid wished he had time to find the others, and that he could remember how he’d gotten free; but that would have to wait.

He could now see the people in the center of the crowd, and his jaw dropped as he tried to accept the reality of what he beheld. One thing was clear, he no longer doubted his destiny.

He turned to his companion.

“You are Monsi of Trepe.”

The man looked startled. “How did you–? You are Kestor.”

“Will you follow me, Monsi?”

“Until my dying day.”

“Do you see that family there? The younger boy is called D’Ahid. One day, the boy named D’Ahid will come to the followers of Kestor. And on that day, he will be your leader. He shall be Kestor.”

The End

  • Continue Reading

Published by Karl Rademacher on June 29, 2014. This item is listed in Novellas, Serial Novellas

We Apologize for the Interruption

by Eliyanna Kaiser

We Apologize for the Interruption was originally published by Silver Blade Magazine in May 2012

 

Peg was tucked snugly in bed in the coma ward, but the blankets itched. They felt heavy too, like they were pushing down on her, pinning her to the mattress. A nurse buzzed around the room at a dizzying pace, hooking up monitors and re-arranging equipment. Peg knew they would try to get this part over with quickly. “Under ten minutes from scan to snooze” was the gold standard.

Nana kept trying to distract her with small talk, but right now, all Peg could do was gape at a length of catheter tubing, attached to some kind of drainage bag. She had a vague sense of its purpose and it completely grossed her out.

“There, there,” the nurse said. “You won’t remember any of this and Mt. Sinai is excellent. You’re in good hands. See? Your mother knows.” The nurse smiled at Nana, who was nodding. “Cross my heart, dear, there’s nothing to be afraid of.”

“She’s not my mother,” Peg said. Her head was swimming. Correcting this small technical error was all she could manage.

Nana took Peg’s hand and squeezed it. “I’m her grandmother,” she explained, “Her mother passed a few years back. Early Alzheimer’s.”

The nurse stopped what she was doing and regarded Nana with sad understanding. “Skeptic or uninsured?”

“Skeptic,” Nana spat the word with bitterness. “My daughter was a stupid, selfish, irresponsible bitch. But it’s not too late for my Peg.”

Did she really just say that? Peg stiffened, and even the nurse looked shocked. When Peg finally found her words, her voice cracked. “Just because I won’t remember this, doesn’t give you the right to say whatever the hell you want.”

Nana looked down, fixing Peg with a cold, challenging look. As long as Peg could remember, she had never talked about her mother with such callousness. What the hell was happening?

The nurse looked back and forth between them with a panicked expression. They were all saved from this downward spiral of events by a strawberry blonde in green scrubs entering the room. The newcomer strode up to Peg’s bedside, oblivious to the tension.

“Doctor Lamonde,” she said, saluting with a manicured hand. “I’m the anesthesiologist who is going settle you into your three-day R&R. Just waiting for verification on that scan from the good folks in New Jersey… Nancy, any word?”

The nurse checked her handheld and gave a relived go-ahead nod. The doctor tied an elastic around Peg’s arm while the nurse flipped on the vital monitors. The wetness of an alcohol swab began to evaporate, spreading a chill over her body.

“Make a fist and hold it,” Dr. Laomnde ordered, unwrapping a butterfly IV. With her other hand the doctor kneaded her flesh in search of a suitable vein.

Peg thought she might vomit. Now that it had come to it, three thoughts drowned everything else into white noise.

First: Somewhere in Weehawken, New Jersey, Biomimetics techs had just confirmed transmission of the brain scan taken just minutes ago. The scan was their blueprint for her syn, an exact copy of her brain.

Second: If the docs were to scan her again, right now, the two scans wouldn’t match, nor would her neuro-algorithm spit out in the same combo of 1s and 0s. New memories had formed, new neural pathways had been drawn, and who she was had irrevocably shifted.

The third thought: She had been avoiding this one. But it had been there all along. It pulsed even louder now, demanding Peg’s absolute and immediate attention: They are going to rip out your brain.

Beeps and flashes of light announced the fight-or-flight heart rate that was churning Peg’s blood pressure.

“No!” she shouted, pulling her arm away. The effect was immediate. As soon as the word had left her lips, a word she hadn’t even realized she was going to say, the vital monitors sounded longer pauses between heartbeats. Less unsettling blood pressure numbers displayed on the screen. She could breathe.

“What do you mean, ‘No’?” Nana, red-faced, was first to break the silence. “Do you have any idea—”

“Ma’am, please,” Dr. Lamonde held up a hand to quiet Nana, and searched Peg’s face, a bit fearfully. “Young lady, are you refusing the coma?”

Peg nodded.

 

*          *          *

 “What happened?”

Peg stared at the blue sky projected on the office ceiling, searching for an answer. She winced at the brightness of the digital image, a veritable Rorschach of fractal clouds, changing shape by the second. Last night, after leaving Mt. Sinai, she’d been told to go straight home and to report to Sonar’s office first thing. She hadn’t slept well.

Why had she done it? She owed no one an explanation more than Sonar. For an entire year they had met here, an hour every week, to make sure she was ready. At first she hadn’t liked the idea of talking to a shrink, but anyone who got the syn upgrade had to get mental health clearance. Much to her surprise, she’d actually come to like therapy—and Sonar. But she hadn’t done her friend any favors yesterday. A neuro-psych’s reputation was built on a low In-Between rate and Peg had blown her perfect record.

“Peg, we have to talk about this.” Sonar tapped her fingernails impatiently.

“I know,” Peg said quickly.

The easy way out was to blame Nana, but Peg knew that the real reason was bigger. Not just bigger, but more upsetting, and harder to put into words. And should she have to? Refusing the coma was her right.

Peg had always thought of herself as pro-choice. Why should anyone be forced into the coma? Of course the issue had always been a little more theoretical. The choice to refuse was far worse in the long run; she knew that. There had been mere minutes between the scan and the walk to the coma ward. Now she was facing the loss of three whole days—the time it would take Biomimetics to construct the syn. The construction was so expensive that insurance companies only gave you one shot at it once the syn was in production. If she didn’t go through with this three days from now, she might never be able to afford to. The coma was the solution to all the anxiety this caused, but she had refused it.

Not quite absently, Peg held her head in her hands and found that succumbing to the urge to rock back and forth was somewhat comforting.

Sonar coughed and shifted in her chair. Peg thought about saying that she knew Sonar was uncomfortable around her. No one wants to be around an In-Between.

Peg opened her mouth to say so but closed it again abruptly. The first sign of Generalized Dissociative Dysphoric Mania was relaxation of social filters. Like telling people what you really think of them. It was exactly what Sonar would be looking for, and Peg needed to get cleared, get the hell out of here. Her last pre-syn moments would not involve being forcibly strapped to a hospital bed and put down like some kind of rabid animal.

Even if she wouldn’t remember it.

“You’re worried that if you say the wrong thing I won’t give you sign-off, aren’t you?” Sonar asked, not unkindly.

Peg nodded, heart pounding.

“Well,” she sighed. “I don’t think you chose an easy path for yourself. But so long as I think you’re not going to harm yourself—or anyone else—I won’t stop you from leaving. Fair?”

Peg withdrew her fingernails from her head and felt pain where the skin depressed. “Fair,” she agreed.

“You don’t know why you did it, do you?”

“No.”

“Not unusual, I guess.” Sonar tilted her head in examination. “You having any regrets?”

“No,” Peg said. Sort of. She had a headache.

“What’s going on in there? Talk to me, Peg. No self-editing.”

“It hardly seems worth spending so much time processing. What if I have some major life-changing break-through? Total waste of effort on both our parts.”

“Remember what I said about keeping a diary? Sometimes people in your… situation become obsessed with certain experiences or realizations and are afraid to lose them after the surgery. That’s normal. A diary could help with that.”

There was a silence until Peg realized that Sonar was waiting for her to confirm she had absorbed the suggestion.

“Right. Diary. Got it.”

Sonar sighed. “We just need to get you through these next few days. Humor me. I’m on your side.”

As it went, humoring the only person standing between her and freedom did seem like a good idea. Peg moved her hands away from her head and sunk her nervous energy into stroking the velour of the sofa. Maintain eye contact. Normal posture. Normal thoughts. Normal behavior.

“I’m thinking about how everyone will be weird around me.” I’m thinking that if you decide I’m unwired they’ll take me to Mt. Sinai in a straight-jacket. When I wake up I’ll never know what you did. Or what Nana said.

“Good,” Sonar said, nodding eagerly. “What do you think other people will be thinking?”

“That In-Betweens are dangerous.” Peg didn’t feel dangerous. She’d never felt more vulnerable. “Or that I’m turning into a religious freak or a technophobe, which is stupid since I’ve had every other upgrade for my age group.” The syn upgrade wasn’t anything like a regular tissue replacement, even a major one. But it’s what you want to hear, so I’ll say it.

Sonar was staring at her. Damn! She had trailed off mid-sentence. Peg brushed off all tangential thoughts with a hair flip.

“Anyway, c’mon, it’s me. I understand about the upper limits of cell replication—the Hayflick Limit, all that.”

She did, too. Peg had done the Hayflick proof in cellular biology as an undergraduate. For half a semester she watched her worm cell culture divide. The goo kept chugging along, happily doubling its mass in her Petri dish, until one day the cells just …stopped. Cells aren’t immortal, that was the lesson, and each organism’s cells were programmed to count down to their own end. Divide. Divide. Divide. Divide. Die.

And while you could replace your organs, derm upgrade, and swap out your bones and muscles until you never thought you’d see the outside of an OR again, the brain was the limit. It wasn’t exactly replaceable. One day your ridiculously healthy body would find itself home to a geriatric brain. Game over.

That is, until Biomimetics invented the syn.

“Do you think their worries are unfair?” Sonar asked.

The distinct scent of chocolate tickled Peg’s nose, and her mouth watered. It reminded her of being a fat teenager, before she’d traded in her thyroids for ones with a metabolism to match her eating habits. She frowned distastefully at the culprit, a monstrous purple flower set in a simple brown planter on Sonar’s desk. It was engineered to release this particular aroma when it was dehydrated.

Peg wrenched her attention away from the flower.

“It’s like every post-syn I meet is looking at me and thinking about their In-Between moments—and I don’t care what the definition is!” Peg yelled. Only people who refused the coma were considered In-Betweens. “You can’t remember, so you can’t argue with me about it.”

Sonar raised an eyebrow and Peg flinched with the realization that she was acting defensively.

“I feel,” Peg started again, “that post-syns know, on some level, that they lost something.” She took a deep breath. “It messes with you people to look at me.”

Sonar dropped the section of hair she had been twisting, her expression thoughtful. “You think I’m projecting? That I’m secretly upset about the memories I lost walking to the coma ward?”

“Look, I want to go.” Peg stood up and retrieved her coat. “Is that okay?”

It was Sonar’s job to make sure that she wasn’t dangerous. That was the point of these morning evals for these next three days. By the stats, Peg had 50/50 odds of keeping her sanity. It was a controversial law, but after Ginger Louis shot a corporate heavyweight at Biomimetics three years ago, no one was taking chances with In-Betweens, even the civ lib hard cases. Hell, most other states had banned the In-Between option.

It was hard not to think about Ginger Louis, hard not to question every stray thought or passing urge for breaches from normality. You could drive yourself crazy waiting for the crazy to come.

Sonar frowned. “What are your plans for today?”

“Head to campus? I can teach the pre-calc tutorial instead of the sub.”

Sonar hesitated, but signed her tablet with a quick flourish.

Peg hadn’t reached the door when a queasy feeling in her stomach took hold. Everyone she knew expected her to be in a coma. And everyone else would get a zap to their handheld within yards of her approach, warning of an In-Between. The police had tagged her.

Maybe this was a mistake.

“Second thoughts?” Sonar sounded hopeful. “You don’t have to do this. I can call Mt. Sinai.”

Peg took a step away from Sonar, even while her mind toyed with the offer.

“I’m fine, really.” She swallowed to soothe the dryness itching her throat. She searched for something to sound casual about. “Your fly-trap-magnolia monster wants water. It reeks like cocoa in here.”

***

The walk from East Midtown to the West Village was familiar. It took time too, which was positive. Everyday things. Peg recited her new mantra. Simple things. Unimportant things.

She soaked in the pulse of the crowd as she made her way down the avenue. The touch of the shoulders and legs that brushed her felt gentle, like all of humanity giving her a hug. She was probably setting off thousands of In-Between alerts, but the mass of commuters was too dense for anyone to figure out who the In-Between was. It felt good. Anonymous.

Before long she was back on campus, circling the perimeter of Washington Square Park. She stopped to take in the beauty of the towering trees. Usually, she didn’t look up, didn’t notice. Annoyed faces maneuvered around her stationary form like an inconveniently placed human bollard. A few, paying more attention to their handhelds, crossed the street to get away from her. Oh, God. She tried to imagine walking into her classroom and teaching a room full of terrified undergraduates. It was beginning to seem like a terrible idea.

Her handheld buzzed, zapped by an unknown user, immediate proximity. Her dating service flagged him as a poor match. She looked around to figure out which one he was of the milling strangers. Off the path, a guy with long dreadlocks arranged red and black pamphlets on a plastic foldout table. He winked.

What the hell, she thought, and answered his zap. Normally she avoided the doomsday radicals like every other sane person. Changes in base personality. She nearly groaned. Symptom number two of Generalized Dissociative Dysphoric Mania.

She was about to go over and flirt when he sent her a micro-ad: The Zombie-Capitalists Want to Eat Your Brain – Resist! Wednesday, 19:00, Judson Memorial Church. Zap RobertNeville@NYU.

She flinched, but had to smile at the timing. Her dating service had not misled her. Dreadlocks boy might be cute, but this was definitely a bad idea.

“You got somewhere to be?” he called out in a disarmingly smooth Euro-African accent.

“You Robert Neville?” The name sounded familiar.

“Nah. Just my handle. He’s a character from this old movie I saw. Last guy standing in New York, post zombie apocalypse.”

“I Am Legend?” Peg remembered the book.

“Yeah, that’s the one.”

“I think it was vampires.”

“Oh.” He looked puzzled about what to do with that information. “Well, I saw the movie.” He stuck out his hand. “Jayden.”

A girl named Peg had to like retro names. And his was cute. It fit.

“Peg,” she said, accepting the handshake. She took in the broadness of his shoulders. Screw the math tutorial.

How did this Jayden guy get a shirt that tight over his head and past that neck? What was the elasticity of what seemed to be a regular cotton shirt that it didn’t tear whenever his arm muscles flexed?

“You thinking about coming to the meeting?”

“Uh huh,” she managed. He was beautiful.

*          *          *

They decided to get a drink at the Delta. The greetings the staff gave Jayden zeroed him as non-random for the spot. A few of the wait-staff glanced nervously at the In-Between alert, but they were clearly the more progressive types. They smiled with professionalism and took her order.

By the time she had taken her first sip of beer, Peg had played out the scenario where they fell in love and she decided not to go through with the surgery, unwilling to lose this catalytic moment forever. She ignored the insurance company’s warning: one ridiculously expensive syn construction per policyholder, per lifetime—no do-overs.

Of course, she was never able to raise the cash to build another syn. Eventually her brain rotted with age in bitter contrast to her stubbornly youthful body. But: She died knowing love.

Very romantic. Unforgivably stupid. There was no excuse in this day and age for allowing one’s brain to waste away. Nana just didn’t have to be such a jerk about it.

With three days of nothing to lose, she decided she was in this for sex. Peg opened her stance and focused her mind on nothing else. She uncrossed and crossed her legs and made her lips pout just a little bit. She lit a cigarette.

“So, you’re a communist,” she said. “What’s that like?”

He laughed, a good throaty chuckle, and grinned back at her, cheeks puckering into dimples.

“I’m an anarchist. And it’s just okay. What are you?”

“In-Between,” she admitted, a bit surprised with her own candidness. She blew a perfect smoke ring. “And it sucks.”

“Yeah, I know,” he smiled, indicating his handheld.

Jayden was easy to talk to and with the awkwardness of the whole In-Between thing finally out there, everything else was fair game.

Jayden was amused by her derm upgrade. She’d selected a milky latte color so her skin would keep longer. Skin cancer ran on her father’s side, and since her parents hadn’t gone in for the whole designer-baby craze, Peg was predisposed. Insurance didn’t usually cover a derm upgrade until your mid-40s, but for people with her genetic markers they made an exception. The truth, Peg confided, was that she’d just not wanted to look so pasty.

In trade, he confessed to blowing an entire summer’s tips to get his eyes swapped, just for a color change. Dark brown to sea-foam green. Peg examined them as he did his best not to blink. She liked how he did that, making a point of letting her know he’d also had cosmetic work, just to make her feel better about her derm job.

“I’ll bet they were fine brown,” said Peg.

Jayden twirled the foam on the head of his beer with a slow circling finger. His smile was crooked and sad.

“What is it?”

“It’s none of my business, but I wish you weren’t getting it done.”

“Why?” She sighed and crossed her arms. Better to get this over with. Let him drone on about the soul so we can get to the part involving clothing removal.

“You’re going to die,” he said, pulling apart bubbles of foam between fingers. “I just think that’s sad.”

Peg set down her beer too forcefully and it sloshed over the brim, spilling over the table. Jayden soaked it up with a napkin while Peg fumed. What was she supposed to say now? My mother died of early-onset Alzheimer’s. You were probably a designer baby, but, surprise! I have the markers for Alzheimer’s. If I don’t do this, and soon, I’ll die way too young and it won’t be pretty.

But there was no way. She’d just met this guy and, as he’d said, it was none of his goddamn business. Taking a page out of Sonar’s book, she decided to answer with a question.

“So what’s your solution? Let your neurons rot until you wink out?”

“Better that than letting the zombie docs carve out your brain, turn you into Frankenstein. You’re going to die and some other chick who is almost you is going to check out extended life in your place.”

He reached across the table to hold her hand. Hell, no. She jerked away.

“Look, I shouldn’t have said anything.”

“No,” Peg said, zapping the bar to pay her tab. “You shouldn’t have.” She snatched up her coat from the back of her chair. “I was going to let you fuck me.”

Peg was about to turn and leave when she saw the look on his face.

“Have you actually read any books?” she scowled. “Frankenstein was the doctor.”

***

Faking her way through the pre-meeting small talk at Judson Memorial Church a few hours later, Peg considered taking the train to Mt. Sinai hospital, racing to the coma ward, and begging them to put her out of her misery. These people were far worse than religious freaks or communists or even civ lib hard-cases. This was a gathering of the seriously stupid.

When she’d arrived, Jayden’s mouth had dropped open in surprise. “I needed a distraction,” she’d said, brushing by and making it clear she wasn’t there to talk to him.

Unfortunately, this had left her alone to be hit on by Jayden’s leering co-conspirator, Darien. Darien was polite enough not to make a big deal about her In-Between status, but that was the limit to his manners.

“You wanna get wicked high after this?” he’d asked. He was a redhead, too pale and too thin, and he talked to her chest. She had never liked bony white boys, and Darien the tit-whisperer was not about to become her exception. She’d groaned as he tried to put his arm around her.

“Not interested,” she’d said firmly.

Hot-cheeked, she was now pretending to be interested in her handheld. She actually felt like tossing it through one of the stained-glass windows. She hadn’t been able to reach any of her so-called friends. Although, to be fair, they hadn’t exactly expected her to be available tonight. But she still pictured them, each taking one took one look at the In-Between alert, and ignoring her. Assholes.

Meandering through the packed room, she decided that being here, at Jayden’s radical anti-syn meeting after storming out on his ass, was proof positive that she wasn’t thinking straight. She’d floated around Manhattan, shopping and trying to keep herself occupied. Everywhere she’d went she was greeted with wide-eyed looks and suspicion. Security at two stores had searched her for weapons. This was officially the most messed day of her life.

“Hi,” said a short balding guy wearing glasses. Peg tried to smile politely. Hair implants weren’t that expensive and corrective vision surgery couldn’t even be called a proper upgrade. The anti-tech freaks were so bizarre. Why would anyone want to look like this?

“I saw the alert,” the man said spitting his words with a stutter. “Did you know, um-um-um, that Biomimetics covered up a secret study that proves the syns aren’t accurate? Did you know that? Did you?”

“Nope,” said Peg. “Excuse me.”

She turned and found herself facing a priest holding hands in a circle with three girls. Their eyes were firmly shut, but the girls all looked close to tears, hands white-knuckled in each other’s fists.

“In the name of the Lord our Savior, Jesus Christ, we ask your forgiveness for our trespasses,” the priest intoned.

One of the girls nodded emphatically, and Peg could see she was wearing a red pin with the words: “Suicide and Murder. Two Sins for a Syn.”

That’s it—I’m done. Peg looked around for the nearest exit. But it was then that Jayden called his meeting to order and Peg was pushed into the pews.

“Why do so many post-syns change their names after their surgeries?” he began, his voice projecting to the back rows with grace and ease. Peg was already irritated. It was such a leading question.

Jayden paced back and forth, and stopped in front of a young woman with a violet complexion.

“When we alter the human body, we change who we are,” he said. “And that’s okay. You’re beautiful, lady-friend. What’s your name?”

“Ocean,” the woman said, standing up to reveal a cascading mane of blue hair, which she tossed proudly. Peg had once considered a similar shade, cerulean, but decided it was too cartoonish. This girl didn’t have the bottle-dye variety; those locks were engineered.

“Ocean,” he announced, holding her hand up in the air like she’d won a race. “Isn’t she beautiful?”

Peg clapped politely with the room.

“We have nothing to fear from change. Those who are gathered here aren’t anti-science. We love life, in all forms. That is exactly why we must resist the syns.”

Jayden paused and looked contemplative. “I met a girl today, an In-Between.”

There was a murmur. A few people who had taken the time to ID her when they’d first seen the alert turned and looked, trolling for a reaction. Peg felt herself go clammy. Was he really going to use her like this?

“This girl, she’s beautiful too, smart and witty. Put me in my place real fast.” He smiled to himself. “Meeting her reminded me of the old com for Biomimetics. The ‘Knock yourself in the Head’ spot—remember that one?”

Peg knew it. A happy looking woman running to keep up with her overly energetic rat-dog bumps her head against a wall. The camera zooms into her brain and shows a few neurons dying and then her brain compensates, forming alternative pathways. It was relatable and comforting. The idea was that if the nanobots messed a few neurons, or the algorithm was a bit off, it didn’t matter. Biomimetics’ margin of error was still less than the damage done by knocking your head against a wall while chasing a rat-dog. Negligible.

Peg found herself nodding with the room.

“So this girl I met, let’s call her Sunshine, she’s still got her brain, right? But right now the zombie docs in Jersey are busy making a copy, the syn. But what if we were to stick her syn into someone else’s body?”

The tabloids were always feeding the fear that a newly constructed syn could be switched in transit—so you ended up in the wrong body. It had never happened, of course. This was kind of disappointing. She had sort of expected more.

“Okay. So now, some unfortunate random has been body-snatched by Sunshine.” Peg stole a glance at the rows of people listening in rapt silence.

“Now, let’s wake up our two Sunshines, the original and the syn. Hell, let’s sit them down for tea together. No big whoop, right? After we finish serving scones we’ll just put both Sunshines under again and fix the mistake—do as we should have the first time—incinerate Sunshine’s brain and put the syn in her body. No harm, no foul. Right?” He took a deeper breath and punched his words. “Am I right?”

Peg sunk into her seat. Her heart was beating so fast. She took loud, shallow breaths through her mouth.

“Imagine seeing your syn staring right back at you in another body. Would there be any alternative other than to admit that the syn is a distinct person?”

He shook his head in answer to his own question, and thumped his fist on the dais. “No! The fantasy, the story you tell yourself about going to sleep and waking up to live forever is broken, shattered, vaporized the moment you face your copy and acknowledge its separateness.”

“So what’s left?” Jayden asked his audience, extending his hand to recognize anyone with the answer.

“What’s left?” Jayden still demanded, his voice increasing in volume, building in the crescendo of his finale.

“Excuse me.” Peg pushed past the people seated in her pew. “I feel a bit sick.” It was no excuse; she was both dizzy and nauseous. She hurried down the aisle.

“Sunshine!”

Peg froze mid-step. Everyone in the church had turned to watch her, wide-eyed. Jayden was pointing in her direction. “What’s left, Sunshine, when the mirage is gone?”

Peg ran for the exit. She ignored the excited whispers, ignored Jayden.

***

At their morning appointment, Sonar’s expression was hard and unreadable. Peg was hung-over from a night of drinking alone in her apartment.

“I’m just saying that I might change my mind. I’m allowed to change my mind. It’s my right.”

“It is,” Sonar said carefully, eying her tablet. Was she thinking of having Peg taken in? No! She couldn’t do that, the regs were clear. An In-Between could change her mind.

“Do you remember why you wanted to do this in the first place?”

“Of course.”

“When you first stepped through that door you wanted the surgery right away. You were furious you had to do twelve months of therapy to qualify. You had just watched your mother die,” Sonar said, tempering her tone. “Do remember what you said?”

“Yes,” Peg was crying now and it was hard to get words out. “I remember.” She remembered all right. “Some people say that maybe you lose a few minutes of time, or that it’s not you, not exactly, on the other end. But I had… I had just watched my mother break into a thousand pieces. She was completely stripped away, and it wasn’t an upgrade that did it. That was all natural, and no matter what an upgrade would have done, at the end… that—wasn’t—her.”

Sonar settled on to the cushion next to her. A comforting arm slipped around her, and Peg melted. She buried her face in Sonar’s shoulder and tried to catch her breath.

“Peg, you only get one shot at this being covered by your insurance. I don’t want to watch you make a mistake you’ll regret.” She passed Peg a tissue, and continued. “Honey, don’t think that I would ever stop you if you were sure. Talk it through with your grandmother before you make a final decision.”

“Nana’s not even taking my calls,” Peg said. The bitterness in her tone was impossible to cover. “No one is. I’m a social pariah. I’ve had to hang with randoms. Loser randoms.”

Sonar clasped her hands together. “That’s my fault, actually. One of the ways we try to prevent In-Betweens… What I mean is, meaningful interactions—positive or negative—can be very stressful.”

Peg’s tears dried in an instant. “So can being isolated,” she hissed. “Did you geniuses ever think of that?”

“Of course we have.” Sonar returned to her own chair, putting her infuriatingly detached expression back on. “These are hardly ideal circumstances.”

***

“Hey, it’s the walking dead!” Darien called out. He and Jayden were handing out leaflets at their foldout table. “Brains… Brains…” Darien outstretched his arms like a movie zombie and bust out laughing while Jayden looked on, horrified.

Tossing her head like she hadn’t seen either of them, Peg kept walking. Behind her, she heard Jayden shout something that sounded like an admonishment.

“Ignore Darien. He’s a dick,” Jayden said, a moment later. He had run to catch up with her. “Shrink cut you loose for another day, huh?”

“Leave me alone.”

“If you really wanted to be left alone, Sunshine, you wouldn’t be in Washington Square Park where you knew I’d be.”

“My name is Peg.”

“Sorry, just trying to cope.”

Peg had a bad feeling she knew the punch line, but set him up anyway. She threw up her hands. “Cope with what?”

“The imminent death of my new friend, Peg. I don’t think I’ll be able to call the syn by that name. Too weird.”

Peg rolled her eyes. “Luckily, you’re not her type.”

“Right.”

She pretended not to notice he still followed her, and was about to tell him to find someone else to use for his next meeting, but when she turned to say so, he was standing on top of a park bench.

“I am alone and miserable; man will not associate with me; but one as deformed and horrible as myself would not deny herself to me.” He performed the impromptu soliloquy with exaggerated theatrical form. His accent made Mary Shelley sound like Shakespeare.

Jayden hopped down, knelt beside her, and extended a finely toned arm in her direction. Passersby pointed and whispered to each other from behind cupped hands, grinning. Either they hadn’t noticed the In-Between status alert on their handhelds or they were just caught up in the moment. The pose he was striking made it look like he was about to propose.

“My companion must be of the same species and have the same defects. This being you must create.”

Peg laughed, surprising herself. “You read and memorized lines from Frankenstein. In the twelve hours since I last saw you?”

“And discovered that I am the monster.”

She took his arm when he offered it and they began to walk through the park.

“I do read you know,” he muttered.

Something warm in her took over and she gave him a quick peck on the cheek. Jayden arched his neck at the opportunity. He cupped her chin and she was surprised to find his tongue parting her mouth. She kissed him back, biting on his lower lip.

“I’d hate to think of you forgetting that,” he said wistfully. His breath tickled her neck. It might have been romantic, were it not the most inappropriate thing he could have said.

She felt her body shake. What exactly was he playing at? Was kissing her a tactic? Was she his save-a-brain project for the week?

“Other than giving speeches, what is it you do exactly?” Peg demanded.

“I’m …working on my philosophy dissertation.” He looked at her with a confused frown.

She couldn’t hold back a groan. Of course he was.

“No, I mean, what is your little organizing effort doing?”

“Our coalition builds consciousness about the threat that Biomimetics poses to individual life.”

“Wait a sec.” Peg halted.

Jayden faced her uncertainly. “What? What is it?”

“I just want to be very clear about this. Are you saying that you really believe that at hospitals every day people are being conned by an evil world corp into offing themselves like a bunch of lemmings… and you’re not doing anything but working on your oratory skills?”

Peg was disgusted. If she believed people were being murdered she would do something about it. Who wouldn’t? This guy’s pretty speeches had one logical, actionable direction or he was a bullshit coward.

“I’m a pacifist,” he said, looking at her oddly. “Our collective welcomes disparate perspectives united towards our common goal. That’s the key: building a plurality toward democratic reform.”

What crap, Peg thought and turned to leave, even as he asked: “What’s a lemming?”

She walked faster, and skipped into a jog. She could feel his presence at her back.

“Don’t follow me,” she called back. “I want to be alone!”

“I’ll be at the Delta!” he called after her.

Peg slipped into a subway station and boarded a train. It lurched out of the station as she tried to hold back tears. The car was crammed, but the benefit of being an In-Between soon became apparent as everyone gave her a wide berth. Peg couldn’t help but think about how, by the stats, a third of these people were syns.

Her handheld blinked with messages. Nana had tried calling. A sizable sampling of her friends. Half the math department at NYU. Sonar worked fast.

The familiar, soothing projection of the abstract purple and pink lines of the Tri-State Transit Authority cut into a com spot. No escape, she sighed. The spot was for Biomimetics’ syn line.

It was the fountain of youth spot. An old couple drank from the fountain. They ran the length of the car and shot out of view, picking up speed and youthful appearance as they ran, laughing.

A disembodied, womanly voice spoke: “Augustus and Golda just celebrated their one-hundredth anniversary. Here’s to the next hundred years. Here at Biomimetics we believe…” Peg stopped listening and called up the transit map on her handheld.

She got off at Moynihan Station and switched to a New Jersey line.

***

Biomimetics Labs was headquartered in downtown Weehawken with all its tightly packed spiraling glass and steel buildings. The property stood out amongst the suffocating density. It had a dated quality: real mason-built brick, manicured lawns, and an enormous fountain that sprayed blue-dyed water, just like the company’s logo.

A tiny woman with thick-rimmed bedazzled, lens-less glasses was filing her nails at the reception desk. Glasses that weren’t for sun-protection were the ultimate in ironic accessory for a biotech worker. Peg almost got a giggle out of watching the woman’s welcoming smile morph into panic-stricken terror at the In-Between alert.

“Hi. I’m Margaret Gallagher—but people call me Peg. I’m an In-Between and I want to inspect my syn in-production.” The reception’s jaw dropped, and Peg added, “please.”

“JD?” the receptionist called out. “JD, can you come over here, please?” She didn’t take her eyes off Peg as she typed into her console. “Right now, JD!”

JD, the no-nonsense security thug, gave Peg a pat down.

“She has a phone and some cigs. That’s it,” he reported. The receptionist was still checking in with her superiors.

Peg’s handheld signaled that Nana had been zapping her madly for an hour. With resignation, she asked permission to make a call while the receptionist awaited instructions. JD relented with a pig-like grunt.

Nana answered immediately.

“Peg! I’m so glad you called. Why does my thing say you’re in Weehawken?”

“Because I’m in Weehawken.”

“But what are you doing in… Oh.” She clicked her tongue in disapproval. “You shouldn’t be there. You should be asleep. You’re so fragile. You have no idea how worried I’ve been.”

“Asleep?” Peg snapped. But JD was hanging on to her every word with suspicion. This was the worst moment to really have it out with Nana.

“Don’t take that tone with me,” Nana bit back and Peg almost jumped. “Just tell me this. If you are so sure that you want to throw your life away, why schlep out to Jersey?”

“I… I just want to see it.”

***

Peg pressed her nose to the glass and looked where the man was pointing. There on the stainless steel table was her syn.

It was in pieces.

It didn’t even look like a syn, not the way they looked in com spots. There were piles of glassy beads stuck on to graphite-colored sticks with dark wires. It looked like someone had taken a hammer to a console.

“It’s a trifle messy, I’m afraid,” the tall, overly affected administrator said. “It’s still unassembled, you see. There are–”

Peg purred in imitation of the voiceover lady from the com spots. “Millions of tiny robots building perfect copies of billions of neurons and trillions of synapses.”

“Quite right.” The man seemed uninterested in eye contact. “Tomorrow’s a busy day. We’ll put all the bits together and test the plasticity response. We wipe anything that comes from the testing, naturally. After that it’s we plug in the neuro-algorithm; that’s when our programmers get their turn. Then we head to the hospital and she goes on with her life.” He continued to look straight ahead, blinking at his own glass reflection.

Peg said nothing, but itched to leave the company of this strange man and his dubious habit of anthropomorphizing bits of man-made polymers. Looking at the syn, laying there in pieces had settled this. That pile of silicone nothingness was not her.

“I read the syn’s file, you know,” he said, and there was a measure of distaste in his words. “I did the checks twice. It was… surprising that someone with such a clean pre-eval like Margaret would have chosen In-Between status.” He shook his head in disapproval.

“You know, this third person crap is seriously offensive.” Peg snapped, and without waiting for permission, she ran down the hallway. She heard him shout after her, but didn’t stop. She thought she knew how to get back to the elevator.

Turns out, the sub-basements were a maze. After several wrong turns she reached a dead end with some kind of utility room, its door propped open. A sign barked warnings against unauthorized entry and a security camera was clearly visible. She waved at it in irritation. If she just stayed put undoubtedly someone would come to collect her.

While she waited, she peeked inside the open door and whistled, impressed. They were using huge, sparkling super-oxide crystals to generate breathable air for the underground levels of the building. That was pretty cool.

And pretty dangerous.

She looked around, nervously. One hand found her pocket and fingered her pack of cigarettes. She had matches just under the rim, tucked into the plastic. JD, the security troll, hadn’t noticed.

Leaving the door propped was stupid. This room was nothing more than a massive stockpile of explosive crystals…

The thought lingered, more tempting than chocolate or sex had ever been. It would be one final, brilliant, storm. And it would be final. She would be no Ginger Louis to face trial and punishment. If she walked into that room, opened up one of those canisters, and set fire to those crystals, Peg would be the first to die.

Her pack of cigarettes was out of her pocket now and she fingered her matches, ripped one of them out, and held it in the palm of her sweating hand. She remembered what she’d said to Jayden in the park, just hours before.

She was nothing to these people.

Their Peg was in pieces on a stainless steel table in this windowless tomb in mother-fucking Jersey. She was nothing but another payday from a health insurance company. One more lemming-mark.

She took another step forward, but froze at the sound of footsteps. Before she could even wonder about how easy this all was, she realized it wasn’t easy at all. She looked up at the security camera and gulped uneasily.

She was still holding the match. She needed a reason to have it out, something that didn’t seem so obviously criminal. She lit a cigarette, inhaling deeply as the administrator approached.

“Uh, you can’t smoke in here,” he said.

“Sorry,” she said, dropping it to the concrete floor and stomping it out.

“Miss, I apologize,” he said. “I hope you understand that the kind of In-Between that comes here is often on the verge of doing something… unfortunate.”

“I’m not Ginger Louis,” she said, teeth bared. No, she wasn’t. Ginger wouldn’t have hesitated.

He gave her an appraising look. “I only meant that In-Betweens that come here often don’t go through with their upgrades.”

“Right,” Peg said. Get a handle. Stop acting so guilty.

“And I’m sorry I used the third person in your presence. I can understand why that upset you and I want to explain. At Biomimetics, all staff, top to bottom, are trained to refer to syns, even in-production, like they are already people. It’s critically important because it’s so easy to get detached, look at these abstract parts in the assembly labs, the scans, the programmers modeling on their computers, and forget that we are re-creating someone’s sentience. Some people say it’s like looking at an impressionist painting, you know, where you can’t see what it is until you step all the way back.”

“I’m not getting the analogy right, but the point I’m making very badly here is that this is human life—the very essence of it—and deserving of all the respect a doctor would give to a live human patient. Can you understand that?”

“I think so,” Peg said with faint surprise. She felt suddenly relieved not to be a suicidal terrorist, which was the most depressing thing she could think of to be thankful for. With a whimper it came to her: Lack of consideration for social mores, including violence and criminal acts. The third symptom.

The administrator adjusted his tie and smiled awkwardly. “We don’t often get visitors here. I wasn’t thinking, Margaret.”

“My name is Peg,” she said hoarsely.

***

Sonar ordered her to a mandatory eval in two hours. Not surprisingly, Biomimetics had reported her visit to the New York authorities, including the little stunt where she ran away from the administrator. Even though she had less than a day left, no one was taking any chances.

Just one quick stop on the way.  She stumbled into the Delta.

There was definitely a chance that Sonar would decide she was unwired and she’d be forced into the coma early. Or she’d clear the eval.

Either way, time was running out, and she knew for certain that she wanted to talk to Jayden one more time before it was all over.

She had zapped him that she was coming, but hadn’t gotten a reply. She looked hopefully at the two-seater they had occupied the day before, but he wasn’t there. The music was painfully loud and Peg covered her ears, stood on her toes, and strained her neck searching for dreadlocks.

The only person she recognized was that dick, Darien, sitting at the bar drinking a line of shots solo. With a sigh, she wove through the drunks and tapped his shoulder.

“Well, if it isn’t Little Miss In-Between,” he said, grinning.

“Know where Jayden is?” She tried to keep her voice pleasant as he groped her bust-line with his eyes. “I fucked up and I think they’re going to put me under early.”

“Sucks.” He took another shot. “He was here for hours. You just missed him. Seriously, some hours you keep, babe. Insomnia somewhere on the list for Generalized Dissociative-whatever?”

“I’m not your babe,” Peg scowled, and started towards the door.

“Oh, don’t be like that,” he said, catching up to her and abandoning the last of little shot glasses at the bar. “C’mon. I’ll take you to him.”

 

***

On the fiftieth floor of an unremarkable NYU graduate student residential complex, Darien and Peg approached the last of a long corridor of identical white apartment doors, and knocked.

“He had a few waiting for you. Might be asleep.” Darien leaned into the access window and waited for the red light to pass over his iris. A click and a hiss unlocked the door.

“I don’t think I should just bust in,” Peg whispered.

“Sounds like you don’t have a lot of options.” Darien shrugged. “But whatever.”

Peg thought he was trying to act like he didn’t care either way; he was acting really weird.

“How do you have privileges to Jayden’s room?”

He took a second longer than he should have to reply. “He keeps the fold-out table and pamphlets here. Sometimes I go to the park without him.”

Darien motioned for her to enter ahead of him and Peg hesitated. In the short time since she’d met this guy he’d managed to creep her out pretty consistently. But if he tried to hurt her, someone would be able to see the footage of them walking into the building together, right up to this door. He wasn’t that stupid. Or that drunk. She allowed herself a few cautious steps into the darkness.

“Jayden?”

He pushed her square in the center of her back and she tumbled face-forward. Her nose smacked into the cheaply carpeted floor. It burned from the friction.

“Shit,” she moaned. “You’ve got to be kidding me.”

All light vanished as Darien closed the door.

“What is this?” she demanded, trying not to sound frightened.

Stupid, stupid, stupid. She knew exactly what this was and in the dark she couldn’t fight him off.

“Ligh—” she tried to get out the vocal command but he was there too fast, covering her mouth with one hand, and pinning her arms with the other. He started kissing her neck as she thrashed, stomach souring at the mismatched scents of rum, mint gum, and cologne.

“Letmego.” She couldn’t catch her breath.

“C’mon, babe. Just a few hours to zombie doc time, right?” She felt him shrug his shoulders. “We can do the nastiest shit and you won’t remember. Like it never even happened.”

“I’ll tell the police,” she screeched.

“You’re manic, remember? As in unreliable? Relax, Sunshine.”

It was worse that he called her that, Jayden’s name for her. He let loose his hold on her left wrist and it went under her shirt. She hadn’t realized how numb and frozen she was until the feel of him touching her rebooted her adrenaline. She aimed her knee for his nuts, missed, but got his gut. He collapsed, howling and retching.

“Oh, man. Oh, man… Oh, man.” He began to sob as he heaved. “Just get the fuck out. Lights!”

When they came on, there was a baseball bat, leaning against the wall, right beside her.

She picked it up.

In the infinitesimal moment that existed before she swung, Peg’s mind froze in brutal, perfect awareness of the irreversibility of her actions.

The sound was horrible, but it was over soon, and there wasn’t as much blood as she thought there might have been.

***

Peg remembered how crazy everyone was the day the jury reached a not-guilty verdict in the Ginger Louis case. Post-syn Ginger couldn’t remember committing the crime.

The question no one wanted to ask was had she committed them? Peg understood the problem better now, the layers of mass delusion slick as oil on the whole mess. If post-syn Ginger wasn’t responsible what happened to the real criminal?

The psychiatric community unveiled a new category of mental illness: Generalized Dissociative Dysphoric Mania. Like labeling something, putting it into a neat little package, means it’s all under control.

Peg had called the police. Following the advice of every movie she’d ever seen she demanded to speak to a lawyer before giving a statement. She called Nana and Sonar for help.

Nana got her a lawyer who met her at central booking. He explained that the post-Ginger legal reforms meant that the District Attorney’s office had to decide whether or not to bring criminal charges against an In-Between before a scheduled upgrade—in Peg’s case, immediately. If they were going to charge her, there wouldn’t be any surgery. They’d lock her up until the trial.

Peg repeated to the Assistant DA what she’d rehearsed with her lawyer.

“I was on my way to meet my shrink, but I stopped at a bar looking for a friend—Jayden. Darien was there, and he said he knew where Jayden was, so I followed him, but he didn’t take me to Jayden. He tried to rape me and I fought him off.”

She knew what she was leaving out. Knew what it meant about her.

She waited outside the big oak doors as her lawyer and the Assistant DA conferred. NYU must have supplied them the video from the building’s hallway. Even in the next room she could just recognize her own muted scream as Darien pushed her into that room.

Peg watched the sunrise through an antique, wood-framed window. Her thoughts settled on her mother and what Nana had said about her. Nana had been dead-on.

“You stupid, selfish, irresponsible bitch,” she whispered. “I needed you. I need you.”

For what seemed like the hundredth time that day, Peg let herself collapse into hopeless tears. How had she become this… person who hated the memory of her own mother—the kind of person who could kill another human being?

A sunbeam curved through the window momentarily blinding her and she closed her eyes.

“They’re cutting you loose.” The voice of her lawyer startled her. She hadn’t heard the door open. She looked up. He looked tired, his eyes tinged with curly-cues of red veins rising to the surface of the whites. Just like Darien’s had been.

What did he want her to say? Thank you for helping me get away with murder.

“He had priors for sexual assault. You’re not being charged with anything. You get it?”

She nodded, exhausted, and saw Sonar step into the corridor. Knowing at last what she needed to do, Peg rose to meet her. But first, she zapped Jayden a message: Tell Peg what she needs to know. See you on the other side.

***

“I was an In-Between?” Peg laughed and waited for Sonar to crack a smile. But her shrink was barely making eye contact. Oh, holy shit. “Did I say why?”

“You said you didn’t know.” Sonar hesitated. “I told you to keep a diary. Maybe you’ll find some answers there.”

There was something worse than what Sonar was saying. She had come to think of her shrink as a friend, but now she was barely making eye contact.

“Where’s Nana?” Peg asked, looking around the room. Her grandmother had promised she’d be here when she woke up.

Sonar blinked a few times and sat down. She was clearly exhausted and worn out.

Peg took a sharp breath. “Sonar, what did I do?”

***

The undergraduates in her pre-calc tutorial were uncharacteristically quiet when she entered. She could hardly blame them; she had been all over the talkies, probably would be for a month or more. There had even been reporters outside the building this morning. She strode to the front of the classroom and tried on a bashful smile.

“I suppose some of you may have heard that I was an In-Between.”

Every set of teen eyes stared at her, unblinking. A few giggled nervously.

“Well, I don’t remember any of it. Not even the exciting bits.” Their faces paled. Peg had been having a lot of these moments since being released from Mt. Sinai. She cringed at her words. Exciting bits? What was wrong with her? This Darien guy had been an NYU grad student too. Someone in this class might have known him, and even if no one did, an In-Between killing someone wasn’t funny. Especially when she was the In-Between.

“Okay,” she clapped her hands. “I see that Professor Harris kept you busy in my absence. Let’s start with the first example from your practice set.”

Keying the console behind her, with way too much enthusiasm, Peg displayed the first graph.

“Piecewise functions! Chapter 9! Can someone provide an equation for this curve?”

She smiled at Jaisel as his hand shot up. Good, back to normal. Unimportant things. Everyday things.

“F of x equals -1 as long as x is greater than or less than -2, and F of x equals 2, as long as x is greater than -2,” Jaisel said. A few other kids rolled their eyes.

“Right.” Peg smiled. “Questions?”

Jaisel’s hand shot up again. She didn’t usually call on the same kid twice in a row like that, but he was frowning, like he actually had a question.

“I know the answer, but I don’t get how it’s all the same equation. It looks more like two different functions.”

“A piecewise function,” she explained, “is continuous on a given interval. It doesn’t experience any discontinuity at its sub-domains. But it isn’t continuous throughout its domain. It’s interrupted. Just like this gap here at x=-2.”

Peg stretched the display to focus on the interval where the function diverged. The gap in the curve seemed to stare back at her.

The room regarded her with a mix of concern and renewed unease.

“The jump discontinuity…” she trailed off again. Why couldn’t she make sense? “It’s one function,” she said. “Don’t let it fool you on a test.”

***

She looked everywhere for a diary. Her handheld didn’t have any memos for those dates and her tablet was dusty from non-use.

The rest of her studio provided no more answers. An empty bottle of scotch seemed simple enough to explain. She had to smile at the pile of unlaundered clothes. Leave it to an In-Between to save the laundry for the syn to do.

But what really troubled her was her handheld’s GPS and zap history. It was a puzzle that painted an uglier picture the more she dug into it.

An accepted zap from a stranger, Robert Neville—a familiar name that she couldn’t place—inviting her to some radical anti-syn meeting on day one. And then, day two, she had looked up the address of Biomimetics in Weehawken and had actually gone there. The strangest thing was that after that guy, Darien, had tried to rape her, she had sent a cryptic message to the same random, Robert Neville. It looked like—and this was disturbing, even imagining herself as a manic In-Between—that had she referred to herself in the third person.

Tell Peg what she needs to know. Holding her breath, she zapped Robert Neville. He answered almost immediately.

“Hey there, Sunshine.” The voice was sad but disarmingly charming, a smooth Euro-African accent.

“My name’s Peg,” she said, confused all over again. “Is this Robert Neville?”

“Right, I forgot. How does this go?”

There was a pause. What was with this guy? Making up his mind about something Peg couldn’t fathom, he finally continued. “Robert Neville’s just my handle. He’s a character from this old book, I Am Legend. It was zombies in the movie version, which is what most people remember. Nobody reads anymore,” he complained. “My name’s Jayden.”

She felt her lips curl into a smile, but she was still pretty confused.

“Why did you just call me Sunshine? Do we know each other? Did we…?”

“It’s my nickname for you,” he explained, ignoring the sexual suggestion, which was gentlemanly of him. He chuckled. “I started calling you Sunshine and you sort of went with it.”

“Oh.” She tried to think what to make of that. She did like the name. And, come to think of it, lots of people changed their names after getting the syn upgrade. Why shouldn’t she? She was feeling increasingly uncomfortable with the multitude of Pegs that existed in her imagination. There was the Peg of before, the Peg of now, and the ghost of the Peg of In-Between.

“Okay,” she said. “Hit me. What is it I need to know? Did I tell you what happened with that guy?” She didn’t know who else to ask who wouldn’t give her a sanitized version. “The guy I… killed?” She hadn’t said the words out loud before and it was shocking to put them together.

“Sure,” he said, with a softness that touched her. “He was someone I knew, I’m sorry to say. It never would have happened if you hadn’t met me. He attacked you and you fought back and thank god you were able to defend yourself.” He stopped, and cleared his throat. “It wasn’t your fault and that’s all there is to it, Sunshine. All there is to know.”

His certainty was the sweetest kind of relief. She exhaled. “Thank you,” she said. It was what Sonar, the police, and everyone on the talkies were saying, but she hadn’t been sure. “Did I… do anything else? I mean, did Peg tell you anything else? Did I, I mean, did she tell you why she refused the coma?”

“I want you to know, I understand the pain you’re in.”

“I guess.”

“No, I do. You’re grieving her. It’s normal—no matter what they tell you. Nothing,” he said grandly, “is so painful to the human mind than a great and sudden change.”

That sounded familiar.

“Mary Shelley?” she ventured.

“You read books too?”

Sunshine had to admit that she liked this guy. She settled into her sofa and lit a cigarette.

“So,” she said. “You’re a communist. What’s that like?”

  • Continue Reading

Published by Karl Rademacher on May 27, 2014. This item is listed in Issue 20, Issue 20 Stories, Stories

LOVE SONG FOR A CYBORG

They sit us down on plain wooden chairs and tie our hands behind our backs. Thick rope cuts into my ankles as they fasten them to the legs of the chair. I look around. A wooden cabin in the middle of nowhere. Basic furniture. An old sofa that has seen better days. Dust everywhere.

I’ve noticed two possible exits so far. The main door and a window behind the large table. There is a second door, half open, which seems to lead to another room.

cyborg-6There are five of them in the room and at least another three outside the cabin.

They make sure we are properly secured. We are placed next to each other, facing opposite directions.

Out of the corner of my right eye I can see his profile. His head is bent down, but he is regaining consciousness. When he finally comes around, his eyes first search for me.

I give a small nod, to which he does not respond. We both know what to expect next. It always starts with physical torture. I keep glancing at him, but his face reveals no emotions.

They hit me first. The blow tilts my head to the left. They probably think a woman will break faster than a man or the man will break to protect the woman.

None of that happens.

Cyborgs are not supposed to feel any physical pain.

But we do.

Our neuronal networks are ten times more complex than that of a human. We can sense a slight change in the air pressure miles away, we can hear the frequencies of the colors and smell the snow before it falls. They made us this way so that we could excel in our missions. But this highly sensitive and precise system, which notifies us if the butterfly flaps its wings, does not discriminate between stimuli and interprets them all. Including the painful ones. They are conveyed by millions of neuronal connections fully, without any restrictions.

So yes, we do feel pain. We only pretend we don’t. After all, what would be the use of a cyborg that feels more pain than a human?

Neither of us says a word. I can see they are getting frustrated. My left eye is swelling rapidly. They begin to beat him as well. That hurts me more than the punches they throw at me. I get the next one right in my abdomen. I think they broke one of my ribs. I throw up a bit of blood.

cyborg-7Not even an expert eye could tell the difference between cyborg and human bodies. If they cut us, we bleed just as a human would. We were made this way for a purpose. To fool the enemy. To make them think they are dealing with humans, when in fact they are dealing with an artificial entity.

We were never told how we can die. But we do know it is much harder to kill us than humans. Severing our body parts would make us inadequate for a task, at least until we are brought back to the base and our limbs are reconstructed. But all other injuries and fatal wounds, we can pretty much sustain, because our bodies have the capability to repair themselves. It is an excruciatingly painful process. In human terms the equivalent would be like having a major operation without anesthetics. But I suppose our Makers have missed that too, or they simply did not care. So neither do we.

With my only functional eye I glance at him again. As his head tilts backwards from the punch he turns his eyes to me as well.

My mind is racing from this little glimpse of his. Is he concerned for me or is he simply concerned I might break and endanger the mission?

Cyborgs are supposed to be fully devoted to their missions, never question their orders and have no doubts in their way of life.

But we do.

The ability to store an enormous amount of information, easily foresee a number of possible outcomes and calculate the best option out of hundreds in a split second is what makes us perform with one hundred percent efficiency. At the same time, these quick and endless connections between neurons reveal other options and attach notions such as wrong and right, good and evil, beautiful and ugly. They cause us to doubt. All this, is it worth it? Regardless what path of reasoning I take, it always leads me to the same answer. It is not.

But we are not supposed to follow our own rationale; we are supposed to do our best to complete the mission. That is why we keep doubts to ourselves.

cyborg-1Otherwise, what would be the advantage of a cyborg that questions his orders?

My nose is broken. Blood drips down on my lips. They say this liquid has no purpose; it is there just to make us appear more human. Yet, born in pain and warm as I taste it, I feel it is very much mine and I mourn every drop that leaves my body.

I keep my right eye on him the whole time. He stares at them blankly, as if he is watching a boring show. His indifference makes them angry. They hit him so hard his chair falls backwards. He is lying on the floor right in front of me. Despite the blood pouring from split skin above his eyebrow, he still keeps the eye contact. So do I. His eyes are strangely calming and caring. I feel protected. I always do when he is near me.

Cyborgs are not supposed to care about each other or anyone else.

But we do.

Each time they hit him, his pain is mine as well. Given a chance, I would gladly take his place. Since I’ve been aware of myself, we have worked together. They always send us out in pairs.

Together we are a perfect machine, complementing on all levels; separately our abilities are only slightly better than those of humans. But there is more to it. This natural compatibility extends beyond the mere efficiency for the mission. Without a partner, we eventually become useless, unable to perform. Even if matched up with new partners after losing our original ones, we still cannot perform as well as before. Nobody knows the reason why it happens. Our Makers try to find the solution, but so far many cyborgs in perfect condition are still terminated once they lose their partner.

What they fail to see is that it is not the unique compatibility that enhances our performance; it is the fear of losing our partner that pushes us to do whatever it takes, to stay together. But we are not supposed to care, so we never speak of our fears. We disguise them as blind devotion to our mission instead.

They untie us from the chairs. With the guns pointing at our heads, they order us to stand. I try, but I collapse immediately. One of my knees was shattered so I cannot use my legs properly. I detect nervousness in his eyes. I try again. They grab me by the elbows and lift me up. I manage to keep my balance somehow.

He is worried. I am making him worried. It is the first time we are in a situation like this.

They walk us towards the other room and push us in. I fall face down onto a rough wooden surface. I black out.

According to my inner sense of time I must have been out for about twenty minutes. I try to open my eyes, but manage to see only with one. The left one is still not functioning due to the swelling. First thing I see is his face. The next thing I feel is an unbearable pain.

The healing process has started. My broken rib is being repaired and so is the kneecap. To avoid any suspicion from the enemies, surface injuries remain as they are, or heal as they would heal in a human. It is only the inner organs that are being repaired, so that we can function at our full capacity when needed.

cyborg-3I try to lift my head, to see him better. He must have already healed. His body is built stronger than mine, so it takes less time to repair.

A drop of salty substance seeps from my eye. I wish it hasn’t, but for some reason I cannot control it. It is the only sign of my pain.

He is watching me attentively, without blinking. He knows what I am experiencing.

I want to tell him that as long as he is near me I don’t mind, but I am not able to move my lips. The pain is too strong. I think he knows.

Cyborgs are not supposed to fall in love.

But we do.

The substance that sends the spark to ignite this perfectly composed artificial body is called dark matter. It bears this name, because even our Makers do not fully understand how it works. They just know how to use it. The dark matter is what lights up our vast neuronal networks, causes our artificial blood to flow, enables us to talk, understand and obey.

From each piece of the dark matter only two cyborgs can be made. Perhaps sharing the same substance is what makes us so perfectly compatible. Perhaps, this is the reason why I seek his closeness beyond anything else.

We do not have feelings, or so we were taught, but if I had to pick a human emotion for the connection we share, the closest one would probably be love. But even love, as understood by humans, seems too limited and far too explicit to describe the intricate energy that exists between us.

The pain is almost gone. The repairs are nearly finished. I’m still lying on my stomach. I try to crawl closer to him but the shackles around my ankles and wrists prevent me from moving more than a few inches. He slowly shakes his head. He tried it already. The length of the chain is too short. I stop trying, his gentle gaze is enough.

When we are not on a mission we are stored in separate cubicles. Cubicles are neatly prepared living spaces, that contain everything an average human needs. Except the luxury to leave. We have to stay inside, until we are called.

I think our Makers intuitively sensed what I am only beginning to understand now. When we are together, there is nothing we cannot do. Everything becomes possible. That is why they keep us separate for most of the time, and allow us to be together only when necessary, for the purposes of the mission. They are afraid to lose control.

cyborg-2But the pain from being apart is beginning to be my teacher. It gives rise to all these feelings, I was not supposed to have, and which I still hide so timidly. And the more time I spend with him, the less timid I become.

Our captors are convinced they trapped us. But it was a trap for them. All along.

Soon I will have to engage in another bloodbath. He is waiting for my sign. I’m stalling. I don’t mind the current situation at all. Torture can hardly top the pain of separation. I fully embrace every millisecond in which my eyes are locked with his. I’m burning inside from the uncertainty of whether he feels the same. But the way he looks at me makes me hope he does. Hope, another concept we are not supposed to understand. Yet strangely, in this moment, it is all I need. Not a word or even a touch is necessary.

We will complete our mission. It is what we do. At least for now.

But this time I am not in a hurry.

As long as we are together, the rest can go to hell.

###

  • Continue Reading

Published by Karl Rademacher on February 3, 2014. This item is listed in Issue 18, Novellas, Serial Novellas

The Greatest Shade

By Bryan Wein

Bryan  Wein lives and works in New York City. Some of his free time is spent trying and failing to write a novel. The Greatest Shade  was first published June 2013 on Silver Blade Magazine.

* * *

gs-4David Dressen had lost track of how long he’d been at the Vauxhall by the time old Orvar came staggering over to his table. Dressen could smell the formaldehyde from the neoprene wetsuit the man wore out on the ice. He also caught a whiff of gin.

“Does Malanga really let you get away with drinking on the job?” he asked.

“You think my bosses pile into an ice breaker and come wandering the floes to check? Hell, they’re drunker than we are half the time.” Orvar put his rack of chips on the table and sank into the vacant seat beside Dressen. “Forget them. Can you believe Reconciliation’s almost here?”

Everyone at the table murmured their disbelief. Dressen sighed. The last thing he wanted was to discuss Reconciliation.

“If you’d told me even ten years ago that Mars would be on the verge of reopening contact with Earth, after all that bloodshed, I’d have laughed in your face,” Orvar said. “And now look at us. My dad’s probably twisting in his grave.”

Dressen tilted back the last of his whiskey and set the glass down heavily on the zinc furnish of the card table. “Didn’t your father drown out in the polar sea?”

Orvar laughed. “So he did. Well, then his frozen corpse is scaring the hell out of some fishes on the sea bottom. And don’t start in on how there’s only plankton down there, Dressen. You don’t see me being a stickler for updates on your case. Closing in on a decade you’ve been at it now, right?”

“Only seven years,” mumbled Dressen as he squinted at his cards. He was almost blind in his right eye, and his left was so sensitive to light that he kept his shades on at all times, even indoors. The bloodsuckers that ran the Vauxhall kept the glow lamps dimmed and the windows shuttered, but Dressen wore his glasses here nonetheless. He liked to pretend they added to his mystique.

He waved over the nearest waitress, a young woman whose unlined face and cheerful smile suggested that she had not worked here long. “I’ll have an Olympus Mons with a splash of vermouth,” he told her, pressing a worn red chip into her palm.  She gave him a little grin as she turned to leave. Unbidden, another woman’s face rose in his mind, one that looked remarkably similar, albeit a bit more heart shaped, with less pronounced cheekbones and a sharper nose. The face of the woman Dressen had spent the past seven years scouring northern Mars for without success.

gs-3The gaunt dealer coughed politely, then louder when Dressen did not react. He gestured with needle-marked fingers and rasped, “Just cause you’re in no hurry doesn’t mean the rest of us aren’t.”

Dressen scowled and flung his cards into the muck. He could still remember when he first came to Capricorn City. He’d been treated like royalty back then, one of the famed heroes of the rebellion that won Mars its independence. It had been three years before he’d been able to buy a shot. But with enough time even the greatest reputations withered away, something he had learned all too well. Now even opiate addicts like this dealer talked down to him. Dressen slumped in his chair, trying to find a position where his back didn’t ache. After twenty-odd hours that was as fruitless as everything else in his life.

Orvar pushed a heap of chips forward with rough hands still white from his shift out on the ice. “You ever wonder if you’ll face any repercussions once Isolation ends?”

“It’s been thirty years. I’m sure they’ve forgotten all about me.”

Orvar nodded absently, his flinty eyes intent on the player across from him. His opponent, a rattled youth who’d been losing money all night, shoved the last of his chips into the middle. The throng of railbirds went quiet with anticipation as Orvar studied the young fellow. Probably just a rich kid from the south, Dressen thought, who chased a bad gambling habit up here to Capricorn, to the bitter end.

The waitress brought Dressen his drink. He sipped it quickly, grimacing at the bitter taste of cheap vodka. He wished he could still afford the vintage stuff from Earth. Dressen breathed heavily into his drink, churning the dregs into an amber froth. Then he glanced up at the expectant faces of the railbirds. With the right amount of alcohol, he felt a certain affinity for the haggard degenerates who crowded the card tables of the Vauxhall. But most of the time they just repulsed him.

Orvar matched the kid’s wager and flipped over the winning cards.  The sight of them sent the kid rocking back in his chair. The railbirds applauded as he stumbled away, their faces aglow with vicarious success. Dressen was amusing himself with watching them when he locked eyes with a young, unsmiling Oriental man. Dressen wondered what he was doing there. He hadn’t seen an Oriental in the Vauxhall in weeks, not since tensions started rising between the east and west sides.

Stacking the chips with his beefy fingers, Orvar said, “It’s those damn lictors’ fault. We elected them to govern for us. But you can bet, when Reconciliation comes a week from now and the lictors get replaced by the provisional government, they won’t be going home empty-handed. You know what I mean?” he asked, nudging Dressen with a bony elbow.

“I suppose.”

“How can you not have an opinion? You really just come here to gamble?”

Dressen shrugged. He came here to whittle away the hours, but he had a hard enough time admitting that to himself.

The Oriental kid took the now empty seat at their table. No one said anything, but he drew more than his share of curious glances. He carried a mahogany cane; when he rested it against the side of the table, its knob protruded from above the green felt, an expertly crafted silver wolf, no doubt imported at enormous cost from Earth or maybe Ganymede before Isolation. The scent of soap and what Dressen guessed might be perfume clung to him the way most men here stank of alcohol and ammonium.

Orvar nodded to himself, his long, thin face reminding Dressen of a descending ice pick. “Those immigrants will put us all out of work, see if they don’t. But I’m forgetting who I’m talking to. The only man who can fail at his job for seven years and still get paid.”

Dressen did not reply. The man had a point. Dressen had been hired by a larger detective agency in the south to find Ashley Flood, the missing daughter of a wealthy farmer from the midlands. He’d followed a thousand leads into the ground in his search for her. He had rented skiffs that took him out into the far reaches of the polar sea. Twice he’d hired guides to escort him to the lawless outposts in the desert. He had wandered down a thousand Capricorn streets to no avail.

But his employers never grew impatient with him. Each month they transferred hefty sums into his account. During their monthly briefings, they scarcely ever chastised him for his failings. At first, he had attributed it to his reputation, but as the years slipped by he had simply accepted his good fortune. Nowadays he scarcely looked for Ashley at all. It was easier to gamble.

Except the new kid was making even that impossible. He didn’t say a word, just kept throwing sidelong glances at Dressen when he thought he wasn’t looking. When Dressen could bear it no longer, he shoved his chair back, flicked one of his last chips to the dealer, and headed for the exits. The glaring sunlight spilling through the sliding doors provided a painful reminder that it was morning. Again. He’d been here upwards of thirty hours. From the huge throngs that still crowded around the tables, he’d never have guessed. At least he wasn’t alone. A lot of men, rough men, shared his appetite for games of chance. Many of them were skipping their shifts out on the ice to be here. He didn’t blame them. Life was hard in Capricorn. Even with the near constant dark of winter behind them, the days were short and bitterly cold. The Vauxhall might reek of alcohol and unwashed men, but it was warm and full of life.

Dressen felt depressed as he stepped into the blinding sunshine. Almost immediately the light proved too much for his weak eyes. He threw up an arm over his face and leaned against the cold, yellow plaster of the Vauxhall. When his eyes began to adjust, he checked his pocket to make sure he had his sound amplifier. You couldn’t be too careful these days.

At that moment, the Oriental kid came limping through the electric doors. “Excuse me,” he said as he reached into the folds of his pocket and removed a gas mask. “Are you Dave Dressen?”

Flurries of black dust swept down the unpaved street, kicked up from the desert plains far to the east, and stung the exposed skin at Dressen’s face and ankles. Grimacing, he said, “I don’t do autographs or pictures anymore, if that’s what you’re after.”

“I’m not,” the boy said, looping the straps of his gas mask over his head.  “Actually, I disagree quite strongly with your role in Mars’ history. I’m a Conciliator, you see. My name’s Xiao Tian Lang.”

The name meant nothing to Dressen. “That’s a sentiment I’d keep to myself if I were you. Maybe you’re new to the east side, but people here tend to dislike the idea of having their jobs stolen by immigrants. And these days even the sight of an Oriental’s likely to inflame them.”

gs-2“I’m not here to discuss politics with you, though I do find it amusing that you use the term ‘Oriental’ to describe my ethnicity when it hasn’t been applicable for centuries. The reason I spent the past three hours in that filthy casino is because I’m interested in your work.”

“My work?”

“You are searching for a Miss Ashley Flood, are you not?”

“Oh. Yeah, I am,” he said. It had been a long time since he’d thought of his search for Ashley as work. If anything, the hunt had become a nuisance, a source of shame that only surfaced on the rare occasions when he strayed from the Vauxhall too long.

“I have evidence that might help you locate her.”

“I bet you do,” Dressen said sarcastically. “What did you find? The address of a former lover? The name of a hotel she stayed at in Capricorn? Maybe what she was doing out in the plains? I’ve gotten a thousand tips. They never lead anywhere.”

“This one might,” the boy said as he produced a crumpled newspaper and handed it to Dressen.

Dressen unraveled it and blinked until the blurred characters came into focus. He held an obituary notice for a woman named Lily Flood; she had died three weeks ago at the age of 107, leaving behind four children, six grandchildren, and two great-grandchildren.

“Lily Flood’s her grandmother. What’s the point?”

“If you’d read the names of her descendants carefully, you’d have seen that no Ashley is listed. According to my source, that’s because she doesn’t exist.”

Already reeling from too much alcohol and sunlight, Dressen could only shake his head. “That’s impossible. My employers gave me a detailed biographical profile of her. Hell, I interviewed her brother half a decade ago.”

“She didn’t have a brother. I believe her identity was misrepresented to you, Mr. Dressen.”

“Do you know how much I’ve been paid to investigate her disappearance?”

Before Tian Lang could reply, a thunderous explosion sent him sprawling onto the steel sidewalk. A few hundred meters down the street, flames had engulfed a row house. Bits of aluminum and silvery-white nickel smoked on the sidewalks and in the black dust of the street. An old man trembled amongst the fragments, screaming and clutching his face. Tian Lang rose clumsily, both hands wrapped around his cane.

“What was that?” he gasped. Tian Lang’s gas mask was dangling from his neck, leaving his face naked and strangely vulnerable in the billowing dust.

The force of the explosion had flattened Dressen against the side of the Vauxhall, and he slowly peeled his limbs from the cold plaster. “That’s life in Capricorn, boy.”

“Should we go help him?” the kid asked, his eyes fixed on the white smoke that poured out of the building’s charred skeleton.

“Somebody will come by later.”

“Somebody? That man’s going to bleed out on the pavement.”

“Dust.”

“I beg your pardon?”

“He’s going to bleed out in the dust. It doesn’t matter. Give me one good reason why someone would bother to contact you with this information.”

The boy seemed torn between helping the injured man and not letting Dressen walk away unconvinced. “I’m a student in the south, in Cancer, but I help organize pro-Reconciliation demonstrations and write political commentary on the Net sometimes.”

“So?”

“To be honest, I don’t know what my source’s reasons were for bringing this to me. But my father is Xiao Bi An. He owns-”

Dressen interrupted him. “I know who he is. He owns the Malanga Corporation, making him one of the most powerful men on Mars.” He sighed and ran a dusty hand over his cropped head. “I don’t know if I believe you or not, but I’ll meet your source. Just not today. I need to sleep.”

“It’s not even noon!”

“I know.”

They made plans to meet along the southern promenade of the Bridge the next morning. Then Dressen stumbled home, drunk on alcohol, fatigue, and the lingering thrills of the Vauxhall. Before he turned the corner, he glanced back at the distant house that still sat smoking and crackling like a cooking pan left untended. Tian Lang was stumping toward the wounded man, but he was alone. No one else had come.

 ***

greatest-shades-2aThe next morning Dressen smacked his hand against the water sensor three times before the shower finally gurgled to life. A few seconds later the fluorescent tube overhead came on as well, thanks to some problem with the circuitry. Dressen cursed and dimmed the light with blind, groping fingers.

When he opened his eyes, he could see his naked reflection in the mirror. He shuddered. Some narcissistic bastard had lined the wall of his shower with a full-length mirror. Dressen sometimes wondered whether the mirror was to blame for his dislike of showering. It wasn’t just the extra flab that dismayed him. He’d gained quite a paunch in Capricorn, to be sure, but the changes went past that. In the mirror, he could see the deep furrows left by a thousand improbable and soul-crushing defeats at the card table. Shadows encircled his eyes, deep purple bags that lent him a haunted appearance he was only too thankful to hide behind his shades. Dressen hit the soap dispenser, but it was empty. Probably had been for months. Thin lines of congealed soap ran down the wall beneath it. He scraped them with his fingernails and rubbed the white flecks over his arms and neck.  How had he come to this?

Dressen left for the Bridge early in case he ran into a demonstration. Firearms had been banned for years, so he grabbed his stub-nosed sound amplifier and slipped it into his trouser pocket. He fitted his earpiece into his left ear and muttered a brief prayer the battery would hold up. His old gas mask lay in the corner, but he left it there; he was too old to worry about trifles like overexposure to carbon dioxide.

But there was no denying that the atmosphere was going to hell. Theories abounded as to why the artificial atmosphere was finally failing after three hundred years. Some said certain Earth-backed interests were intentionally emitting pollutants to destabilize it. Others claimed it was inevitable, given the lack of abundant oxygen-producing vegetation. Dressen doubted he’d live long enough for it to matter.

The streets were dangerous enough. More than a few ruffians were out on the corners, faces shrouded by masks, hefting steel bars, ice picks, wrenches. Dressen even saw a fat man with a beam cutter slung over his shoulder. Dressen couldn’t imagine how he’d acquired it. Such items were the prized property of Malanga, the corporation which monitored ice concentrations in the polar sea and operated the Grand Canal.

Many of the men recognized Dressen, nodding at him and bidding him good morning as he passed. Dressen felt absurdly glad. At least in these quarters his reputation remained intact. He wondered whether the bombing he’d witnessed yesterday had gotten everyone riled up. Something sure had. Six days until contact reopened and Mars’ second largest city was on the verge of civil war. You could see signs of it everywhere. Wary faces pressed against every window. Newscasts filled with demagoguery. Shopkeepers outfitting their storefronts with iron bars and electrical cables ahead of the inevitable riots. Food had been running low in Capricorn for weeks as merchants grew increasingly reluctant to ship their wares up north for fear of the violence. The floating gardens that drifted throughout the city could hardly produce enough to accommodate the demand.

So it fell to the churches to tend to the masses. They had risen to the occasion. Seeing the recent famine as an opportunity to attract new converts, the Yoruba and Christian branches had transformed their churches into makeshift soup kitchens. For the price of a sermon, you could get a pretty decent meal at them, provided you were willing to wait. This Dressen knew all too well. He often ate at a local Catholic church when he was between paychecks. He’d been raised Catholic and still wore a silver crucifix in remembrance of his dead mother, but that didn’t make him feel any less humiliated when he filed into line behind a bunch of beggars and alcoholics.

The lines were especially long that morning. Dressen had to skirt queues that stretched for half a dozen blocks on his way to the Bridge.  Even the Zoroastrians had managed to draw quite a following, he noted with a wry smile. He soon reached the cobbled walkway that bordered the Grand Canal. Fed by the cold waters of the polar sea, the canal flowed due south, irrigating the farms of the midlands and nourishing the parks of Cancer, the capital. The shimmering waters before him were responsible for a hundred miracles on Mars. None here though, Dressen reflected. He had never seen so much as a blade of grass in Capricorn that wasn’t encased behind a thick sheet of glass.

But for all the canal’s beauty, it was the Bridge that truly captured his attention. A massive granite structure that spanned the length of the canal, the Bridge was a city unto itself; its multicolored buildings and spires loomed four and five times higher than the hunched aluminum dwellings that dotted the east and west sides of Capricorn. Throngs of people, many fleeing the recent violence, filled its wide streets. Red uniformed officers marched amongst them, carrying stun guns that sparkled with bluish light.

Dressen made his way through the press of passersby until he found the little restaurant where Tian Lang waited. The boy sat with his cane in his lap, sipping on some milky white drink. He smiled when Dressen entered.

“I’m glad you made it. Can I get you something to drink?”

“Yeah, what’re you having?”

“Horchata. Would you like one?” Dressen caught the sweet aroma of almonds and coconut. Artificial flavors, of course.  You couldn’t find specialty items like those in Capricorn nowadays. Hell, you probably couldn’t find them in Cancer either, given what the recent atmospheric fluctuations were doing to crops in the midlands.

He wrinkled his nose. “God, no.” He looked at the barista behind the counter and gestured at the deserted bar. “I’ll have a Valles Marineris. Make it a double and put a little vermouth in it.”

Tian Lang shook his head. “On second thought, we need to leave now. Adewale’s expecting us.”

Dressen doubted this immensely. “Adewale?”

“My contact. And I’ve only ever spoken with him via the Net, so your guess is as good as mine.”

They left the coffee shop and set off down the bustling street. Dressen kept a slow pace for the boy, who had trouble navigating the swollen crowds. “You always use that cane?”

“Am I that clumsy?” the boy smiled, showing better humor than Dressen expected. “No. A year ago I was at a pro-Reconciliation rally in Cancer when things got out of control. Riot police charged the protestors and people began to run. I fell and was almost trampled to death. If I was on Earth, the doctors could have fixed my leg, but we don’t have the proper equipment.”

Wolfs_head_caneDressen nodded. “That’s a nice cane though. Does the wolf have any significance?”

“It was a gift from my father. In Mandarin, my name means wolf howling at the heavens.”

“Doesn’t sound like a traditional Oriental name.”

“My father cares little for tradition. He had something of a wayward upbringing and wanted me to follow in his footsteps. I’m supposed to take over his company someday, but only after a rebellious youth spent getting in and out of trouble, strange as that sounds.”

“Have you been obliging him?”

Tian Lang smiled wistfully. “No, I’m afraid not. I had some regrettable experiences with drugs during my first few years in Cancer, but no problems since then. I’m rather boring now, apart from my involvement in the Reconciliation Movement. And if there’s one thing my father despises, it’s Reconciliation.”

“So are you two estranged?”

“To a degree. He still pays for my education, but we rarely speak. I doubt he even knows I’m in Capricorn.”

They left the main thoroughfare for a side street that was still terribly crowded.  Red uniformed men were everywhere. Tian Lang gestured at one of them with his cane.

“Why don’t you see more of those guards on the east side?”

“You really don’t talk to your dad much, do you? His company runs security for both the east and west sides, or it’s contracted to. With all the violence lately, it’s hard to say Malanga runs anything now. These red uniformed men work for the lictors in Cancer, for the government. They don’t leave the Bridge.”

“Why don’t the lictors assume responsibility for the whole city?”

“They don’t have the influence. The Bridge is a neutral zone, under the lictors’ direct authority, but the rest of Capricorn functions as a more or less free city. The lictors might have been democratically elected, but they don’t rule much outside of the capital. You don’t really appreciate that until you get out of Cancer, but anarchy is Mars’ true ruler. For the next week anyway.”

Tian Lang’s source lived in a basement apartment tucked beneath a hashish shop. When they rang at the door, Dressen noticed small black globes lining the underside of the lintel and felt uneasy. The last time he’d seen such precautions, he had been interviewing an arms dealer on the west side.

greatest-shades-3bThe man who opened the door was tall, slender, and dark-skinned, with bloodshot eyes and a heap of greasy dreadlocks adorned with pink ribbons. “Xiao Tian Lang,” he said, bowing low. He extended a small, almost dainty hand to Dressen. “Mr. Dressen,” he said, his tone flavored with what might have been amusement or pity. “My name is Adewale Akogonnaye. I’ve been observing your progress on the Flood case for some time now.”

“Progress is a kind way to describe it.”

“Indeed it is, but we’ll discuss that later. Please come in.”

Adewale’s quarters were dimly lit, to Dressen’s relief. A luminescent layout of the Milky Way Galaxy clung to the ceiling. On the near wall hung a hand-drawn map of old Earth. It was curiously incomplete along the margins, with only some strange lettering to represent the missing continents. “Here there be lions,” Tian Lang read aloud. “Lions? Shouldn’t it say dragons?”

“Anyone who thinks that is a slave to superstition and if there’s one thing I despise, it’s superstitious fools.”

“Oh,” Tian Lang said quietly. He backed away from the map.

Adewale led them over to a computer rig, replete with half a dozen monitors, that he’d set up on an aluminum table pushed against the far wall. Vials of blue and red pills lay scattered across the tabletop. Dressen recognized them as synthetic opioids.

“You keep those here for anyone to see?”

“I have a few clients coming by later.”

“You knew I was a detective. What if I’d been with the local police?”

Adewale smiled broadly, revealing two rows of huge yellowed teeth. “You’re no more a detective than I am. You’d never have been hired for this case if you were. You really think the people paying you want you to succeed?”

Dressen’s lip curled. He looked significantly at the pills spread across the table, but said nothing.

“While I boot up my rig, take a look at this,” Adewale said. He handed Dressen a dust stained newspaper. It contained a list of Mars’ concessions as part of Reconciliation.

“I’m familiar with the terms of Reconciliation,” he said with more than a trace of irritation.

“One requirement is that Mars must surrender its heavy weapon caches to Earth.”

“I know.”

“Then you’re aware that’s behind a lot of the tensions in Capricorn. People feel betrayed by the lictors. They’re supposed to be looking after our interests, but now we’re hamstrung if Earth decides to scrap the treaties and invade.”

Tian Lang began to protest, but Adewale silenced him with a gesture. “I’m not saying I agree, I’m just trying to provide a little background for Mr. Dressen, whose extended stays in casinos may have prevented him from keeping up with current events. In order to be sure Mars held up its end, Earth sent a number of weapons inspectors to investigate potential arms caches. Your Ashley Flood was one such inspector.”

Dressen shook his head in bewilderment. “That’s impossible,” he said. “It’s been seven years since Ashley vanished; negotiations with Earth began less than three years ago. How can there be any correlation?”

“From what I hear, certain lictors opened secret talks with Earth almost a decade ago.”

Dressen’s bloodshot eyes widened beneath his dark glasses. “Those are some wild claims you’re making. If they were ever substantiated, people would be clamoring for blood. How do you know this?”

“I’ve been intercepting transmissions from the government offices here in Capricorn for years.”

“You’re telling me this apartment has a Net connection? I thought the lictors banned private access thirty years ago, when Earth pulled the satellites.”

greatest-shades-3a“Why do you think I live on the Bridge, if not to steal the signal from the municipal buildings? Here, you need to read this transmission,” Adewale said, motioning at a monitor. The screen showed instructions to an unemployed engineer to masquerade as Garth Flood. The man was to arrange a meeting with David Dressen and relay information listed below. Dressen went cold. Some phrases had been repeated to him verbatim over the course of their interview. So he truly had been set up.

Dressen’s eyes hurt from staring at the brightly lit screen. He pulled off his shades and rubbed his eyes as the sheer pointlessness of the last seven years washed over him. He’d known he’d wasted them, what with the countless hours of drinking and smoking and whoring. But even in his darkest moments he’d been able to assuage his guilt with the knowledge that he was investigating the disappearance and likely murder of an innocent girl. Now didn’t know what to feel. He couldn’t imagine what came next. Besides a drink, he thought with equal parts humor and despair.

“It’s very persuasive, isn’t it?” Tian Lang asked Dressen, who could not bring himself to respond. “Show Dressen the timeline.”

Adewale made no response. He was focused on another monitor; this one showed only black and white schematics of a massive spaceship, and as his hands flickered over the keyboard, the lines of the ship rose and fell like waves.

“Adewale, the timeline?”

Adewale shook his mass of dreadlocks as though awakening from a dream. He flipped open one of the little red vials, popped two pills in his mouth, and washed them down with flowerwater.  Then he activated another screen. On it he summoned up a detailed map of Capricorn, the polar sea, and the surrounding desert. A series of teal arrows began to traverse the region, from Capricorn to the polar sea, to half a dozen locations out in the desert, and then back to Capricorn. Then a second grid appeared, this one composed of dotted crimson lines; the red lines overlapped the teal ones until near the end of the route, at which point the red line terminated just north of Capricorn.

“The teal grid represents Ms. Flood’s planned itinerary, the one she’d arranged with her inspection team. The crimson line shows her actual route, insofar as I’ve been able to piece it together from personal contacts, video surveillance, and Net messages.”

“You will notice, Mr. Dressen,” Tian Lang added. “That the actual route ends after Ms. Flood reaches an address on the shores of the polar sea.”

Dressen nodded, but could not bring himself to meet the kid’s eyes. This drug dealer had put together an infinitely better reconstruction of Ashley’s last days than Dressen himself had managed to do in seven years. Assuming it was accurate, of course, but for all his quirks, the man seemed extraordinarily competent. And Dressen had more than a few regrettable habits of his own. He spied a fridge on the kitchen counter, blue vapor pouring through its opened doors. Not much chance an opiate dealer drank alcohol, but he went over to inspect it anyways.

“Mr. Dressen? Are you paying attention?”

“Yes, of course,” he said, taking what he hoped was a surreptitious look at the fridge’s contents. No luck. “So what’s the significance of that point of divergence?”

Tian Lang glared at him. “You should be taking this more seriously. That point happens to be the headquarters of Malanga. My father’s corporation.” He leaned in closer. “I wouldn’t be surprised to find that my father has a hand in all this.”

Dressen raised his eyebrows.

“Don’t lose sight of the bigger issue here,” Adewale warned. “If your girl was killed, then she must have stumbled across something she wasn’t meant to see. And that means someone up in Capricorn has been stockpiling a lot of illegal weapons ahead of Reconciliation, weapons that could end up killing thousands of people and maybe even ignite another conflict between Earth and Mars.”

Dressen could only shake his head. Tian Lang tore a page from a nearby notebook and began jotting down a rough approximation of the maps.

Dressen turned to Adewale, whose attention had already begun to wane, or so Dressen judged from the spaceship diagrams that filled every monitor. “If you don’t mind me asking, why are you helping us? I mean, I’m getting paid. The kid’s a diehard Conciliator. Why do you care?”

greatest-shades-3Adewale gave him a look of disdain. “I don’t care at all about your case. I am interested only in its implications. I don’t need to tell you that Mars has grown stagnant these past thirty years. If anything, we are regressing; the atmosphere’s a mess, technology’s failing, living conditions are scarcely better than they were during the colonial era.”

Adewale rose to his feet and gestured at the ceiling, his voice growing more impassioned as he went. “Human ingenuity should be aimed at preparing colony ships for expansion into the adjacent systems, searching out habitable worlds. But we hamstring ourselves with factionalism and petty grievances. Instead of looking forward, we dredge up obsolete terms from the past, lictors and archons and all the rest. We name our cities in a dead language.  And yes, these are trivial things, but they are symptomatic of a much larger problem. I believe the disappearance of your missing girl was intentionally covered up by the very men and women who are paralyzing our society for their own interests. And I intend to see them gone from power.”

Slowly, as if remembering he was not alone, he shifted his gaze from the glimmering map of the galaxy to his guests. “You’re going to run into difficulty as your investigation continues. The kid’s ties to Malanga should see you through there without trouble, but out in the desert you’re liable to run into drug runners, pirates, death cults, and worse. I’ve contacted a few associates of mine to see you through.”

“That’s not something I’m worried about.”

Adewale’s fingers drummed the aluminum table. “It should. That little noise amplifier you’re holding is a puissant enough thing in the streets, with all the arms restrictions, but you’ll find that when it’s pitted against rail guns and flechette pistols it will seem a good deal less reassuring.”

A harsh banging at the front door interrupted him. Adewale frowned and with a few keystrokes brought up surveillance footage of the hallway. Three men in grey jackets clustered around the doorway. The tallest of them was smashing the butt of his lightstick against the doorframe.

“Is that the police?”

greatest-shades-chapt4-a“You see any red uniforms?” Adewale replied curtly as his fingers flew across the keys. The glow lamps along the walls dimmed, as did the luminescence on the ceiling. “Those men could be with anyone.”

Dressen had a hard time believing they were in serious danger. Tian Lang seemed to share that view.

“This is ridiculous,” he said as the battering at the door continued. “I’ll just go explain to them who I am and put a stop to this.”

“I wouldn’t advise that,” said Adewale as he rummaged through one of his drawers.

Tian Lang tapped the access panel and cleared his throat as the door slid open. Before he could utter a word the lightstick caught him across the shoulder, crackling blue. Dressen heard a short cry of pain as Tian Lang buckled and fell, his cane giving way beneath him.

The other two men stepped into the room, holding what Dressen guessed were antiquated nail guns. Dressen lifted his hands in a halfhearted gesture of surrender.

“Shut up and hand over that little sound pistol we know you’re holding,” one of them said. “This gun’s aimed at your head, and even with iron sights, I won’t miss.”

“Good thing I keep little of worth up there.” When this elicited no reaction, he switched up his approach. “Listen, I’m David Dressen. You know, the hero of Ares Plaza.”

“You recognize him?” asked the man to his comrade. He shook his head.

“How can you not know me?” complained Dressen, lifting his glasses to show his face. “Remember, thirty years ago in Cancer, I was the one who took out that riot squad.”

The man with the lightstick pushed the others aside. He had high cheekbones, a sharp nose, and would have been very handsome were it not for a bad harelip that extended from the corner of his upper lip to his nostril. The scar there rippled when he spoke.  “Yeah, I’ve heard of you,” he said. “I hear you’re a degenerate gambler now. You know, there’s only one cure for that.”

“Oh yeah, what’s that?” Dressen asked as he reached into his pocket. His fingers closed around the noise amplifier.

The man swung his lightstick in a lazy arc that caught Dressen full in the chest. As electricity coursed through his body, Dressen could feel his heart freezing, then slamming repeatedly into his chest. He slumped to the floor amid loud shouting and the tinkling sound of shattered glass, and then he found he could no longer breathe.

***

Dressen woke to the strange sensation of metal shifting on his skin. A robed figure leaned over him, adjusting three shiny metal patches on his chest. Thin wires looped from them into a cylindrical, glowing device in the man’s hand. When the man stepped back, Dressen was overcome by the hard pinkish light of sunset that came streaming in through the window and forced his eyes shut.

“I’d recommend keeping your eyes closed and holding a deep breath for the next minute,” the man said.

Dressen jerked uncontrollably as the device gave off a low whine. Tremors wracked his body and then gradually subsided. He opened his eyes to see the man thumbing a button on the device. The green patches on Dressen’s chest retracted silently back into the machine.

“I’d hoped to finish while you were still unconscious, but it makes no real difference. You were showing symptoms of arrhythmia and Xiao Xiansheng wanted to have it corrected immediately.”

Dressen’s head throbbed from alcohol withdrawal and about ten thousand more jolts of electricity than he was accustomed to receiving. “Who’s Mr. Xiao?”

“I am,” said a high-pitched, melodious voice. Dressen craned his neck to see a man sitting behind an enormous steel desk on the far side of the room. Dressen shook his head. He’d thought he was reclining in a hospital ward, but he appeared to be in a richly furnished study.

greatest-shades-chapt4-c“I could scarcely believe my eyes when Uther brought you in with my son,” said Mr. Xiao. “I have looked forward to meeting you for a long time. I was hoping you might be persuaded to sign your hologram.”

“My hologram?”

Mr. Xiao tapped his ear. “Speak up, my hearing’s not so good.”

“What do you mean my hologram?”

With the wave of his hand, Mr. Xiao indicated the rows of holograms that lined both walls of the study. In one corner hung a three dimensional representation of Dressen as he had looked thirty years ago. Dressen stared at his sharp, angular nose, restless blond hair, and horizon eyes not yet dulled by years of darkness and whiskey.

“I have all the heroes of the Revolution on these walls,” Mr. Xiao said proudly. As he spoke, the physician placed the rest of his equipment inside a velvet case and left.

Dressen threw on his shirt that lay neatly folded on the floor beside him and stumbled unsteadily over to the bank of windows that lined one wall. Beyond them sprawled the frozen blue waters of the polar sea, its ice floes shimmering in the sunset. He wondered if old Orvar was out there even now.

“What you see is the lifeblood of Mars, Mr. Dressen. Without it, without my company, the fertile midlands would return to desert and all seven hundred million residents of Mars would slowly perish. Even Cancer would be overcome in time. We keep Mars alive. I keep Mars alive. And in a few short days, all my efforts will have been for nothing.”

“You’re speaking about Reconciliation, I presume?”

“Reconciliation,” said Mr. Xiao, injecting the word with thick venom. He picked up a jade figurine from his desk and rubbed his thumb across its worn, pocked surface. “A misnomer if there ever was one. Honest men and women secured Mars’ liberation thirty years ago. Those insidious lictors have undone all their sacrifices, and for what? Higher balances in their already swollen accounts? Access to the anti-senescence drugs that will be prohibitively expensive for the common people? But I digress. The reason I directed my physician to see to you before my wayward son is because I understand he’s fallen in with you and I wanted us to have a private chat before this becomes a scene.”

At that moment a tall man dressed in grey body armor appeared at the door. Dressen recognized the man from Adewale’s apartment, the one with the bad harelip.

Oblivious to Dressen’s presence, the man said, “Sir, we totaled thirty-seven targets tonight. I think we can safely double that-.”

“I have a guest, Uther,” Mr. Xiao said tersely.

Uther did a double take. Then his lips twisted into an expression of pure loathing.

Dressen smiled coldly. “I’ve been enjoying Mr. Xiao’s hospitality.  If you don’t mind me asking, what happened to Adewale?”

The man said nothing.

“My apologies,” Mr. Xiao said. “I requested that he bring my son in for questioning with all haste. My staff can be a tad overzealous at times.”

“Like when he almost killed me?”

“That was a grievous error on my part,” said Mr. Xiao. “Although that man, Adewale, murdered two of my men when no real harm was intended. So forgive me if I do not reek of pity.” He turned toward Uther. “I will debrief you later. If you could retrieve my son, I would be most appreciative.”

Layers of hatred and rage bunched together on the man’s face as he stalked out of the room.

Mr. Xiao leaned toward Dressen. “So, I understand you’re investigating the case of a Ms. Flood.  I met with her in the last days before her disappearance.”

“You spoke with her?” Dressen asked, his voice sharpening with interest.

“Yes, of course. Surely you’ve gleaned that much.”

“All I know is that something she learned here led her to change her itinerary.”

“Ms. Flood interviewed me briefly. She expressed her concerns about certain warehouses on the west side. I did my best to allay her suspicions, but the sad truth, as I told Ms. Flood, is that my company is hardly capable of monitoring all the goods that pass through this thriving metropolis of ours.”

“So what did you tell her?”

Mr. Xiao placed the jade figurine on the coarse steel of his desk with a strange reverence. “I advised that she speak with Song Tai Ruan.”

“The de facto head of the west side?”

“Yes. A very clever man, Tai Ruan. Perhaps the most clever in all of Capricorn. Besides me, of course. Song Tai Ruan has been stockpiling weapons for years in preparation for a possible escalation in tensions between the east and west sides. If you’ve been following the recent news reports, the number of people wounded or killed from the east side is nearly triple that of those from the west. A striking coincidence, would you not agree?”

“So you’re saying it was Tai Ruan who she went to see next?”

Mr. Xiao nodded. “I’m afraid so. This Ms. Flood was a smart girl. Too attractive by half, and lacking certain social graces, but I suspect that may all have been part of her guise.  I believe she puzzled out the truth from Tai Ruan and met a quick end as a result. The man has more than a few ways to permanently dispose of unwanted, ah, problems.” He cleared his throat. “Now, I would like to speak with my son in private, Mr. Dressen. I wish you luck in your search, though I don’t approve of my son assisting you. His trimester begins next week and he should be back in Cancer, not wandering Capricorn’s hazardous streets.”

Dressen nodded. He passed Tian Lang on his way out. “Wait for me,” Tian Lang mouthed as he limped into his father’s study, defiance and anxiety mingled on his face.

Dressen idled away the next twenty minutes in a waiting room, reading over a brochure on Malanga’s stringent safety protocols. He thought of old Orvar drunk out on the ice and chuckled.

“How’d the reunion go?” he asked Tian Lang when the kid finally came limping down the stairwell.

“About as well as you’d expect. He got angry when I said I wasn’t leaving till the case was solved.”

“Sorry.”

“No, it’s fine. We haven’t had a civil talk since I was twelve. In the end, I think I might have swayed him. He gave me a few west side addresses to check out.”

greatest-shades-chapt4-b“Really?” Dressen asked. “When I talked with him, he seemed oddly insistent that I leave you out of this.”

“He was at first, but I made it clear I had no intention of returning to Cancer until after this was resolved. Speaking of which, I want to investigate those locations my father gave me tonight.”

Dressen smiled. “Not a chance. This old body of mine’s suffered enough for one day.”

“Do you think another drinking binge at the Vauxhall will improve that?”

Dressen had the good grace to blush. “Don’t push me kid.”

“Can’t you see that whoever killed Miss Flood was stockpiling weapons to use against Earth and all the immigrants that are going to arrive in less than a week? If we can find her killer, we can alert the authorities, maybe put a stop to a guerrilla war that will claim thousands of lives.”

“What authorities?’ Dressen asked. “You think the lictors will do anything?”

Tian Lang did not back down. “They will mobilize their soldiers if needed. They won’t let anything derail Reconciliation.”

Dressen shrugged. He gave Tian Lang his contact information and promised to call the following day. There was nothing more to be said, so he just walked away.

***

greatest-shades-5aSomeone was rubbing Dressen’s arm. Bewildered, he opened his eyes and almost fell from his seat as the green felt of the card table seemed to lurch toward him.

“Your move, sir,” said the splotchy-faced dealer. Dressen cast a wary glance at his small pile of chips. He ran a hand over them. They felt sticky and smelled of whiskey. In the dim recesses of his mind, they had been far more numerous. He’d made a mansion out of them for his amusement, but he couldn’t say whether he’d finished it. Now everything was spinning and his head felt much the same way his heart had yesterday. Was it yesterday? He shuddered.

“What happened to me?” he asked the man beside him.

The man clapped him on the shoulder with a three-fingered hand. “A great deal of alcohol,” he said. “I’ve been here since yesterday morning and you were curled up like a baby around one of the toilets in the men’s room, or so I hear. You rallied a few hours ago, took this seat here. We’ve had this conversation before, but you seem a bit more sober now, so maybe you’ll remember this time.”

The room was a haze of shadows that stretched and grew whenever he moved his head. Dressen stayed very still, trying to gather himself. Then nausea overtook him and he vomited, to the amusement of the railbirds who laughed and pointed at him mockingly. Someone took him by the shoulder and helped him to a plush leather couch near the entrance.

“My chips,” he slurred.

“I’ve got them.”

Dressen froze. He recognized that voice, that undercurrent of disapproval. He rotated his head a few centimeters to his left, unwilling to risk another bout of nausea. Tian Lang’s unsmiling expression swam into view. Dressen let his head flop back onto the cushion.

“Why haven’t you answered my calls?”

“My earpiece . . .” Dressen tried. He rubbed his eyes with the base of his palm. “Battery’s dead.” Then he felt fingers digging into his left ear. He jerked away too late.

Tian Lang held up the earpiece, inspected it a moment, then tossed it onto the couch and said, “You turned it off. You said you’d call the next day.”

“Still . . . It’s still Tuesday.”

“No, it’s Friday. Have you truly been here all this time? Reconciliation’s less than two days away. We were going to investigate those addresses on the west side that my father gave me. Don’t you understand how important this is? We could avert another war.”

Dressen nodded almost imperceptibly, before his head fell back once more and this time he said nothing. Before long he began to snore and Tian Lang threw up his arms in disgust.

When Dressen woke, Tian Lang sat beside him, examining the map he’d drawn in Adewale’s apartment. Dressen groaned. His head ached, but he could feel himself sobering up a little. “How long was I out?”

“Four hours and twenty four minutes,” Tian Lang replied without lifting his gaze from the notebook. “Can we please leave now?”

“In a minute,” Dressen said. He ordered a hazelnut coffee and drank it slowly. When he finished, he turned to Tian Lang. “You know,” he said slowly. “The people who hired me gave me these photographs of Ashley. Only a few, and all they show is her face.” He laughed humorlessly and sifted through his pockets till he found it. He passed it to Tian Lang. “They probably wanted to conceal the fact that the photos were taken back on Earth. But there’s this one picture where it’s just her face and neck against a cloudy sky. The sun’s full in her face, making her brown eyes look radiant, like there’s a thousand constellations of stars in them. Her mouth is open like she’s shouting. But there’s so much humor in her face you can tell she’s not upset. That’s the image of her I see the most. I see it when I leave the card table, when I close my eyes. You know, if I didn’t, I think I would gladly walk away from this. But I can’t escape it, and my stupid conscience will eat away at me if I let it go. I’d like to be able to tell her family, tell whoever took that photograph, how she died. Tell them the truth.” He paused for a long while. “Or maybe the whole photo was doctored and I’m just a sucker.”

“We can find her family. I know she’s probably dead, but we’ll be able to tell them what became of her.”

“Yeah. But maybe even that doesn’t mean that much to me. I rarely think about her family, to be honest. It’s all just for me. I’d feel free, from everything, really, if I could just solve it. I’d have an excuse to leave Capricorn, return to Cancer, maybe get away from the gambling and the drinking. Maybe take on a new case.” He laughed. “But now that Reconciliation’s almost here, I’ll probably wind up dead some night. Retribution for my actions during the rebellion.” He felt nauseous just thinking about it. “Maybe you should let me stay here.”

“How can you say that?” the boy asked, his voice tinged with outrage. “Are you really that selfish?”

Dressen looked at him sadly. “Are you? What are your motives for throwing away your studies and coming here? It’s not all just high minded principles with you, is it? You’re trying to show up your dad, I expect. Do you think solving this will put him in his place? Make him respect you? Let me tell you something. Men like that don’t ever change kid. Even if we do succeed, it won’t make any difference to him.”

He knew he’d struck a nerve when Tian Lang did not respond. It didn’t take Dressen long to feel bad. “Alright, let’s go. I suppose I’d like to be remembered for more than what I did one afternoon thirty years ago.”

Tian Lang did not reply for a few minutes. When he spoke again, his voice was scarcely more than a whisper.  “You know, I really do care about learning the truth. My father is only part of why I’m here, but I get your point and I’m sorry for insinuating that you were selfish.”

“Oh, I am. And don’t worry, you’re going to be just fine kid. You’ve got a long ways to go before you’re stuck like me.”

They caught a rotorcab outside the Vauxhall. Dressen regarded the rusted vessel warily. He’d piloted a few tilt rotors himself back in his youth. Even then they had a tendency to malfunction. Nowadays they were death traps, but that didn’t stop him from climbing inside. The boy told the driver to take them to 3303 Jintian Lu. Then the rotors began to thrum and the rotorcab pitched up and into the night.

greatest-shades-5bDressen always felt like a stranger when he visited the west side. Though the buildings relied on the same prefabricated aluminum frames as their counterparts on the east side, they looked nothing alike. Here thin wood paneling adorned the building facades in nostalgic homage to their ancestral towns. Fluorescent Chinese characters shone brightly on the walls of restaurants and tea shops.  Gorgeously wrought temples rose from the centers of the roundabouts, decorated with jade, ivory, and other precious stones, their surfaces a liquid shimmer in the ruddy light of the glow lamps.

The tilt rotor dropped them off at a tea shop. Haggard old men sat at the long aluminum tables, playing cards and devouring the soup-filled dumplings colloquially known as xiaolongbao.

“This is ridiculous,” Dressen complained as they piled into a booth. “What are we going to do, ask the owner to casually open up his basement to a pair of strangers?”

A creased newspaper lay on the table. Tian Lang took it and began to read the latest accounts of violence in Capricorn. Dressen couldn’t remember the last time he’d eaten and went up to the counter. He ordered some green tea and two racks of xiaolongbao from an older woman with short, dark hair. She handed him a porcelain cup of steaming tea and extended two fingers to indicate how long he would need to wait for the dumplings.

“I don’t see an alternative to being honest with the proprietor,” Tian Lang said once Dressen had returned. Then he froze, his mouth agape in a way that made him look even younger than his twenty years. “Do you know who that is?” he whispered, nudging his shoulder forward as though he dared not extend a hand.

Dressen saw only the older woman who had taken his order. She had piercing amber eyes and strange markings on one cheek where the skin had burned away and not wholly healed. Despite that, she was a very handsome woman who moved as lithely as a cat through the narrow confines of the kitchen. Dressen shook his head.

“That’s Chang Bei Ning. The widow Chang.”

“The woman who led all those hijackings on the Grand Canal?”

“Yes, originally it was her husband’s crew, but he drowned when one of their vessels collided with a trading ship. She carried on raiding ships for years before retiring. Last I heard she’d fled to some refuge out in the plains, but clearly not.”

A loud rapping on the aluminum counter made them both start. A tray of steaming dumplings sat there; the widow Chang was already retreating into the kitchens. Dressen kept his head down as he collected his tray and carried it back to the table. Dressen thought Tian Lang was right, though he had only a vague recollection of the widow Chang from old newscasts. Her gang had taken advantage of the power vacuum that emerged after Isolation. Unable to hire adequate protection, merchant vessels sailing the Grand Canal had been vulnerable to marauders and pirates. The widow Chang’s crew had been the most notorious of them all. Her hijackers would overcome the often hapless crews with ease and escape within minutes. Then they would detonate charges at vulnerable points along the Grand Canal, creating enormous spillways that their slender hybrid crafts could ride for tens of kilometers before activating their treads and returning to their desert hideouts. Dressen could not recall the circumstances that led to her retirement.

He bit into one of the dumplings. The boiling, fragrant liquid inside sprayed all over his clothes, face, and glasses. Cursing, he wiped them on his dark coat, blinking away the tears that welled up from the dim green light of the tea shop. Then he spotted a folded piece of paper tucked beneath the little saucer of soy sauce on his tray. He unfolded the stained paper to find an inscription in Mandarin.

He passed the note to Tian Lang, who read it aloud. “A mutual friend of Adewale Akogonnaye requests our presence in the back alley.” They exchanged a long look.

greatest-shades-7-bOutside, a slender alleyway curved along the left side of the tea shop. Dozens of nylon cables stretched overhead, encumbered by drying clothes and bedding. They wandered down the forking alley until it emptied into a hollow between the buildings. A little garden flourished there, dappled silver with moonlight. Dressen’s weak eyes made out a few sickly banana trees and a layering of thick grass surrounding a crumbling porcelain fountain.

A warped wooden door swung open on its hinges. Through it stepped the widow Chang, her movements smooth and precise.

Tian Lang asked her a question in Mandarin. She responded in heavily accented, but quite discernible English. “Your friend Adewale is recuperating in a hospital on the west side. He is doing well.”

“What happened to him?”

“Someone shot him with a nail gun. Were you not present?”

Embarrassed, Tian Lang scratched his head. “We’d already been, ah, overcome.”

Dressen could almost taste the scorn in her words. “Adewale used a revolver to kill two of the intruders. He is a difficult man to kill. But you did not come here to speak of him.”

“No,” Tian Lang said. “We need you to open up your basement and the rest of your property for our inspection.”

“On whose authority?”

Tian Lang’s look of indecision might as well have screamed that they had none. Before it became unmistakable, Dressen interrupted. “The lictors of Cancer sent me here. There is no higher authority.” Then he grinned. “Well, I suppose you’ve been pissing on their authority for decades, so you might not share that view.”

“We’re looking for a missing woman who may have been buried on the premises,” Tian Lang added.

Dressen winced. Subtlety was not one of the kid’s strengths.

The widow Chang turned away from them and pressed a long finger against her ear. She nodded her head a few times, muttered something inaudible, and then gestured at them. She led them to a corner of the garden where the shadows pooled. She pried up one of the heavy ornamental stones and dragged it onto the cool grass. A narrow tunnel flecked with red light lay beneath it, curving in the direction of the tea shop. Without waiting for a reaction, the widow Chang dropped the three meters down onto the rusted steel flooring and disappeared from view.

Recognizing the difficulty the fall would pose for Tian Lang, Dressen went first. The kid tossed down his cane and then froze on the edge of the hole, bracing himself with both hands as he slowly lowered himself over the side.  Dressen tried his best to catch him, but he’d never been strong, even before the drinking, and they both collapsed to the ground. Dressen rose smiling ruefully, helped the kid up, and risked a quick look at the widow Chang. She was close by, for the tunnel did not stretch very far, but she showed no sign of having seen. Dressen rubbed his thinning scalp, grateful that he’d been spared at least one indignity on the day.

Then he whipped his head back. Beyond the widow Chang was a massive underground garden. Bright heat lamps hung from the ceiling, suffusing the room in a sweltering glow. Dressen took off his glasses in wonder and immediately regretted it. The fluorescence seared his vision and ignited what felt like a thousand migraines behind his eyes.

greatest-shades-7-cHead throbbing, he replaced his glasses and followed the widow Chang past long rows of green plants. She swept her arm about the room with palpable indifference. “If weapons were the object of your search, you see we have none.”

Tian Lang seemed equally astonished, but he gathered himself enough to say, “This is a terrarium. These are illegal. ”

“They are frowned upon, as I understand it.”

“No, they’re highly illegal.”

“A law that cannot be enforced means nothing. Do you expect the lictors to send troopers here to regulate a terrarium when they can scarcely maintain control of the capital?”

“So what is the purpose of this place?” asked Dressen lightly.

“Contingency plans in case of food shortages. Tai Ruan ordered this one and many others built decades ago.”

“A cautious man, Song Tai Ruan,” Dressen said, wiping the sweat from his forehead. “We were hoping to speak with him.”

“What more must you see? The weapon stores, the atomized launchers and chemical weapons you sought are clearly not here.”

Tian Lang had gone limping down the broad aisles, inspecting the strangely colored leaves that flattened against the glass walls like the outstretched hands of despairing prisoners. He paused in front of a purple flowered plant full of vines that reminded Dressen of the orchids that grew in Ares Plaza in Cancer.

“You say these plants are for agricultural purposes?”

The widow Chang’s face grew masklike. “Primarily.”

“What about this one here?” Tian Lang waved his cane at the plant. “I recognize it from biology classes. It’s harmless enough normally, but if you spray it with a saline solution, its leaves grow rigid and its buds emit a toxin strong enough to contaminate a thousand liters of water.”

“Just contingencies, right?” asked Dressen.

“Of course.” She held a finger to her earpiece again and abruptly walked away.

“You do know why these are illegal, don’t you?” asked Tian Lang.

Dressen shook his head.

Tian Lang gave him a look of wonder and pity. “It’s been one of the underlying principles of Martian colonization since the beginning, not to repeat ancient mistakes. That’s why you never see animals on Mars. Even the plankton that fills the polar sea was barely allowed, though everyone agrees now that it’s an essential part of maintaining the atmosphere. There are too many examples throughout history where a new organism is introduced to a foreign climate and takes over.”

“Sounds like we’re about to repeat that mistake.”

“How so?”

“With Reconciliation,” Dressen said with a smile. “All those immigrants.”

Tian Lang frowned, but before he could say anything the widow Chang returned.

“Song Tai Ruan will see you now,” she said. She tapped the control panel near the door, and Dressen turned to see a thin ladder unfolding from the tunnel wall. “Make your way up. I will be along presently.”

Tian Lang went first, grumbling about this era’s lack of appreciation for the handicapped. The widow Chang stood before one of the workbenches he’d noticed earlier. She fitted a large metallic sleeve over her left arm. It unfolded down the middle, and she seized a few of the plants Tian Lang had pointed out earlier and tossed them inside. Then she strode back toward them, her face darkening when she realized he’d seen her.

“Up the ladder,” she snapped.

 ***

Chang drove them to a sprawling, rust-scoured tenement on the western outskirts of Capricorn. Traditional Chinese characters glowed green on the walls. From the diamond shaped windows leaked a livid red light. A knot of ten or twelve old men with graying hair sat outside. Tian Lang spoke with them while the widow Chang went inside. After a brief conversation, he turned to Dressen. “They say they’ve never heard of a Song Tai Ruan.”

“You Orientals are a cautious bunch, eh?”

Tian Lang shrugged. “I’ve studied Song Tai Ruan in school. He came to power during the rebellion by preaching neutrality. It worked. The Orientals got through it mostly unscathed.”

“So you’re saying he isn’t behind all those bombings on the east side?”

“All I’m saying is that guerilla warfare goes against his modus operandi. It doesn’t fit.”

greatest-shades-7-aThe widow Chang soon returned, as unsmiling as ever. She guided them through a welter of sloping corridors to a black door at the end of a hallway. A banner of flaming crimson hung above it, stitched with Mandarin characters.

“What do those mean?”

“The sky is high and the emperor is very far away,” Tian Lang said, shrugging.

The widow Chang led them into an austere room with a bare cement floor, two shelves full of books, and little else. Torches lined the far wall, guttering in their primitive sconces. A hulking mound of a man who must have been Song Tai Ruan sat on a bamboo cot in the center of the room. He had saggy jowls, an ashy beard, and red rimmed eyes that suggested he’d suffered his share of sleepless nights recently. He wore the long orange robes so popular in the monasteries out in the plains and his shadow seemed enormous.

“Would you care for anything to drink?” he asked in a gravelly tone.

Tian Lang requested tea and gave Dressen a significant look. Dressen wavered under the force of his gaze, weighed his options, and decided he didn’t care. “I’ll take the strongest drink you’ve got.”

Unblinking, Tai Ruan motioned at a young woman who stood in the doorway. Then he rose ponderously, like a granite statue groaning to life. He took a teapot in the shape of a monstrous elephant and filled two cups with apple scented tea. He extended one gracefully to Tian Lang and kept the other for himself.

“Is this that famous apple cinnamon tea from those old canal towns north of Shanghai?”

Song Tai Ruan nodded his great head like a crumbling mountain. “We honor our ancestors through these small reminders of the past. Nothing good can come from losing touch with our roots. The last thirty years of Isolation stand in solemn witness to that.”

“So what does it mean that on the eve of Reconciliation, Capricorn’s going to hell?” Dressen asked, realizing too late that this was not the place to be flippant.

Laughter shook loose like phlegm from Tai Ruan’s beefy throat. “Perhaps that some people do not wish to be saved. I see you wear a crucifix. You are a Christian?”

Dressen inclined his head. “Non-practicing, though.”

“Then you know very well what it is to let salvation lie untouched at your fingertips. But to the matter at hand. I assume you believe me responsible for the violence on the east side?”

Tian Lang spoke up. “There were three attacks last night alone.  Seven people dead in an electrical fire down in the tenements along the Grand Canal, fourteen from phosphorous grenades lobbed into a Szechuan restaurant. Sixteen drowned when a houseboat foundered off the Grand Canal. Singed marks along the bottom suggest a beam cutter was used. A lot of people died last night. It’s hard to believe they weren’t retaliatory strikes from your people.” Upon hearing these words, Dressen felt a nagging sensation that he was missing something.

“My advisors have yet to identify a likely perpetrator. But believe me when I say that I have no wish to feed the smoldering flames that threaten to engulf our city. I have ordered nothing besides a mobilizing of our local guard. And yet, I have awoken each of the past five mornings to the news that more people on both the east and west sides have been injured or killed. So what do I make of this?”

Apparently drained by his brief time on his feet, Tai Ruan sank onto the bamboo cot. He rested his gnarled, hoary hands on his knees. Crudely tattooed characters curled up his forearms. “Do I think rogue agents have the ability to carry out these attacks? No. Do I think the lictors in Cancer are likely to be responsible? No, they have too much to gain from Reconciliation. As things stand, your father is the most likely culprit, Tian Lang.”

To Dressen’s surprise, Tian Lang looked far from outraged. In fact, a low smirk creased his boyish features and he gave a conspiratorial nod. Dressen decided to point out the obvious. “You know, we spoke with him recently, and he pinned the blame on you.”

Tai Ruan smiled. “I am not surprised.”

Dressen suddenly realized what had been bothering him earlier. “Wait. How many people died on the west side last night?”

Tian Lang did some quick calculations. “Thirty-seven altogether.”

“Last night your father’s man Uther interrupted us while we were speaking. He said he’d gotten thirty-seven targets. He must have meant people.”

Tai Ruan smiled sadly. “Tian Lang’s father and I were allies during the rebellion, bound by our mutual concern for Capricorn. But he’s lost sight of that in the intervening years, and much more, I’m afraid. He certainly has the resources and the drive to carry out the attacks. I am ashamed to admit I cannot challenge him directly. His security forces would easily overcome whatever feeble resistance I could muster. But there may be another way. As I understand it, you are searching for a missing woman named Ashley Flood. Is this true?”

Dressen nodded.

“I also spoke with her. Xiao Bi An warned her that I kept heavy weapons caches scattered throughout the city. I showed her the secrets I have buried throughout the city and so won her trust. Then I directed her to Xiao Bi An’s own hiding spots, the ones he used during the rebellion.”

“Where are they?”

“Scattered across the polar sea.  I can direct you to one of them, a monitoring station I told Miss Flood about seven years ago.” Tai Ruan crooked his finger at the young woman who lingered at the doorway. She entered and hesitantly thrust a small bottle of baijiu, a foul Chinese liquor, into Dressen’s arms. “Qing ni wen Chang furen lai ba.” Tai Ruan turned back toward Tian Lang and Dressen. “Miss Chang will see you safely brought to the station. We stand on the precipice of a better Mars. Don’t lose sight of that, whatever these next few days bring.”

***

greatest-shades-chapt7aWhen he walked outside, Dressen could scarcely believe his eyes. A skimmer sat idling on the cracked streets outside the tenement.  It was only a six-seater, hardly impressive compared to some of the ones he’d flown in his youth, but such crafts were extraordinarily rare nowadays. They relied on fusion reactors that nobody left on Mars could recharge or replicate. Tai Ruan must have paid a fortune to acquire this one. They would probably need it before the end. Tilt rotors would be too noticeable; the skimmers relied on close contact with the ground to function, and so would be much harder to detect. Dressen couldn’t resist climbing into the front seat and running his hands over the controls. Vehicles had always intrigued him. They’d been the reason he’d pursued a career as a pilot in his youth. He glanced up at the stars. It was still dark enough that he could probably pilot the skimmer himself if need be. He ran his hands lovingly over the control panel.

His pleasant reverie was cut short by the cool voice of the widow Chang. “What do you think you’re doing?”

She stood at the door, her thin frame blotting out the red light from the tenement windows. Dressen shrank back in his seat and began contorting his body to join Tian Lang in the back. The cramped confines of the skimmer made this an agonizingly slow process, and by the time he was sitting up straight, a look of sheer bemusement had replaced the widow Chang’s normally grim features.

When she activated the skimmer’s engine, its thrusters rattled as though they hadn’t been ignited since the colonization era. Which, Dressen reflected, might well be the case. But they still worked. Growling and shaking, the skimmer tore down the deserted street and in moments they were out of Capricorn and into the desert.

They sped across a fractured landscape where great slabs of black rock conjoined at strange angles. Far overhead, Phobos and Deimos loomed brighter than Dressen could ever remember. He realized that their star ports were back in operation, awaiting the first trickles of immigrants that would no doubt begin tomorrow, the harbingers of the long awaited flood of Reconciliation. But for all their light, the desert wastes north of Capricorn seemed as dark and inhospitable as ever.

Dressen shivered beneath the synthetic wool coat and neoprene suit he’d been given by Song Tai Ruan prior to their departure. Temperatures ranged from freezing to life-threatening out on the polar sea, as Orvar and many other ice cutters could attest, and taking a small craft, even a skimmer, out on the waters was immensely dangerous.

He nudged Tian Lang and gestured out at the pitch black dunes. “You know, before Mars was settled, these plains were albedo formations. These sands were white as dried bone. That was the problem, because you need heat to create atmosphere, and white sand doesn’t trap a whole lot of heat. So they took massive amounts of ammonium nitrate from the moons and spread them all across the northern deserts in order to increase heat absorption from the sunlight. That’s one of the main ways they got the artificial atmosphere working.”

Tian Lang smiled. “Yes, I know. That’s Martian geology 101, believe it or not.”

“Oh,” Dressen said. “I probably should have guessed that.” He paused. “Do I figure in any of those textbooks? I always wondered if my name was one of those big, bold-faced terms that students had to memorize.”

Tian Lang laughed. “No, but you do warrant a few footnotes.”

“What did you do?” asked the widow Chang.

Dressen had told the story so many times that its rhythms came to him as easily as the Christian prayers he said in Mass as a child. In many ways, it was the story of his life, or at least the only story people ever cared to hear.

“When I was young, I piloted a thresher, one of those big ones with the huge turbines they use out in the midlands to scatter seeds and fertilizer. As irrigation improved in the midlands, most thresher pilots found themselves out of a job, but I wound up in Cancer, helping maintain Ares Plaza and a few other parks. During the height of the rebellion, about twenty thousand protestors went marching on Ares Plaza. The government called in the riot squad and things got ugly fast. Protestors were firing rail guns and throwing dry ice bombs along with whatever else they could find. The riot squad countered with sound amplifiers. Way I understand it, a good portion of the rioters lost their hearing permanently that day, that’s how bad it was.”

“My dad was in that crowd,” Tian Lang said. “That’s why he’s nearly deaf.”

Dressen nodded. “So I was working that day, trying to fertilize a grassy plot along the margins of the riots, when I realized just how badly outnumbered the riot squad was by all the protestors. And, you know, I’d always sympathized with the independence movement, so I brought the thresher in low, right over the riot squad. Now there were about five, six hundred of them, all clad in that black armor which made the dry ice bombs about as dangerous as snowballs. I activated the turbines, throttled them up to full-bore, and started swerving left and right. You’ve got to realize, those blades can attain speeds upwards of a hundred thousand rotations per second. The force they generate would shock you. Well, they sure stunned the guards that day. They got blown away like chaff. Their weapons went skittering down the pavement. Most of them ended up in the hands of the protestors.”

“Was it dangerous?”

“You better believe it. The thresher’s whole underside was scored and nicked by rubber bullets and electric bolts, but I was lucky, you see. Because they were in riot mode, they didn’t have any heavy weaponry. And you know the rest of the story. The protestors swarmed the riot squad, overpowered them, and flooded the government district. I’m sure you’ve seen that iconic picture of the protestors flooding up the steps of the embassy, tearing down the sun and stars banner of Earth and replacing it with the orange plain of Mars. That’s my legacy.” He grinned wryly and leaned toward the widow Chang. “What’s yours, again?”

She did not reply.

His grin fading a little, Dressen shrugged and watched the heaps of black rock flash by. He always presented himself in a good light when he told the story, but the truth was very different. Dressen had never had any especially strong political convictions, and the day of the riots he’d been innocently going about his work when a poorly aimed dry ice bomb smashed against his windshield. The frozen smoke reduced his visibility to about five meters, making him lose control of the thresher. Only the wildest chance had led him to not only survive, but fly directly over the riot squad. The truth was that he could just as easily have swept away the protestors and become a hero for Earth. Of course, he’d kept all that quiet in the aftermath of the riots, when he was lauded as one of the champions of the rebellion. He’d turned that into a lucrative speaking career and a brief (albeit not terribly successful) stint as a detective. The only meaningful case of his career was his current one, the one that had driven him here to the edge of the polar sea and sapped him of whatever promise he’d once held.

The skimmer floated up a steep rise. The shallows of the polar sea glimmered blue in the distance. Steam poured off the waters from the submerged reactors scattered along the sea bottom. Dressen felt very grateful the skimmer was enclosed. Powerful winds battered the small craft as it drifted across the waters. Overhead, the sky was beginning to lighten, tingeing the darkness with a faint pink that made Dressen cover his face with his arm.

“So what made you stop flying?” Tian Lang asked.

“You know the nuclear reactor that detonated on the slopes of the Olympus Mons?”

“Vaguely.”

“Well, at the end of the rebellion, the newly appointed lictors wanted to take control of key infrastructure. I volunteered to pilot the team that took control of the nuclear reactor on Olympus Mons. There was only a skeleton guard on duty that night, and the soldiers I flew in took control real easy. Only it was jury-rigged it to blow if the facility was compromised. I could hear my men yelling in my headset, and I almost got out of range. But like the fool I am, I turned to watch the detonation.” Dressen’s voice was hoarse with regret. “It was the greatest light I’d ever seen. And then the greatest shade.”

 ***

greatest-shades-8-2They reached the monitoring station by mid-morning. Dressen felt uneasy just looking at it. Balanced precariously on massive steel beams that rose from the sea floor, the platform leaned crookedly to port, so much so that waves lapped against the girders. The widow Chang ignited the skimmer’s thrusters when they drew near, sending the craft soaring up onto the platform.

Dressen felt bitterly cold as soon as he stepped onto the windblown deck. Freezing spray lashed his face and drenched him within moments. Tian Lang’s cane had trouble finding purchase on the soaked metal, and at last Dressen gave him his arm. Chang tried the console on what appeared to be the only door, but to no one’s surprise it was dead. Unflappable as ever, she produced a slender bundle from her coat pocket and wedged it against the bottom. She took one step back. The package began to hiss and burn white. Dressen heard the crackling sound of iron melting.  Then, the widow Chang crouched low and threw her shoulder against the door. The door peeled away from the bottom like a drape being swished aside.

Tian Lang sighed as he tossed his cane through the little aperture and slid forward. Dressen followed on his hands and knees. He felt unspeakably grateful to be out of the wind. Once inside, the widow Chang began to fiddle with the mess of gears and knobs that occupied one side of the dark, narrow room they’d entered. A shadowy corridor extending from the far side of the room was the only exit Dressen could see. He followed it a little ways before it led to a creaky stairwell he dared not descend in the darkness.

“I wish we had Adewale here,” he reflected as the widow Chang searched for the power switch. She found it after a few minutes, bathing the room in red and yellow light.

“Look for the surveillance footage,” she barked at Tian Lang, who had been massaging his leg. He jumped, and immediately began stumping through the facility in search of it.

Finding himself alone with the widow Chang, Dressen couldn’t repress his curiosity. “If you don’t mind me asking, why are you helping us? No offense, but I haven’t heard much about you that suggests you care a whole lot about Mars or its people.”

“I respect Song Tai Ruan and Adewale Akogonnaye. They are the only reason I am here.”

“So you really don’t care about learning the truth, or getting justice for Ashley?”

“Is that her name? I did not know, nor do I care. I have never cared about principles or the general wellbeing of my people, Mr. Dressen. I care solely for my friends, and the shape of my life has left me with precious few of those. But for them, I would do anything.”

Dressen nodded thoughtfully. “I suppose I can relate to that. I’m much the same, in my own way. Though I’m not sure what it says about me that the only person I care about is almost certainly dead, and my motives there are suspect at best.”

The widow Chang’s cool gaze seemed to thaw for a moment. “You seem to care about the boy a little.” She paused and almost said something more, but the words froze in her mouth as the distant whine of an engine grew audible.  She hastened to the ruined door and peered out. “Men are coming in that motorboat. Grey-coated men. Three of them. You and the boy need to hide yourselves.”

She tossed her overcoat onto the table. Dressen saw that the mysterious bulky sleeve from earlier still encased her left arm. It opened along a seam, revealing a row of little green plants rooted in dark soil. She tapped a button on the side, and a faint mist covered the drooping plants. Almost immediately, the leaves came to life, stiffening and gaining a shiny reddish tinge that had been completely absent moments before.

“Not just for agricultural purposes, I take it,” Dressen said. She did not reply.

“I found it,” Tian Lang’s muffled voice sounded from the corridor. He limped around the corner clutching a pair of discs.

“We’re past that now.”

Metal boots clanged their way across the platform. Hushed voices conferred and then someone said, “Make sure no harm comes to Dressen or the kid. Kill the other one.”

The widow Chang’s smile curved like a scimitar across her face. Dressen leveled his sound amplifier. Tian Lang looked queasy as he brandished his cane. They crouched behind an aluminum table, their anxious breaths mingling in the cold air.

A white beam sheared off the top of the door. Then a man wearing a grey coat jumped over the charred wreckage, a black rifle in his hands. Dressen dialed up the setting on his amplifier and clenched the trigger. The man threw his hands over his ears, the rifle clattering to the floor. Then he lost his footing and collapsed, twitching violently.

There was a thirty second pause, and then someone flung a shiny cylindrical object into the room. The whole room flashed red and Dressen heard the crackling of gunfire. By the time he could discern shapes again, he and Tian Lang lay on their backs. Two men with rifles stood over them. The widow Chang was nowhere to be found.

Uther took off his black mask and chuckled as he inspected the sound amplifier before tossing it aside. Tian Lang groaned. His gloved fingers were wrapped around his stomach. Black blood oozed between them. Uther cursed when he saw. “You’ll be fine, kid. We’ll get you to a doctor real fast.” Then the third man, the one Dressen had shot, staggered to his feet. He moaned as he massaged his ears. Uther lifted Dressen bodily to his feet, kicked his legs apart, and searched his pockets. “Not even a bottle of whiskey? I’m disappointed in you.”

Dressen’s smile soured a little. “I had a bottle of baijiu. I’m not sure what happened to it. Anyways, Adewale sends his regards,” he said.

“Is he here? Thermal readings showed there were three of you, so don’t bother lying. I was hoping to see him again.”

“Sorry, he’s resting comfortably back home. But I suspect our new companion will introduce herself before long,” Dressen said.

Uther laughed, his harelip twisting hideously in the harsh glare. “You brought a woman here? Don’t tell me it was to provide security.”

Two projectiles came whirring from the far side of the room. Uther’s comrade instantly clasped his fingers to his neck. They came away bloody, holding a slender red leaf with edges sharp as blades. Before he could utter a word, he slipped, grabbed at the table for support, and fell heavily. The second leaf buried itself in Uther’s thick coat. He swung his rifle toward the corridor. Electric bullets sprayed the wall, flickering blue as they ricocheted off the metal. Then, realizing the rifle was set to stun, Uther flicked a lever and immediately the discharge turned white.

But by then the widow Chang had vanished. Uther motioned at his fellow soldier to investigate. The man crept into the corridor warily, and though Dressen half expected him to be ambushed, he soon returned. He held up his hands and shrugged. Then there was a flicker of motion at the ruined door. Dressen blinked. Surely the widow Chang couldn’t have looped around so fast. Then she dove through the entranceway, rolling into a somersault and hurling two more leaves. One embedded itself just beneath the eye of the tall man. Whatever poison laced its edges took immediate effect; the man screamed and dropped to the floor. The second leaf that had been aimed at Uther nicked the side of his rifle and went wide.

He held the rifle at his hip, spraying wildly at the darting woman who dove and lunged from table to table, trailed by a blur of white fire. At last she charged up one of the tables and leapt toward him, a short, curved blade in one hand. She struck down with the knife even as he tilted the rifle upwards and fired. They collapsed together, remaining still for such a long time that Dressen thought both were dead. Then, slowly, Uther shuddered and pushed the widow Chang off him. Her thin coat was burned straight through in two places. Dressen’s heart sank.

“So,” Uther said as he grabbed his rifle. “Where were we?” Then, as though he’d been stung, he grabbed at his neck. Dressen saw a long, thin scar sweeping across his throat. “Oh no,” Uther said, his voice faltering.

“Looks like a pretty shallow cut to me,” Dressen said regretfully.

His eyes wide with alarm, Uther could only shake his head. “Not-not for me. I have hemophilia. Christ, I better not die from a scratch like this.” There was a long silence. “We need to hurry now. You’re both coming with me. Dressen first.” Uther marched Dressen out to the ice breaker he’d anchored off the platform. Dressen shivered as the howling winds tore at his naked face and hands. Uther pinioned Dressen’s hands with a spool of razor-wire and told him not to move.

But when he reentered the station, Dressen could hear cursing from inside. “That bitch, I swear to God I’ll kill her. How . . .” When he emerged, red-faced and furious, he was empty-handed.

Dressen smiled. The widow Chang had lived up to her reputation. There was no chance Uther would pursue her and the boy down that stairwell in the darkness, not alone.

“I don’t know what you’re smiling about,” Uther said as he climbed into the boat, one hand clamped around his cut that had already begun to ooze blood. “The physicians back at headquarters will take care of this just fine. I wish I could say the same for you and your friends. Even the boy took a pretty severe hit to the stomach. I’m not sure he’ll make it.”

“You better hope he does,” Dressen replied coldly. “His father might have something to say about it otherwise.”

Uther glowered at him, then turned the boat around and aimed it toward the distant spires of Malanga’s headquarters.

***

greatest-shades-chapt9Dressen drew a lot of stares from the guards and receptionists as Uther marched him through the facility at gunpoint. Uther brushed past Xiao Bi An’s secretary, opened the door, and shoved him inside. He followed close behind, closing the door abruptly behind him.

Xiao Xiansheng sat behind his desk, leafing through the contents of a thin folder. He looked up from them and frowned. “Where is my son?”

“I wasn’t able to bring him in. He escaped with some woman who might well have some bio-augmentations. I truly don’t know how else to explain it.” Uther applied some pressure to the gauze bandage he’d secured around his neck during their trip back.

“Is he alive?’

“Yes.”

“Speak up.”

Uther scowled. “Yes, he’s alive. His injury was not life-threatening.” He shot Dressen a warning look.

“So, as I understand it, you went with two men to apprehend a drunk and a cripple. And, for the second time in as many days, you return to me without the men. And this time you have failed to bring me my son as well, though he can scarcely walk. Get out.

“But sir!” Uther protested.

“See to your wound. I wouldn’t want you dying on account of a little scratch.”

Once he’d gone, Mr. Xiao bade Dressen sit on the same couch where he’d woken up five days earlier. “So, have you uncovered the truth of what befell Miss Flood?”

Dressen began to shake his head. Then he stopped. “You killed her.”

“Just so. I’d been stockpiling artillery and other heavy weapons for years in case Earth attempted to invade. One of the largest caches was stored in the support legs of the monitoring station you visited today. Miss Flood was an extraordinary investigator. She discovered it. I felt truly sorry for having to order her death, but I could not risk her reporting back to the authorities.”

“To the lictors?”

“What do I care about the lictors? My sole concern was that she would inform her superiors on Earth. At the time, I was afraid of being discovered. Seven years ago Reconciliation seemed impossible. I felt confident I could stop it.”

“Only you failed.”

“Yes. I bribed lictors, assassinated pro-Reconciliation leaders, promoted my own candidates. None of it was enough.”

“The fact that Mars is on the verge of collapsing may have something to do with it.”

“Collapsing?” Mr. Xiao laughed incredulously. “It is only now that we have become truly free. We have the chance to determine our own destiny. But like the prodigal son from that old Christian parable, we are returning humbled and cowed to our father, to Earth.”

“You believe in Christianity?”

“I believe in Mars, Mr. Dressen. No more, no less. I want my son to live in a Mars which is not beholden to corporations and greedy leaders. A Mars of free hearts.”

“Your own son despises the prospect of Isolation. Hell, he became crippled in a pro-Reconciliation rally. And the only reason his injury can’t be healed is because our technology, your technology, has regressed. Who are you to make that decision for him?”

Mr. Xiao moved from behind his desk, but he did not stand. For the first time, Dressen realized the old man was bound to a wheelchair. “I know well what it is to be a cripple. I was born with horrifically twisted feet. I could fix them surgically if I chose, but I have accepted my limitations. My feet are a symbol of Mars, Mr. Dressen, warts and all. I endure them because I know we all must suffer to secure a brighter future.”

“Well, Reconciliation’s almost here. The first transport ships should be arriving by daybreak tomorrow. Is this what you’d envisioned?”

“No. If I must be frank, nothing has unfolded the way I foresaw. I am left with no other choice, but to rely on you, humiliating as that is.”

“You’re relying on me?”

“Yes. I need you to publicly admit that you have solved your case, that you have found me responsible for Ashley Flood’s death, and that you have uncovered massive arms caches as part of your search.”

Bewildered, Dressen could only shake his head. “Why don’t you do it yourself?”

“I will, but at this late hour such accusations will reek of desperation. You still command respect both here and on Earth. As an objective third party, you will lend credibility to my claims. You may find it hard to believe, but most people remain unaware that you are a drunk and a degenerate gambler.”

“Not for lack of trying,” Dressen said offhandedly.

“That’s why the lictors hired you. And yes, it was the lictors who ultimately chose you to investigate Miss Flood’s disappearance, even though they engaged a detective agency to contact you in their stead. They knew if they hired a lower-profile individual they would risk seeming indifferent, thereby angering Earth. But if the case was solved and a well-connected individual or corporation was behind Ms. Flood’s death, that might hinder negotiations with Earth as well. But you, you’re incompetent. You’re a degenerate and an addict. And you’ve been everything they could have asked for. Only now, as fate would have it, I need the case solved. And I need you to do it.”

Mr. Xiao slid a laminated folder across the table. Dressen picked it up and leafed through it, only to look away in disgust. The folder contained high resolution photographs of Miss Flood’s corpse.

“I had the photos taken in case I ever needed to frame someone for her death. As it turns out, I will be using them to affirm my own guilt. So here’s what you are going to do. When you leave here, you will call up three newspapers in Capricorn and one in Cancer, and tell them everything you’ve learned. You’ll even hand over these lurid photos as proof.”

“And then?”

“That should be enough. The knowledge that the head of the Malanga Corporation is stockpiling weapons should inspire enough fear to delay Reconciliation for months, if not longer. That will provide me with the time to make the delay indefinite.”

“Why didn’t you tell me all this from the beginning?”

“I was unsure of your loyalties. I took considerable measures to learn the truth, believe me.”

“Did you pay Orvar to ask me those questions?”

“Him and others. Your man Orvar leapt at the chance to earn a little more money to throw away at the card tables. But to be honest, I had hoped that you would solve the case yourself, and then go public with your discoveries of your own accord. That would have saved us all a great deal of trouble. But you wasted so much time, and precious little now remains. Will you do as I ask?”

“Why would I help a man like you? You’re no better than the corporations you’re so afraid of replacing you.  Hell, I see now that you’re the one behind all the violence in Capricorn, staging bombings on east side and west side alike just to make the place seem more destabilized, maybe scare off Earth from restoring contact. All those innocent lives . . .”

Mr. Xiao adopted a look of such wounded dignity that Dressen wanted to punch him. “I feel for each of them as if they were my own son.”

“I’ve seen how you treat your son. That means less than nothing.”

“Let’s be honest, Mr. Dressen. You are broke. With your case ending, there will be no more money. Should you call the press conference as I ask, I will see to it that you receive a substantial stipend for all the rest of your days, enough to ensure you never run out of funds to play in your Vauxhall. Yes,” he smiled. “I know where you spend all your time. I was the one who fed the information to that man Adewale in the first place, because I knew he’d funnel it to my son, and that my son would in turn engage your services. I have manipulated you at every step, Mr. Dressen, and you’ve been quite obliging, so please don’t do anything rash now.”

Dressen picked up the folder slowly, as though drunk with regret, and stood. He owed nothing to the girl. He owed nothing to anyone, now, and that was the way he preferred it. The holograms that lined Mr. Xiao’s wall drew his attention, all those cheerful faces, and even his own in the corner, with his bright smile and wide eyes. What had happened? Nothing, he realized. Nothing had happened, because he’d never been a hero, only a pretender and a fool his whole life. A victim of circumstance. He couldn’t change that now. “Yes,” he told Mr. Xiao quietly. “Yes. I’ll do as you ask.” He turned to leave.

“Mr. Dressen,” Mr. Xiao called from behind him. Dressen stopped. “You forgot to sign your hologram.”

“I know.”

 ***

An electric car was waiting for him outside. The driver asked Dressen where he wanted to go and he said home without thinking. But when he got there and unscrewed a bottle of whiskey, he realized he couldn’t go to sleep just yet. Slipping the bottle into his pocket, he left and began to wander the streets. They were quiet and strangely empty. Dressen scarcely watched where he was going, his eyes intent on the vault of stars overhead.

Then his earpiece began to buzz. He held a finger to it. The voice that crackled from the speaker was that of Tian Lang. “Dressen, are you doing okay?”

“I’m just fine, kid,” he said. “How are you?”

“I’m cooped up in a hospital on the west side. I took a stinger to my left side, but I’m going to be okay. It might be a few weeks before I’m up and running again. What happened with my father?”

“I’ll tell you tomorrow,” Dressen said. “I’m glad you’re alright. You’re an awful fighter, but you’ve got some heart.”

Tian Lang laughed. “Good night.”

Dressen strolled down the darkened streets, feeling oddly numb. A massive garden came floating overhead, trailing its leafy tendrils, and Dressen stepped onto the sidewalk to avoid being soaked by the sprinklers. He looked up to see that he was only meters from the Vauxhall. Perhaps he should have guessed he would wind up here. He walked over to the entrance. Then he hesitated. He wondered, absurdly, what Tian Lang would think if he knew where he was. Then he wondered what had befallen the widow Chang, and cursed himself for not asking.

gs-4The doors to the Vauxhall slid open. The roaring of drunken laughter and a gust of heat greeted Dressen like a long lost brother. He froze there, watching the dealers and the card players and all the spectators. He ran his hands through his coat pockets, groping for the whiskey. His fingers brushed the cold silver crucifix that hung around his neck. Then he smiled and looked up.

Countless arcs of white light lanced toward Phobos and Deimos, which burned like reborn stars in the night sky. Beacons of change. Who was he to determine the fate of Mars, to determine whether Reconciliation came or not? He was an old man who’d squandered most of his life. He’d give the photos to Tian Lang, to do with as he chose. Let the future generations decide. Dressen raised the whiskey bottle to his lips and took a long swallow. Then he turned away from the warmth of the Vauxhall and set off towards home, his way lit by the incandescence of the night.

***

  • Continue Reading
  • 1
  • 2